ETOYS INC
S-1/A, 1999-05-19
HOBBY, TOY & GAME SHOPS
Previous: ADVANTA AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 1997-2, 8-K, 1999-05-19
Next: ETOYS INC, S-1/A, 1999-05-19



<PAGE>
   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 19, 1999
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-72469
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 4
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                            ------------------------
 
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
                         ------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          5945                  95-4633006
 (State or Other Jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
     of Incorporation or         Classification Code Number)     Identification
        Organization)                                               Number)
</TABLE>
 
                        3100 OCEAN PARK BLVD., SUITE 300
                             SANTA MONICA, CA 90405
                                 (310) 664-8100
 
    (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                  of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)
                         ------------------------------
 
                       EDWARD C. LENK, PRESIDENT AND CEO
                                   ETOYS INC.
                        3100 OCEAN PARK BLVD., SUITE 300
                             SANTA MONICA, CA 90405
                                 (310) 664-8100
 (Name, Address Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                             of Agent For Service)
                         ------------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
          GLEN R. VAN LIGTEN                     ROBERT V. GUNDERSON, JR.
             AMY E. PAYE                            JEFFREY P. HIGGINS
          MITCHELL S. ZUKLIE                      WILLIAM E. GROWNEY JR.
           KRISTEN A. LAMB                         KIRIL M. DOBROVOLSKY
          VENTURE LAW GROUP                      GUNDERSON DETTMER STOUGH
      A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION                  VILLENEUVE FRANKLIN &
         2800 SAND HILL ROAD                          HACHIGIAN, LLP
         MENLO PARK, CA 94025                    155 CONSTITUTION AVENUE
            (650) 854-4488                         MENLO PARK, CA 94025
                                                      (650) 321-2400
 
                         ------------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
                         ------------------------------
 
      If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box. / /
 
      If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. / / _________
 
      If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / / _________
 
      If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / / _________
 
      If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                         ------------------------------
 
   
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PROPOSED MAXIMUM       PROPOSED MAXIMUM
              TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                       AMOUNT TO              OFFERING               AGGREGATE
            SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                BE REGISTERED(1)      PRICE PER UNIT (2)     OFFERING PRICE (2)
<S>                                                  <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Common Stock, par value $0.0001....................        9,568,000               $20.00              $191,360,000
 
<CAPTION>
 
              TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                       AMOUNT OF
            SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                                  <C>
Common Stock, par value $0.0001....................       $53,199(3)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Includes 1,245,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
    underwriters' over-allotment option.
    
 
   
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration
    fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act.
    
 
   
(3) Includes $31,970.00 previously paid by the registrant in connection with the
    filing of the Registration Statement on February 17, 1999.
    
                         ------------------------------
 
      THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
   
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED             , 1999.
    
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary
prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
<PAGE>
   
                                8,320,000 Shares
    
 
     [LOGO]
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                                  Common Stock
 
                               ------------------
 
   
    This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of eToys Inc.
All of the 8,320,000 shares of common stock are being sold by eToys.
    
 
   
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common
stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per
share will be between $18.00 and $20.00. eToys intends to list the common stock
on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "ETYS".
    
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 TO READ ABOUT FACTORS YOU SHOULD
CONSIDER BEFORE BUYING SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK.
 
                            ------------------------
 
    NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER REGULATORY BODY
HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.
 
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Per Share     Total
                                                                       -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>
     Initial public offering price...................................   $           $
     Underwriting discount...........................................   $           $
     Proceeds, before expenses, to eToys.............................   $           $
</TABLE>
 
   
    In connection with this offering, the underwriters have reserved up to
1,350,000 shares of common stock being sold by eToys for sale at the initial
public offering price to directors, officers, employees and friends of eToys.
    
 
   
    The underwriters may, under specific circumstances, purchase up to an
additional 1,248,000 shares from eToys at the initial public offering price,
less the underwriting discount.
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
             BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS
 
                           DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
 
                                        MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                         Prospectus dated       , 1999.
<PAGE>
The gatefold includes:
 
                             A TALE OF TWO ARTHURS.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            [A PICTURE OF ARTHUR]                          [A PICTURE OF ARTHUR]
 
with the following text below each picture:
<S>                                            <C>
1.  BUCKLE CHILDREN INTO CAR SEATS.            1. TURN ON COMPUTER.
2.  DRIVE TO TOY STORE.                        2. GO TO WWW.eTOYS.COM
3.  CIRCLE PARKING LOT 4 TIMES FOR             3. ORDER ARTHUR.
   PARKING SPACE.                              4. ARTHUR IS DELIVERED, GIFT WRAPPED, TO
4.  CHANGE ONE DIAPER.                         YOUR DOORSTEP.
5.  LOSE ONE CHILD IN THE BARBIE SECTION.
6.  FINALLY FIND ARTHUR.
7.  COAX CHILD OUT OF PLAY HOUSE.              [PICTURE OF ETOYS HOME PAGE]
8.  WAIT IN LONG CHECK-OUT LINE.
9.  PUT CANDY BARS BACK ON RACK.                               [ETOYS LOGO]
10. PLACATE CRYING CHILDREN.                        WE BRING THE TOY STORE TO YOU.(SM)
11. DRIVE HOME.                                                WWW.ETOYS.COM
12. REMEMBER YOU NEED GIFT WRAP.                            AOL KEYWORD: ETOYS
</TABLE>
 
- -TM--C-Marc Brown 1999
 
At the bottom of the page is the following language:
 
eToys-Registered Trademark- is a registered trademark of eToys. Toysearch-TM-
and "We Bring The Toy Store To You."(sm) are trademarks of eToys. All other
brand names or trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their
respective holders. The inclusion of the products in this prospectus is not an
endorsement of eToys or the offering of the securities being made hereby by the
vendors of such products.
 
The following text is contained on this gatefold:
 
Across the top of the two pages: [eToys logo] and We Bring The Toy Store To
You.(sm)
 
[Two page screen shot of eToys home page with textual descriptions of our Web
site shopping features, surrounded by the following text flowed to both sides in
a counter-clockwise fashion]
 
[PICTURE OF BLUE'S CLUES]
 
eToys.com shoppers will find an extensive selection of competitively priced
products, with over 9,500 SKUs representing more than 750 brands. We provide a
comprehensive selection of both traditional, well-known brands, such as Mattel,
Hasbro and LEGO, and specialty brands, such as BRIO, PLAYMOBIL and Learning
Curve.
 
Our Web site features detailed product information and innovative merchandising
through easy-to-use Web pages. We also provide our customers with helpful and
useful shopping services such as birthday reminders and wish lists. For shoppers
who are not certain what to get the kids, we offer product reviews,
recommendations and gift suggestions. Our online store is available 24 hours a
day, seven days a week and may be reached from the shopper's home or office.
eToys.com. Why go to the store, when the toy store can come to you?
 
TOYSEARCH.-TM-
 
OUR TOYSEARCH LETS CUSTOMERS BROWSE BY ANY COMBINATION OF AGE, CATEGORY, KEYWORD
OR PRICE.
<PAGE>
[PICTURE OF MADELINE DOLL]
 
GOOD ADVICE.
 
OUR AWARD WINNER SECTION FEATURES TOYS RECOMMENDED BY PROMINENT PARENTING AND
FAMILY PUBLICATIONS AS WELL AS ORGANIZATIONS WHO REVIEW CHILDREN'S TOYS,
SOFTWARE AND BOOKS. CUSTOMERS CAN ALSO VISIT OUR BESTSELLERS SECTION TO VIEW THE
MOST POPULAR TOYS SOLD OVER THE PAST 30 DAYS OR BROWSE THROUGH OUR OWN FAVORITES
BY AGE RECOMMENDATIONS.
 
TOY BRANDS.
 
WE CARRY BOTH TRADITIONAL, WELL-KNOWN BRANDS, SUCH AS MATTEL, HASBRO AND LEGO,
AND SPECIALTY TOY BRANDS, SUCH AS BRIO, PLAYMOBIL AND LEARNING CURVE.
 
[PICTURE OF WRAPPED GIFT]
 
GIFT CENTER.
 
WE SIMPLIFY GIFT SHOPPING THROUGH OUR GIFT CENTER, WHERE CUSTOMERS CAN OBTAIN
GIFT CERTIFICATES, GIFT RECOMMENDATIONS BY AGE AND GET INFORMATION ON A VARIETY
OF CHILD-APPROPRIATE GIFT WRAP STYLES AND PERSONALIZED MESSAGE CARDS TO
ACCOMPANY THE GIFT.
 
PICKS OF THE MONTH.
 
IN OUR PICKS OF THE MONTH SECTION, WE RECOMMEND TOYS FOR DIFFERENT AGE RANGES.
 
[PICTURE OF BRIO TRAIN]
 
TWENTY UNDER $20.
 
OUR TWENTY UNDER $20 SECTION HAS RECOMMENDATIONS ON TOYS THAT WON'T STRAIN THE
BUDGET.
 
DETAILED PRODUCT INFORMATION.
 
A SIMPLE CLICK OF THE MOUSE GIVES SHOPPERS ACCESS TO DETAILED PRODUCT
INFORMATION THEY NEED TO MAKE EDUCATED BUYING DECISIONS, INCLUDING PRODUCT
DESCRIPTIONS, ETOYS' OWN AGE RECOMMENDATIONS, A LIST OF ACCESSORIES AND RELATED
PRODUCTS AND INVENTORY STATUS.
 
[PICTURE OF PRODUCT DESCRIPTION OF TWO-WAY BATTERY-POWERED ENGINE]
 
MY ETOYS.
 
WE PERSONALIZE THE CUSTOMER'S SHOPPING EXPERIENCE BY OFFERING BIRTHDAY
REMINDERS, CHILDREN'S WISH LISTS AND AN ADDRESS BOOK.
 
EXTENSIVE PRODUCT SELECTION.
 
OUR ONLINE STORE IS EXCLUSIVELY FOCUSED ON CHILDREN'S PRODUCTS AND OFFERS AN
EXTENSIVE SELECTION OF TOYS, VIDEO GAMES, SOFTWARE, VIDEOS AND MUSIC.
 
[PICTURE OF SUPER MARIO BROS. VIDEO GAME, GOODNIGHT MOON BOOK, JUMPSTART
SOFTWARE BOX AND PADDINGTON BEAR]
 
At the bottom right of the two page gatefold is the following:
 
                                  [ETOYS LOGO]
 
                       WE BRING THE TOY STORE TO YOU.(SM)
 
                                 WWW.ETOYS.COM
 
                               AOL KEYWORD: ETOYS
 
The following text is centered on the inside back cover:
 
                                  [ETOYS LOGO]
 
                       WE BRING THE TOY STORE TO YOU.(SM)
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
    YOU SHOULD READ THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY TOGETHER WITH THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION REGARDING ETOYS AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THIS PROSPECTUS
ASSUMES THE AUTOMATIC CONVERSION OF OUR OUTSTANDING PREFERRED STOCK INTO
58,779,267 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, ASSUMING FULL EXERCISE OF A WARRANT TO
PURCHASE 48,387 SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK OUTSTANDING AS OF MARCH 31, 1999,
WHICH EXPIRES UPON THE CLOSING OF THIS OFFERING AND THE THREE-FOR-ONE FORWARD
SPLIT OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND PREFERRED STOCK TO BE EFFECTED UPON THE CLOSING OF
THIS OFFERING. THIS PROSPECTUS ALSO ASSUMES NO EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS'
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION AND DOES NOT INCLUDE THE AGGREGATE OF 18,720,000 SHARES OF
OUR COMMON STOCK THAT WILL BE ISSUED IN EXCHANGE FOR ALL OUTSTANDING SHARES OF
BABYCENTER CAPITAL STOCK AND RESERVED FOR ISSUANCE UPON THE EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
WE ARE ASSUMING IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED BABYCENTER MERGER. SPECIFIC
STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUME THAT THE BABYCENTER MERGER HAS BEEN
COMPLETED. HOWEVER, THE MERGER IS SUBJECT TO SPECIFIC CLOSING CONDITIONS AND, AS
A RESULT, IT MAY NOT BE COMPLETED. REFERENCES IN THIS PROSPECTUS TO "WE", "US"
OR "OUR" REFER TO ETOYS AND DO NOT INCLUDE BABYCENTER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
OUR FISCAL YEAR ENDS ON MARCH 31ST OF EACH YEAR AND IS NAMED FOR THE CALENDAR
YEAR JUST ENDED. FOR EXAMPLE, OUR FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 IS CALLED
"FISCAL 1998".
                                   ETOYS INC.
                                  OUR BUSINESS
    We are a leading Web-based retailer focused exclusively on children's
products, including toys, video games, software, videos and music. By combining
our expertise in children's products and our commitment to excellent customer
service with the benefits of Internet retailing, we are able to deliver a unique
shopping experience to consumers. Our online store offers an extensive selection
of competitively priced children's products, with over 9,500 SKUs representing
more than 750 brands. Our Web site features detailed product information,
helpful and useful shopping services and innovative merchandising through
easy-to-use Web pages. In addition, we offer customers the convenience and
flexibility of shopping 24 hours a day, seven days a week, with reliable and
timely product delivery and excellent customer service.
    As of March 31, 1999, we have sold children's products to approximately
365,000 customers, of which approximately 75,000 were added during the quarter
ended March 31, 1999. Our net sales for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999
totaled $30.0 million as compared to $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998.
 
                             OUR MARKET OPPORTUNITY
    We believe that many consumers find the toy shopping experience, especially
at traditional mass market retail outlets, to be time-consuming, inconvenient
and unpleasant due to factors such as location, store layout, product selection,
level of customer service and the challenges of shopping with children.
    Our online store was created to provide consumers with a convenient and
enjoyable shopping experience in a Web-based retail environment. Key components
of our solution include:
- - CONVENIENT SHOPPING EXPERIENCE. Our online store is available 24 hours a day,
  seven days a week, may be reached from the shopper's home or office and
  features sophisticated browsing and search technology.
- - EXTENSIVE PRODUCT SELECTION AND INNOVATIVE MERCHANDISING. We offer a broad
  array of children's products, which we believe includes the largest selection
  of toys available on the Internet. In addition, we believe that we are the
  only retailer to provide a comprehensive selection
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
  of both traditional, well-known brands, such as Mattel, Hasbro and LEGO, and
  specialty brands, such as BRIO, PLAYMOBIL and Learning Curve.
- - HELPFUL AND USEFUL SHOPPING SERVICES. To assist our customers, who are
  generally adults purchasing for children, we offer product reviews,
  recommendations, gift suggestions and services such as birthday reminders and
  wish lists. Many of these services are also designed to inform and involve
  children in the shopping experience.
- - EXCELLENT CUSTOMER SERVICE. We are committed to providing the highest level of
  customer service. We offer free pre- and post-sales support via telephone and
  e-mail, online order tracking and helpful online shopping hints.
                                  OUR STRATEGY
    Our objective is to be one of the world's leading retailers of children's
products. Key elements of our strategy include:
- - FOCUS ON ONLINE RETAILING OF CHILDREN'S PRODUCTS. We intend to become the
  primary place for consumers to purchase children's products by enhancing our
  current product offerings and expanding into additional categories.
- - BUILD STRONG BRAND RECOGNITION. We use online and offline marketing strategies
  to enhance our brand recognition. We focus our efforts primarily towards
  mothers, who we believe are the principal decision-makers for purchases of
  children's products.
- - PURSUE WAYS TO INCREASE OUR NET SALES. We intend to pursue new opportunities
  to increase our net sales by opening new departments, increasing product
  selection, adding more helpful and useful shopping services, pursuing
  international opportunities and acquiring complementary businesses, products
  or technologies.
- - PROMOTE REPEAT PURCHASES. We intend to maximize the number of repeat purchases
  by our customers by targeting existing customers through direct marketing
  techniques, building features unique to each individual customer and enhancing
  our customer service.
- - MAINTAIN OUR TECHNOLOGY FOCUS AND EXPERTISE. We intend to enhance our service
  offerings to take advantage of the unique characteristics of online retailing.
  We plan to increase the efficiency of our relationships with product vendors
  and manufacturers and our distribution operations.
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
    On April 18, 1999, we entered into a merger agreement to acquire BabyCenter,
Inc. BabyCenter is a Web-based business that offers a wide variety of
information, products and interactive forums focused on and serving expectant
mothers and new parents. Visitors to the BabyCenter Web site can read health
articles and parenting news, interact online with other families and purchase a
wide selection of baby products and supplies. Upon the completion of this
merger, we will issue 16,708,886 shares of our common stock, subject to
adjustment, in exchange for all outstanding shares of BabyCenter capital stock
and will assume all outstanding BabyCenter options. We will reserve 2,011,114
shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment, for issuance upon the
exercise of assumed BabyCenter options. We anticipate that the merger will close
by the end of June 1999. However, the BabyCenter merger is subject to closing
conditions specified in the merger agreement, including government approvals,
approval of the merger by the stockholders of BabyCenter and other customary
closing conditions. As a result, the BabyCenter merger may not be completed.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
   
    In April and May 1999, we granted under our 1999 Stock Plan options to
purchase an aggregate of 2,122,302 shares of our common stock at an exercise
price of $11.00 per share. We granted most of these options to 67 new employees.
The options granted in May 1999 have been considered to be compensatory.
Deferred compensation associated with such options is estimated to be between
$3.8 million and $4.9 million, based on the currently proposed range of our
initial public offering price. This amount will be amortized over the vesting
periods of the applicable options through the fiscal year ending March 31, 2004.
    
   
    In May 1999, we hired Janine Bousquette as our new Senior Vice President of
Marketing. Prior to joining us, Ms. Bousquette worked with PepsiCo Inc., serving
most recently as Vice President of Marketing.
    
                                  RISK FACTORS
    An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Since our
inception in November 1996, we have incurred significant losses, and as of March
31, 1999, we had an accumulated deficit of $30.8 million. We expect our
operating losses and negative cash flow to continue for the foreseeable future.
In addition, we encounter a number of the risks, including unpredictability of
operating results, seasonality, inventory risk, reliance on key vendors and
distributors, and intense competition. You should carefully consider these risks
and uncertainties as well as those other risks and uncertainties described in
"Risk Factors" beginning on page 8 of this prospectus before deciding whether to
invest in shares of our common stock.
                             CORPORATE INFORMATION
    We were incorporated as Toys.com in Delaware in November 1996. In May 1997,
we changed our name to eToys.com Inc., and in June 1997, we changed our name to
eToys Inc. Our corporate offices are located at 3100 Ocean Park Blvd., Suite
300, Santa Monica, CA 90405. Our telephone number at that location is (310)
664-8100. Information contained on our Web site does not constitute part of this
prospectus.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
    The following information assumes that the underwriters do not exercise the
option granted by us to purchase additional shares in the offering. The number
below includes an aggregate of 198,387 shares issuable upon the exercise of
warrants outstanding as of March 31, 1999, which expire at, and are expected to
be exercised prior to, the completion of this offering. The number below
excludes 11,412 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant we issued to an
equipment lessor in January 1999 and 38,613,864 shares of common stock reserved
for issuance under our stock option and stock purchase plans, of which
14,927,676 shares were subject to outstanding options as of March 31, 1999 with
a weighted average exercise price of $1.595 per share. The number below further
excludes the aggregate of 18,720,000 shares of our common stock to be issued in
exchange for all outstanding shares of BabyCenter capital stock and to be
reserved for issuance upon exercise of assumed BabyCenter options in connection
with the proposed BabyCenter merger. See "Underwriting", "Management--Stock
Plans" and Notes 6 and 8 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Shares offered by eToys......................  8,320,000 shares
Shares to be outstanding after the             101,784,682 shares
  offering...................................
Use of proceeds..............................  For general corporate purposes, principally
                                               working capital and capital expenditures. See
                                               "Use of Proceeds".
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.......  "ETYS"
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                         SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
    The following summary financial information is derived from our financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following
summary financial information in conjunction with those financial statements and
the related notes. For example, Note 1 to the notes to our financial statements
explains the determination of the number of shares and share equivalents used in
computing the pro forma per share amounts set forth below. You should also read
"Use of Proceeds", "Capitalization" and "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined
Financial Information".
    The summary financial information below reflects that, prior to June 1997,
we had no operations or activities. Our general and administrative operating
expenses include expenses related to the amortization of deferred compensation
which is $2,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 and $5.8 million for
the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999. The pro forma share amounts reflect the
conversion of preferred stock into common stock.
   
    The balance sheet data displayed in the "As Adjusted" column reflect the
application of the net proceeds from the sale of 8,320,000 shares of common
stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per
share, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering
expenses.
    
    The statement of operations data displayed in the "Pro Forma BabyCenter
Merger 1999" column gives effect to the BabyCenter merger expected to be
completed by the end of June 1999.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                                               MARCH 31,
                                                                ----------------------------------------
                                                                                             PRO FORMA
                                                                                             BABYCENTER
                                                                                               MERGER
                                                                    1998          1999          1999
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER
                                                                              SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales.....................................................  $        687  $     29,959  $     34,727
Gross profit..................................................           119         5,713         9,500
Operating expenses:
  Marketing and sales.........................................         1,290        20,719        23,180
  Product development.........................................           421         3,608         7,360
  General and administrative..................................           678        10,166        16,405
  Goodwill amortization.......................................            --           319        36,455
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
Operating loss................................................        (2,270)      (29,099)      (73,900)
Net loss......................................................  $     (2,268) $    (28,558) $    (73,103)
Basic net loss per share......................................  $      (0.09) $      (0.85) $      (1.46)
Pro forma for conversion of preferred stock
  basic net loss per share....................................  $      (0.08) $      (0.35) $      (0.74)
Shares used to compute basic net loss per share...............    25,129,888    33,427,908    50,136,794
Shares used to compute pro forma for conversion
  of preferred stock basic net loss per share.................    30,232,902    81,923,187    98,632,073
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               MARCH 31, 1999
                                                                                           -----------------------
                                                                                            ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                           ---------  ------------
                                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents................................................................  $  20,173   $  165,748
Working capital..........................................................................     21,821      167,396
Total assets.............................................................................     30,666      176,241
Long-term capital lease obligations, less current portion................................        477          477
Total stockholders' equity (deficit).....................................................    (24,098)     170,768
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW
AND THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS BEFORE DECIDING WHETHER TO INVEST
IN SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK. ADDITIONAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES NOT PRESENTLY
KNOWN TO US OR THAT WE CURRENTLY DEEM IMMATERIAL MAY ALSO IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS
OPERATIONS.
 
    IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING RISKS ACTUALLY OCCUR, OUR BUSINESS, FINANCIAL
CONDITION OR OPERATING RESULTS COULD BE MATERIALLY ADVERSELY AFFECTED. IN SUCH
CASE, THE TRADING PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD DECLINE AND YOU MAY LOSE PART
OR ALL OF YOUR INVESTMENT.
 
                         RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
 
OUR LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY MAKES FUTURE FORECASTING DIFFICULT.
 
    We were incorporated in November 1996. We began selling products on our Web
site in October 1997. As a result of our limited operating history, it is
difficult to accurately forecast our net sales and we have limited meaningful
historical financial data upon which to base planned operating expenses. We base
our current and future expense levels on our operating plans and estimates of
future net sales, and our expenses are to a large extent fixed. Sales and
operating results are difficult to forecast because they generally depend on the
volume and timing of the orders we receive. As a result, we may be unable to
adjust our spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue
shortfall. This inability could cause our net losses in a given quarter to be
greater than expected.
 
WE ANTICIPATE FUTURE LOSSES AND NEGATIVE CASH FLOW.
 
    We expect operating losses and negative cash flow to continue for the
foreseeable future. We anticipate our losses will increase significantly from
current levels because we expect to incur additional costs and expenses related
to:
 
- - brand development, marketing and other promotional activities;
 
- - the expansion of our inventory management and distribution operations;
 
- - the continued development of our Web site, the systems that we use to process
  customers' orders and payments, and our computer network;
 
- - the expansion of our product offerings and Web site content; and
 
- - development of relationships with strategic business partners.
 
    As of March 31, 1999, we had an accumulated deficit of $30.8 million. We
incurred net losses of $2.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 and
$28.6 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.
 
    In addition, if the BabyCenter merger is completed, we expect that our
losses will increase even more significantly because of additional costs and
expenses related to:
 
- - an increase in the number of employees;
 
- - an increase in sales and marketing activities;
 
- - additional facilities and infrastructure; and
 
- - assimilation of operations and personnel.
 
    Also, if the BabyCenter merger is completed, we will record a significant
amount of goodwill and deferred compensation, the amortization of which will
significantly reduce our earnings and profitability for the foreseeable future.
We expect to record goodwill of approximately $180.7 million,
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
to be amortized over a five-year period, and deferred compensation of
approximately $15.5 million, to be amortized over a four-year period. To the
extent we do not generate sufficient cash flow to recover the amount of the
investment recorded, the investment may be considered impaired and could be
subject to earlier write-off. In such event, our net loss in any given period
could be greater than anticipated and the market price of our stock could
decline.
 
    Our ability to become profitable depends on our ability to generate and
sustain substantially higher net sales while maintaining reasonable expense
levels. If we do achieve profitability, we cannot be certain that we would be
able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the
future. See "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".
 
OUR OPERATING RESULTS ARE VOLATILE AND DIFFICULT TO PREDICT. IF WE FAIL TO MEET
THE EXPECTATIONS OF PUBLIC MARKET ANALYSTS AND INVESTORS, THE MARKET PRICE OF
OUR COMMON STOCK MAY DECLINE SIGNIFICANTLY.
 
   
    Our annual and quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and
may fluctuate significantly in the future due to a variety of factors, many of
which are outside of our control. Because our operating results are volatile and
difficult to predict, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our
operating results are not a good indication of our future performance. It is
likely that in some future quarter our operating results may fall below the
expectations of securities analysts and investors. In this event, the trading
price of our common stock may decline significantly.
    
 
    Factors that may harm our business or cause our operating results to
fluctuate include the following:
 
- - our inability to obtain new customers at reasonable cost, retain existing
  customers, or encourage repeat purchases;
 
- - decreases in the number of visitors to our Web site or our inability to
  convert visitors to our Web site into customers;
 
- - the mix of toys, video games, software, videos and music sold by us;
 
- - seasonality;
 
- - our inability to manage inventory levels or control inventory theft;
 
- - our inability to manage our distribution operations;
 
- - our inability to adequately maintain, upgrade and develop our Web site, the
  systems that we use to process customers' orders and payments or our computer
  network;
 
- - the ability of our competitors to offer new or enhanced Web sites, services or
  products;
 
- - price competition;
 
- - an increase in the level of our product returns;
 
- - fluctuations in the demand for children's products associated with movies,
  television and other entertainment events;
 
- - our inability to obtain popular children's toys, video games, software, videos
  and music from our vendors;
 
- - fluctuations in the amount of consumer spending on children's toys, video
  games, software, videos and music;
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
- - the termination of existing or failure to develop new marketing relationships
  with key business partners;
 
- - the extent to which we are not able to participate in advertising campaigns
  such as those conducted by Visa and Intel;
 
- - increases in the cost of online or offline advertising;
 
- - the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures relating to
  expansion of our operations;
 
- - unexpected increases in shipping costs or delivery times, particularly during
  the holiday season;
 
- - technical difficulties, system downtime or Internet brownouts;
 
- - government regulations related to use of the Internet for commerce or for
  sales and distribution of toys, video games, software, videos and music; and
 
- - economic conditions specific to the Internet, online commerce and the
  children's toy, video game, software, video and music industries.
 
    A number of factors will cause our gross margins to fluctuate in future
periods, including the mix of toys, video games, software, videos and music sold
by us, inventory management, inbound and outbound shipping and handling costs,
the level of product returns and the level of discount pricing and promotional
coupon usage. Any change in one or more of these factors could reduce our gross
margins in future periods. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Quarterly Results of Operations".
 
BECAUSE WE EXPERIENCE SEASONAL FLUCTUATIONS IN OUR NET SALES, OUR QUARTERLY
RESULTS WILL FLUCTUATE AND OUR ANNUAL RESULTS COULD BE BELOW EXPECTATIONS.
 
    We have historically experienced and expect to continue to experience
seasonal fluctuations in our net sales. These seasonal patterns will cause
quarterly fluctuations in our operating results. In particular, a
disproportionate amount of our net sales have been realized during the fourth
calendar quarter and we expect this trend to continue in the future.
 
    In anticipation of increased sales activity during the fourth calendar
quarter, we hire a significant number of temporary employees to bolster our
permanent staff and we significantly increase our inventory levels. For this
reason, if our net sales were below seasonal expectations during this quarter,
our annual operating results could be below the expectations of securities
analysts and investors.
 
    Due to our limited operating history, it is difficult to predict the
seasonal pattern of our sales and the impact of such seasonality on our business
and financial results. In the future, our seasonal sales patterns may become
more pronounced, may strain our personnel and warehousing and order shipment
activities and may cause a shortfall in net sales as compared to expenses in a
given period. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations".
 
   
WE FACE SIGNIFICANT INVENTORY RISK BECAUSE CONSUMER DEMAND CAN CHANGE FOR
PRODUCTS BETWEEN THE TIME THAT WE ORDER PRODUCTS AND THE TIME THAT WE RECEIVE
THEM.
    
 
    We carry a significant level of inventory. As a result, the rapidly changing
trends in consumer tastes in the market for children's toys, video games,
software, videos and music subject us to significant inventory risks. It is
critical to our success that we accurately predict these trends and do not
overstock unpopular products. The demand for specific products can change
between the time the products are ordered and the date of receipt. We are
particularly exposed to this risk because
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
we derive a majority of our net sales in the fourth calendar quarter of each
year. Our failure to sufficiently stock popular toys and other products in
advance of such fourth calendar quarter would harm our operating results for the
entire fiscal year.
 
    In the event that one or more products do not achieve widespread consumer
acceptance, we may be required to take significant inventory markdowns, which
could reduce our net sales and gross margins. This risk may be greatest in the
first calendar quarter of each year, after we have significantly increased
inventory levels for the holiday season. We believe that this risk will increase
as we open new departments or enter new product categories due to our lack of
experience in purchasing products for these categories. In addition, to the
extent that demand for our products increases over time, we may be forced to
increase inventory levels. Any such increase would subject us to additional
inventory risks. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business".
 
   
WE FACE THE RISK OF INVENTORY THEFT.
    
 
   
    If the security measures we use at our distribution facility do not
significantly reduce or prevent inventory theft, our gross profit margin may
significantly decrease. During the quarter ended March 31, 1999, we experienced
approximately $270,000 of inventory theft, which resulted in a 4% decrease in
our gross profit margin for the quarter ended March 31, 1999 and a 1% decrease
in our gross profit margin for fiscal 1998. We have begun undertaking a number
of measures designed to address inventory theft, including the installation of
enhanced security measures at our distribution facility. These measures may not
successfully reduce or prevent inventory theft in future periods. Our failure to
successfully improve the security measures we use at our distribution facility
may cause our gross profit margins and results of operations to be significantly
below expectations in future periods.
    
 
BECAUSE WE DO NOT HAVE LONG-TERM OR EXCLUSIVE VENDOR CONTRACTS, WE MAY NOT BE
ABLE TO GET SUFFICIENT QUANTITIES OF POPULAR CHILDREN'S PRODUCTS IN A TIMELY
MANNER. AS A RESULT, WE COULD LOSE CUSTOMERS.
 
    If we are not able to offer our customers sufficient quantities of toys or
other products in a timely manner, we could lose customers and our net sales
could be below expectations. Our success depends on our ability to purchase
products in sufficient quantities at competitive prices, particularly for the
holiday shopping season. As is common in the industry, we do not have long-term
or exclusive arrangements with any vendor or distributor that guarantee the
availability of toys or other children's products for resale. Therefore, we do
not have a predictable or guaranteed supply of toys or other products.
 
IF WE ARE UNABLE TO OBTAIN SUFFICIENT QUANTITIES OF PRODUCTS FROM OUR KEY
VENDORS, OUR NET SALES WOULD DECREASE.
 
    If we were unable to obtain sufficient quantities of products from our key
vendors, we could lose customers and our net sales could be below expectations.
We derive a significant percentage of our net sales from sales of Mattel and
Hasbro products. We also derive a significant percentage of our net sales from
the sale of video game products that are primarily supplied to us by a single
distributor. From time to time, we have experienced difficulty in obtaining
sufficient product allocations from a key vendor. In addition, our key vendors
have established, and may continue to expand, their own online retailing
efforts, which may impact our ability to get sufficient product allocations from
such vendors.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
TO MANAGE OUR GROWTH AND EXPANSION, WE NEED TO IMPROVE AND IMPLEMENT FINANCIAL
AND MANAGERIAL CONTROLS AND REPORTING SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES. IF WE ARE UNABLE
TO DO SO SUCCESSFULLY, OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS WOULD BE IMPAIRED.
 
    Our rapid growth in personnel and operations has placed, and will continue
to place, a significant strain on our management, information systems and
resources. If the BabyCenter merger is completed, we will add over 100 new
employees, including managerial, technical and operations personnel, and will
need to assimilate substantially all of BabyCenter's operations into our
operations. In order to manage this growth effectively, we need to continue to
improve our financial and managerial controls and reporting systems and
procedures. If we continue to experience a significant increase in the number of
our personnel, our existing management team may not be able to effectively
train, supervise and manage all of our personnel. In addition, our existing
information systems may not be able to handle adequately the increased volume of
information and transactions that would result from increased growth. Our
failure to successfully implement, improve and integrate these systems and
procedures would cause our results of operations to be below expectations.
 
IF WE ARE UNABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY IMPLEMENT OUR NEW ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
REPORTING SYSTEMS, OUR STOCK PRICE COULD DECLINE.
 
    If we fail to successfully implement and integrate our new financial
reporting and information systems with our existing systems or if we are not
able to expand these systems to accommodate our growth, we may not have
adequate, accurate or timely financial information. Our failure to have
adequate, accurate or timely financial information would harm our business and
could lead to volatility in our stock price. We recently implemented new
accounting and financial reporting software. In connection with the
implementation, we have encountered difficulties integrating this new software
with our other information systems. Additionally, we are in the process of
upgrading our other information systems and internal controls, including those
related to the purchase and receipt of inventory and control of inventory theft.
If we grow rapidly, we will face additional challenges in upgrading and
maintaining such systems.
 
WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO COMPETE SUCCESSFULLY AGAINST CURRENT AND FUTURE
COMPETITORS.
 
    The online commerce market is new, rapidly evolving and intensely
competitive. Increased competition is likely to result in price reductions,
reduced gross margins and loss of market share, any of which could seriously
harm our net sales and results of operations. We expect competition to intensify
in the future because current and new competitors can enter our market with
little difficulty and can launch new Web sites at a relatively low cost. In
addition, the children's toy, video game, software, video and music retailing
industries are intensely competitive.
 
    We currently or potentially compete with a variety of other companies,
including:
 
- - traditional store-based toy and children's product retailers such as Toys R
  Us, FAO Schwarz, Zany Brainy and Noodle Kidoodle;
 
- - major discount retailers such as Wal-Mart, Kmart and Target;
 
- - online efforts of these traditional retailers, including the online stores
  operated by Toys R Us, Wal-Mart and FAO Schwarz;
 
- - physical and online stores of entertainment entities that sell and license
  children's products, such as The Walt Disney Company and Warner Bros.;
 
- - catalog retailers of children's products;
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
- - vendors or manufacturers of children's products that currently sell some of
  their products directly online, such as Mattel and Hasbro;
 
- - other online retailers that include children's products as part of their
  product offerings, such as Amazon.com, Barnesandnoble.com, CDnow, Beyond.com
  and Reel.com;
 
- - Internet portals and online service providers that feature shopping services,
  such as AOL, Yahoo!, Excite and Lycos; and
 
- - various smaller online retailers of children's products, such as
  BrainPlay.com, Red Rocket and Toysmart.com.
 
    If the BabyCenter merger is completed, we will also compete with companies
that sell products or provide content for babies, toddlers and expectant
mothers. These companies include the competitors listed above and also include:
 
- - traditional store-based retailers such as BabyGap, Gymboree, The Right Start
  and Babies R Us;
 
- - the online efforts of these traditional retailers, including the online stores
  operated by BabyGap and Gymboree;
 
- - catalog retailers of products for babies, toddlers and expectant mothers; and
 
- - various online companies such as iBaby, BabyCatalog.com, iVillage and
  Women.com.
 
    Many traditional store-based and online competitors have longer operating
histories, larger customer or user bases, greater brand recognition and
significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do. Many
of these competitors can devote substantially more resources to Web site
development than we can. In addition, larger, well-established and well-financed
entities may join with online competitors or children's toy, video game,
software, video and music publishers or suppliers as the use of the Internet and
other online services increases.
 
    Our competitors may be able to secure products from vendors on more
favorable terms, fulfill customer orders more efficiently and adopt more
aggressive pricing or inventory availability policies than we can. Traditional
store-based retailers also enable customers to see and feel products in a manner
that is not possible over the Internet. See "Business--Competition".
 
IF WE ENTER NEW BUSINESS CATEGORIES THAT DO NOT ACHIEVE MARKET ACCEPTANCE, OUR
BRAND AND REPUTATION COULD BE DAMAGED AND WE COULD FAIL TO ATTRACT NEW
CUSTOMERS.
 
    Any new department or product category that is launched or acquired by us,
including BabyCenter, which is not favorably received by consumers could damage
our brand or reputation. This damage could impair our ability to attract new
customers, which could cause our net sales to fall below expectations. An
expansion of our business to include BabyCenter or any other new department or
product category will require significant additional expenses, and strain our
management, financial and operational resources. This type of expansion would
also subject us to increased inventory risk. We may choose to expand our
operations by developing other new departments or product categories, promoting
new or complementary products, expanding the breadth and depth of products and
services offered or expanding our market presence through relationships with
third parties. In addition, we may pursue the acquisition of other new or
complementary businesses, products or technologies, although we have no present
understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to any material
acquisitions or investments.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
IF WE DO NOT SUCCESSFULLY EXPAND OUR DISTRIBUTION OPERATIONS, OUR NET SALES MAY
FALL BELOW EXPECTATIONS.
 
    If we do not successfully expand our distribution operations to accommodate
increases in demand, particularly during the fourth calendar quarter of each
year, we will not be able to increase our net sales in accordance with the
expectations of securities analysts and investors. Our success depends on our
ability to rapidly expand our distribution operations in order to accommodate a
significant increase in customer orders. We must also be able to rapidly grow
our distribution operations and information systems to accommodate significant
increases in demand, which may require us to automate tasks that are currently
performed manually.
 
   
    Our planned expansion may cause disruptions in our business. Our current
distribution operations are not adequate to accommodate significant increases in
customer demand that may occur during the fourth calendar quarter of 1999. We
have leased a second distribution facility located in Virginia which we intend
to begin using in early 2000. In addition, we have entered into an agreement
with a third party that will provide us with warehouse and distribution services
from its facility in Utah. We are not experienced in coordinating and managing
distribution operations in geographically distant locations.
    
 
IF WE EXPERIENCE PROBLEMS IN OUR DISTRIBUTION OPERATIONS, WE COULD LOSE
CUSTOMERS.
 
    We rely upon third-party carriers for product shipments, including shipments
to and from our distribution facility. We are therefore subject to the risks,
including employee strikes and inclement weather, associated with such carriers'
ability to provide delivery services to meet our shipping needs. In addition,
failure to deliver products to our customers in a timely manner would damage our
reputation and brand. We also depend upon temporary employees to adequately
staff our distribution facility, particularly during the holiday shopping
season. If we do not have sufficient sources of temporary employees, we could
lose customers.
 
IF WE DO NOT SUCCESSFULLY EXPAND OUR WEB SITE AND THE SYSTEMS THAT PROCESS
CUSTOMERS' ORDERS, WE COULD LOSE CUSTOMERS AND OUR NET SALES COULD BE REDUCED.
 
    If we fail to rapidly upgrade our Web site in order to accommodate increased
traffic, we may lose customers, which would reduce our net sales. Furthermore,
if we fail to rapidly expand the computer systems that we use to process and
ship customer orders and process payments, we may not be able to successfully
distribute customer orders. As a result, we could lose customers and our net
sales could be reduced. In addition, our failure to rapidly upgrade our Web site
or expand these computer systems without system downtime, particularly during
the fourth calendar quarter, would further reduce our net sales. We may
experience difficulty in improving and maintaining such systems if our employees
or contractors that develop or maintain our computer systems become unavailable
to us. We have experienced periodic systems interruptions, which we believe will
continue to occur, while enhancing and expanding these computer systems.
 
OUR FACILITIES AND SYSTEMS ARE VULNERABLE TO NATURAL DISASTERS AND OTHER
UNEXPECTED PROBLEMS. THE OCCURRENCE OF A NATURAL DISASTER OR OTHER UNEXPECTED
PROBLEM COULD DAMAGE OUR REPUTATION AND BRAND AND REDUCE OUR NET SALES.
 
    The occurrence of an earthquake or other natural disaster or unanticipated
problems at our leased facility in Southern California, or at the third-party
facility in Sunnyvale, California that houses substantially all of our computer
and communications hardware systems, could cause interruptions or delays in our
business, loss of data or render us unable to accept and fulfill customer
orders. Our leased facility in Southern California houses substantially all of
our product development and information systems, as well as our inventory. Any
such interruptions or delays at either of these
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
facilities would reduce our net sales. In addition, our systems and operations
are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fire, flood, power loss,
telecommunications failure, break-ins, earthquake and similar events. We have no
formal disaster recovery plan and our business interruption insurance may not
adequately compensate us for losses that may occur. In addition, the failure by
the third-party facility to provide the data communications capacity required by
us, as a result of human error, natural disaster or other operational
disruptions, could result in interruptions in our service. The occurrence of any
or all of these events could damage our reputation and brand and impair our
business.
 
OUR NET SALES COULD DECREASE IF OUR ONLINE SECURITY MEASURES FAIL.
 
    Our relationships with our customers may be adversely affected if the
security measures that we use to protect their personal information, such as
credit card numbers, are ineffective. If, as a result, we lose many customers,
our net sales could decrease. We rely on security and authentication technology
that we license from third parties. With this technology, we perform real-time
credit card authorization and verification with our bank. We cannot predict
whether events or developments will result in a compromise or breach of the
technology we use to protect a customer's personal information.
 
    Furthermore, our servers may be vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or
electronic break-ins and similar disruptions. We may need to expend significant
additional capital and other resources to protect against a security breach or
to alleviate problems caused by any breaches. We cannot assure that we can
prevent all security breaches.
 
OUR NET SALES AND GROSS MARGINS WOULD DECREASE IF WE EXPERIENCE SIGNIFICANT
CREDIT CARD FRAUD.
 
    A failure to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions would
reduce our net sales and our gross margins because we do not carry insurance
against this risk. We have developed technology to help us to detect the
fraudulent use of credit card information. Nonetheless, to date, we have
suffered losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data
even though the associated financial institution approved payment of the orders.
Under current credit card practices, we are liable for fraudulent credit card
transactions because we do not obtain a cardholder's signature.
 
IF WE DO NOT RESPOND TO RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES, OUR SERVICES COULD BECOME
OBSOLETE AND WE COULD LOSE CUSTOMERS.
 
    If we face material delays in introducing new services, products and
enhancements, our customers may forego the use of our services and use those of
our competitors. To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve
the functionality and features of our online store. The Internet and the online
commerce industry are rapidly changing. If competitors introduce new products
and services embodying new technologies, or if new industry standards and
practices emerge, our existing Web site and proprietary technology and systems
may become obsolete.
 
    To develop our Web site and other proprietary technology entails significant
technical and business risks. We may use new technologies ineffectively or we
may fail to adapt our Web site, systems that we use to process customers' orders
and payments and our computer network to customer requirements or emerging
industry standards.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY CLAIMS AGAINST US CAN BE COSTLY AND COULD IMPAIR OUR
BUSINESS.
 
    Other parties may assert infringement or unfair competition claims against
us. In the past, a toy distributor using a name similar to ours sent us notice
of a claim of infringement of proprietary rights, which claim was subsequently
withdrawn. We expect to receive other notices from other third parties in the
future. We cannot predict whether third parties will assert claims of
infringement against us, or whether any past or future assertions or
prosecutions will harm our business. If we are forced to defend against any such
claims, whether they are with or without merit or are determined in our favor,
then we may face costly litigation, diversion of technical and management
personnel, or product shipment delays. As a result of such a dispute, we may
have to develop non-infringing technology or enter into royalty or licensing
agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may be
unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If there is a successful claim
of product infringement against us and we are unable to develop non-infringing
technology or license the infringed or similar technology on a timely basis, it
could impair our business.
 
IF THE PROTECTION OF OUR TRADEMARKS AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS IS INADEQUATE, OUR
BRAND AND REPUTATION COULD BE IMPAIRED AND WE COULD LOSE CUSTOMERS.
 
    The steps we take to protect our proprietary rights may be inadequate. We
regard our copyrights, service marks, trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets and
similar intellectual property as critical to our success. We rely on trademark
and copyright law, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license
agreements with our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our
proprietary rights. In September 1998, the United States Patent and Trademark
Office granted us a registered trademark for "eToys" for online retail services
for toys and games. We have filed a trademark application for "eToys" for toys,
games and playthings and for sales of toys, games and playthings. Effective
trademark, service mark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be
available in every country in which we will sell our products and services
online. Furthermore, the relationship between regulations governing domain names
and laws protecting trademarks and similar proprietary rights is unclear.
Therefore, we may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names
that are similar to, infringe upon or otherwise decrease the value of our
trademarks and other proprietary rights.
 
THE LOSS OF THE SERVICES OF ONE OR MORE OF OUR KEY PERSONNEL, OR OUR FAILURE TO
ATTRACT, ASSIMILATE AND RETAIN OTHER HIGHLY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL IN THE FUTURE,
COULD DISRUPT OUR OPERATIONS AND RESULT IN LOSS OF NET SALES.
 
    The loss of the services of one or more of our key personnel could seriously
interrupt our business. We depend on the continued services and performance of
our senior management and other key personnel, particularly Edward C. Lenk, our
President, Chief Executive Officer and Uncle of the Board. Our future success
also depends upon the continued service of our executive officers and other key
sales, marketing and support personnel. The majority of our senior management
joined us in the last four months, including our Chief Financial Officer, Chief
Information Officer and Senior Vice President of Operations. Our future success
depends on these officers effectively working together with our original
management team. Also, if we complete the BabyCenter merger, our success will
also depend on a successful integration of BabyCenter's management with our
senior management team. None of our officers or key employees is bound by an
employment agreement for any specific term. Our relationships with these
officers and key employees are at will. We do not have "key person" life
insurance policies covering any of our employees.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
WE MAY BE ADVERSELY IMPACTED IF THE SOFTWARE, COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY AND OTHER
SYSTEMS WE USE ARE NOT YEAR 2000 COMPLIANT.
 
    Any failure of our material systems, our vendors' material systems or the
Internet to be year 2000 compliant would have material adverse consequences for
us. Such consequences would include difficulties in operating our Web site
effectively, taking product orders, making product deliveries or conducting
other fundamental parts of our business. We are currently assessing the year
2000 readiness of the software, computer technology and other services that we
use which may not be year 2000 compliant. At this time, we have not yet
developed a contingency plan to address situations that may result if we or our
vendors are unable to achieve year 2000 compliance. The cost of developing and
implementing such a plan, if necessary, could be material.
 
    We also depend on the year 2000 compliance of the computer systems and
financial services used by consumers. A significant disruption in the ability of
consumers to reliably access the Internet or portions of it or to use their
credit cards would have an adverse effect on demand for our services and would
have a material adverse effect on us. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".
 
THERE ARE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PROPOSED BABYCENTER MERGER AND OTHER
POTENTIAL ACQUISITIONS. AS A RESULT, WE MAY NOT ACHIEVE THE EXPECTED BENEFITS OF
THE PROPOSED BABYCENTER MERGER AND OTHER POTENTIAL ACQUISITIONS.
 
    The BabyCenter merger is subject to a number of contingencies, including
approval of the merger by BabyCenter stockholders and governmental authorities
and other customary closing conditions. As a result, there can be no assurance
that the BabyCenter merger will be completed. If the merger is not completed,
the trading price of our common stock may fall.
 
    If the BabyCenter merger is completed, we may not realize the anticipated
benefits from the merger. We may not be able to successfully assimilate the
additional personnel, operations, acquired technology and products into our
business. The proposed merger may further strain our existing financial and
managerial controls and reporting systems and procedures. In addition, key
BabyCenter personnel may decide not to work for us. These difficulties could
disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees or increase
our expenses. Further, the physical expansion in facilities that would occur as
a result of this merger may result in disruptions that seriously impair our
business. In particular, if the BabyCenter merger is completed, we will have
operations in multiple facilities in geographically distant areas. We are not
experienced in managing facilities or operations in geographically distant
areas. In connection with the proposed merger, an aggregate of 18,720,000 shares
of our common stock will be issued in exchange for all outstanding shares of
BabyCenter capital stock and reserved for issuance upon the exercise of assumed
BabyCenter options in connection with the merger. The issuance of these
securities will be dilutive to our existing stockholders.
 
    If we are presented with appropriate opportunities, we intend to make other
investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. We may not
realize the anticipated benefits of any other acquisition or investment. If we
buy a company, we will likely face the same risks, uncertainties and disruptions
as discussed above with respect to the proposed BabyCenter merger. Furthermore,
we may have to incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any additional
future acquisitions or investments, the issuance of which could be dilutive to
us or our existing stockholders.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND ENTITIES AFFILIATED WITH THEM WILL CONTINUE TO
HAVE SUBSTANTIAL CONTROL OVER eTOYS AFTER THE OFFERING WHICH COULD DELAY OR
PREVENT A CHANGE IN OUR CORPORATE CONTROL FAVORED BY OUR OTHER STOCKHOLDERS.
 
   
    Executive officers, directors and entities affiliated with them, if acting
together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring
approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the
approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. These
stockholders will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 39% of our
outstanding common stock following the completion of this offering. See
"Principal Stockholders".
    
 
IT MAY BE DIFFICULT FOR A THIRD PARTY TO ACQUIRE US EVEN IF DOING SO WOULD BE
BENEFICIAL TO OUR STOCKHOLDERS.
 
    Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our
Bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to
acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our stockholders. See
"Description of Capital Stock".
 
INVESTORS IN THE OFFERING WILL EXPERIENCE IMMEDIATE DILUTION.
 
   
    We expect the initial public offering price to be substantially higher than
the book value per share of the outstanding common stock immediately after this
offering. Accordingly, if you purchase common stock in this offering, you will
experience immediate dilution of approximately $17.33 in the book value per
share of the common stock from the price you pay for the common stock. See
"Dilution".
    
 
                         RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY
 
IF WE ARE UNABLE TO ACQUIRE THE NECESSARY WEB DOMAIN NAMES, OUR BRAND AND
REPUTATION COULD BE DAMAGED AND WE COULD LOSE CUSTOMERS.
 
    We may be unable to acquire or maintain Web domain names relating to our
brand in the United States and other countries in which we may conduct business.
As a result, we may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring and using
domain names relating to our brand. Such use could damage our brand and
reputation and take customers away from our Web site. We currently hold various
relevant domain names, including the "eToys.com" domain name. The acquisition
and maintenance of domain names generally is regulated by governmental agencies
and their designees. For example, in the United States, the National Science
Foundation has appointed Network Solutions, Inc. as the current exclusive
registrar for the ".com", ".net" and ".org" generic top-level domains. The
regulation of domain names in the United States and in foreign countries is
subject to change in the near future. Such changes in the United States are
expected to include a transition from the current system to a system which is
controlled by a non-profit corporation and the creation of additional top-level
domains. Governing bodies may establish additional top-level domains, appoint
additional domain name registrars or modify the requirements for holding domain
names.
 
WE MAY NEED TO CHANGE THE MANNER IN WHICH WE CONDUCT OUR BUSINESS IF GOVERNMENT
REGULATION INCREASES.
 
    The adoption or modification of laws or regulations relating to the Internet
could adversely affect the manner in which we currently conduct our business. In
addition, the growth and development of the market for online commerce may lead
to more stringent consumer protection laws, both in the United States and
abroad, that may impose additional burdens on us. Laws and regulations directly
applicable to communications or commerce over the Internet are becoming more
prevalent. The United States Congress recently enacted Internet laws regarding
children's
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
privacy, copyrights, taxation and the transmission of sexually explicit
material. The European Union recently enacted its own privacy regulations. The
law of the Internet, however, remains largely unsettled, even in areas where
there has been some legislative action. It may take years to determine whether
and how existing laws such as those governing intellectual property, privacy,
libel and taxation apply to the Internet.
 
    In order to comply with new or existing laws regulating online commerce, we
may need to modify the manner in which we do business, which may result in
additional expenses. For instance, we may need to spend time and money revising
the process by which we fulfill customers' orders to ensure that each shipment
complies with applicable laws. We may need to hire additional personnel to
monitor our compliance with applicable laws. We may also need to modify our
software to further protect our customers' personal information.
 
WE MAY BE SUBJECT TO LIABILITY FOR THE INTERNET CONTENT THAT WE PUBLISH.
 
    As a publisher of online content, we face potential liability for
defamation, negligence, copyright, patent or trademark infringement, or other
claims based on the nature and content of materials that we publish or
distribute. If we face liability, then our reputation and our business may
suffer. In the past, plaintiffs have brought these types of claims and sometimes
successfully litigated them against online services. Although we carry general
liability insurance, our insurance currently does not cover claims of these
types. However, this insurance is available, and we intend to obtain insurance
to cover claims of these types by the end of June 1999. We do not expect the
premium for this insurance to be material. There can be no assurance that we
will be able to obtain such insurance or that it will be adequate to indemnify
us for all liability that may be imposed on us.
 
OUR NET SALES COULD DECREASE IF WE BECOME SUBJECT TO SALES AND OTHER TAXES.
 
    If one or more states or any foreign country successfully asserts that we
should collect sales or other taxes on the sale of our products, our net sales
and results of operations could be harmed. We do not currently collect sales or
other similar taxes for physical shipments of goods into states other than
California. However, one or more local, state or foreign jurisdictions may seek
to impose sales tax collection obligations on us. In addition, any new operation
in states outside California could subject our shipments in such states to state
sales taxes under current or future laws. If we become obligated to collect
sales taxes, we will need to update our system that processes customers' orders
to calculate the appropriate sales tax for each customer order and to remit the
collected sales taxes to the appropriate authorities. These upgrades will
increase our operating expenses. In addition, our customers may be discouraged
from purchasing products from us because they have to pay sales tax, causing our
net sales to decrease. As a result, we may need to lower prices to retain these
customers.
 
                      RISKS RELATED TO SECURITIES MARKETS
 
WE MAY BE UNABLE TO MEET OUR FUTURE CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS.
 
    We cannot be certain that additional financing will be available to us on
favorable terms when required, or at all. If we raise additional funds through
the issuance of equity, equity-related or debt securities, such securities may
have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the rights of our
common stock and our stockholders may experience additional dilution. We require
substantial working capital to fund our business. Since our inception, we have
experienced negative cash flow from operations and expect to experience
significant negative cash flow from operations for the foreseeable future. We
currently anticipate that the net proceeds of this offering, together with our
available funds, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated needs for working
capital and capital
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
expenditures through at least the next 12 months. We may need to raise
additional funds prior to the expiration of such period.
 
OUR COMMON STOCK PRICE MAY BE VOLATILE, WHICH COULD RESULT IN SUBSTANTIAL LOSSES
FOR INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDERS.
 
    The market price for our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and
subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors including the following,
some of which are beyond our control:
 
- - actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results;
 
- - announcements of technological innovations or new products or services by us
  or our competitors;
 
- - changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
 
- - conditions or trends in the Internet and/or online commerce industries;
 
- - changes in the economic performance and/or market valuations of other
  Internet, online commerce or retail companies;
 
- - announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic
  partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
 
- - additions or departures of key personnel;
 
- - release of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding shares of
  common stock or sales of additional shares of common stock; and
 
- - potential litigation.
 
IF OUR STOCK PRICE IS VOLATILE, WE COULD FACE A SECURITIES CLASS ACTION LAWSUIT.
 
    In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of their
stock, many companies have been the subject of securities class action
litigation. If we were sued in a securities class action, it could result in
substantial costs and a diversion of management's attention and resources and
would cause our stock price to fall.
 
SUBSTANTIAL SALES OF OUR COMMON STOCK AFTER THE OFFERING COULD CAUSE OUR STOCK
PRICE TO FALL.
 
   
    If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock, including
shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the
public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock
could fall. Such sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity
or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem
appropriate. Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding
101,784,682 shares of common stock and 14,927,676 shares of common stock subject
to options, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and
no exercise of outstanding options or additional option grants after March 31,
1999. Of these shares, the shares sold in this offering and 170,250 shares
subject to fully vested options will be freely tradeable beginning on the
effective date of this prospectus. This leaves 93,464,682 remaining shares and
14,927,676 shares of common stock subject to options. 91,464,684 of such shares
will be eligible for sale in the public market beginning 180 days after the date
of this prospectus and 1,999,998 of such shares will be eligible for sale in the
public market beginning 365 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to
volume and other restrictions pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In
addition, 14,757,426 shares subject to options will be eligible for sale in the
public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to
vesting restrictions.
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    If the BabyCenter merger is completed, approximately 1,377,152 shares of our
common stock to be issued in exchange for outstanding shares of BabyCenter
capital stock and issuable upon exercise of assumed BabyCenter options will be
immediately eligible for sale in the public market upon closing of the merger in
accordance with the restrictions of Rule 144. The remaining 17,342,848 shares of
our common stock to be issued in exchange for outstanding shares of BabyCenter
capital stock and issuable upon exercise of assumed BabyCenter options in
connection with the merger will be eligible for public sale in the public market
beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in to volume and
other restrictions of Rule 144. See "Management--Stock Plans", "Shares Eligible
for Future Sale" and "Underwriting".
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares being offered hereby at
an assumed public offering price of $19.00 per share are estimated to be $145.6
million, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering
expenses payable by us, or $167.6 million if the underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full.
    
 
    The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our working capital,
to create a public market for our common stock, to facilitate our future access
to the public capital markets, and to increase our visibility in the retail
marketplace. We expect to use up to approximately 30% of the net proceeds of
this offering for capital expenditures associated with technology and system
upgrades and the expansion of our distribution operations and corporate offices.
We have no specific plans for the remaining proceeds. The remainder of the net
proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes and working capital. This
allocation is only an estimate and we may adjust it as necessary to address our
operational needs in the future. For instance, we may also use a portion of the
net proceeds to acquire complementary technologies or businesses; however, with
the exception of the BabyCenter merger, we currently have no commitments or
agreements and are not involved in any negotiations with respect to any such
transactions. Pending use of the net proceeds of this offering, we intend to
invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing, investment grade securities.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We
currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use
in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any
cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 1999 on an
actual, pro forma, as adjusted and pro forma BabyCenter merger basis. The
"actual" column reflects our capitalization as of March 31, 1999 on a historical
basis, without any adjustments to reflect subsequent events or anticipated
events. The "pro forma" column reflects our capitalization as of March 31, 1999
with adjustments for the following:
 
- - the filing of an amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation to provide for
  authorized capital stock of 600,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000
  shares of undesignated preferred stock and a three-for-one forward stock split
  of our common stock and preferred stock; and
 
- - the automatic conversion of all shares of outstanding preferred stock into
  58,730,880 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.
 
    The "as adjusted" column reflects our capitalization as of March 31, 1999
with the preceding "pro forma" adjustments plus:
 
- - the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 1999, which expire upon
  this offering, resulting in the anticipated issuance of 198,387 shares of
  common stock; and
 
   
- - the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from our sale of 8,320,000 shares of
  common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share.
    
 
    The "pro forma BabyCenter merger" column reflects our capitalization as of
March 31, 1999 with the preceding "pro forma" and "as adjusted" adjustments plus
16,708,886 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment, expected to be issued
in exchange for all outstanding shares of BabyCenter capital stock in connection
with the proposed BabyCenter merger. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined
Financial Information" included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
    None of the columns reflect the following:
 
- - the 11,412 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant that we
  issued to an equipment lessor in January 1999;
 
- - the 38,613,864 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock
  option plans and stock purchase plans, of which 14,927,676 shares were subject
  to outstanding options as of March 31, 1999; and
 
- - the 2,011,114 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment, expected to be
  reserved for issuance upon the exercise of assumed BabyCenter options in
  connection with the proposed BabyCenter merger. See "Unaudited Pro Forma
  Condensed Combined Financial Information" included elsewhere in this
  prospectus.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    The table below should be read in conjunction with our balance sheet as of
March 31, 1999 and the related notes, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The table below reflects that we recorded deferred compensation of
$44.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999. You should review Notes
5 and 8 to the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus for descriptions of our Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred
stock and Series C preferred stock.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            MARCH 31, 1999
                                                                          ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                  PRO FORMA
                                                                                                                  BABYCENTER
                                                                            ACTUAL     PRO FORMA   AS ADJUSTED      MERGER
                                                                          ----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
Long-term capital lease obligations, less current portion...............  $      477   $     477    $      477    $    1,041
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, 19,593,089 shares authorized:
  Series A Preferred Stock; $.0001 par value; 7,023,645 shares issued
    and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or
    outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted and pro forma BabyCenter
    merger..............................................................       4,355          --            --            --
  Series B Preferred Stock; $.0001 par value; 11,886,649 shares issued
    and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or
    outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted and pro forma BabyCenter
    merger..............................................................      24,952          --            --            --
  Series C Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value, 666,666 shares issued and
    outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding,
    pro forma, as adjusted and pro forma BabyCenter merger..............      19,984          --            --            --
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred Stock: $.0001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, none
    issued or outstanding actual, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none
    issued or outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted and pro forma
    BabyCenter merger...................................................          --          --            --            --
  Common Stock: $.0001 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized,
    34,535,415 shares issued and outstanding actual; 600,000,000 shares
    authorized, 93,266,295 issued and outstanding, pro forma;
    101,784,682 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; 118,493,568
    shares issued and outstanding, pro forma BabyCenter merger..........           3           9            10            12
Additional paid-in capital..............................................      45,837      95,122       240,696       445,431
Receivables from stockholders...........................................        (138)       (138)         (138)         (138)
Deferred compensation...................................................     (38,974)    (38,974)      (38,974)      (54,431)
Accumulated deficit.....................................................     (30,826)    (30,826)      (30,826)      (30,826)
                                                                          ----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit)................................     (24,098)     25,193       170,768       360,048
                                                                          ----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
        Total capitalization............................................  $   25,670   $  25,670    $  171,245    $  361,089
                                                                          ----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
   
    Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 1999 was approximately
$24.2 million or $0.26 per share. Net tangible book value per share represents
the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total
liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of common stock
outstanding after giving effect to the automatic conversion of the preferred
stock. Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference
between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in
this offering and the net tangible book value per share of common stock
immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the
sale of the 8,320,000 shares of common stock offered by us at an assumed initial
public offering price of $19.00 per share, and after deducting the underwriting
discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net
tangible book value at March 31, 1999 would have been approximately $169.7
million or $1.67 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate
increase in net tangible book value of $1.41 per share to existing stockholders
and an immediate dilution of $17.33 per share to new investors of common stock.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............................             $   19.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share before the offering...........  $    0.26
  Increase per share attributable to new investors..........................       1.41
                                                                              ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering (as
  adjusted).................................................................                  1.67
                                                                                         ---------
Dilution per share to new investors.........................................             $   17.33
                                                                                         ---------
                                                                                         ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The following table summarizes on an as adjusted basis after giving effect
to the offering, as of March 31, 1999, the differences between the existing
stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common
stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average
price per share paid:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SHARES PURCHASED           TOTAL CONSIDERATION        AVERAGE
                                                 -------------------------  ---------------------------   PRICE PER
                                                     NUMBER       PERCENT        AMOUNT        PERCENT      SHARE
                                                 --------------  ---------  ----------------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>        <C>               <C>        <C>
Existing stockholders..........................      93,464,682       91.8% $     50,415,000       24.2%  $    0.54
New investors..................................       8,320,000        8.2       158,080,000       75.8       19.00
                                                 --------------  ---------  ----------------  ---------
Totals.........................................     101,784,682      100.0% $    208,495,000      100.0%
                                                 --------------  ---------  ----------------  ---------
                                                 --------------  ---------  ----------------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The preceding tables include an aggregate of 198,387 shares of common stock
issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 1999, which
expire at, and are expected to be exercised prior to, the completion of this
offering. The preceding tables exclude 38,613,864 shares of common stock
reserved for issuance under our stock option plans and stock purchase plans, of
which 14,927,676 were subject to outstanding options as of March 31, 1999 at a
weighted average exercise price of $1.595 per share and 11,412 shares of common
stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant that we issued to an equipment lessor
in January 1999. The preceding tables also exclude the aggregate of 18,720,000
shares of common stock to be issued in exchange for all outstanding shares of
BabyCenter capital stock and reserved for issuance upon the exercise of assumed
BabyCenter options in connection with the proposed BabyCenter merger.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     You should read the selected financial and operating data set forth below
in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and the notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus. You should review Note 1 to the notes to our
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of
the determination of the number of shares and share equivalents used in
computing the pro forma per share amounts set forth below. The pro forma share
amounts reflect the conversion of preferred stock into common stock. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information".
 
     The selected financial data reflect that prior to June 1997, we had no
operations or activities. The statement of operations data set forth below for
the fiscal years ended March 31, 1998 and 1999, and the selected balance sheet
data as of March 31, 1998 and 1999 have been derived from our audited financial
statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations
data displayed in the "Pro Forma BabyCenter Merger 1999" column and the balance
sheet data displayed in the "Pro Forma BabyCenter Merger" column give effect to
the BabyCenter merger expected to be completed by the end of June 1999. Our
general and administrative operating expenses include expenses related to the
amortization of deferred compensation which is $2,000 for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998 and $5.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                                                         MARCH 31,
                                                                         -----------------------------------------
                                                                                                       PRO FORMA
                                                                                                      BABYCENTER
                                                                             1998          1999       MERGER 1999
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE
                                                                                           DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales..............................................................  $        687  $     29,959   $    34,727
Cost of sales..........................................................           568        24,246        25,227
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
Gross profit...........................................................           119         5,713         9,500
Operating expenses:
  Marketing and sales..................................................         1,290        20,719        23,180
  Product development..................................................           421         3,608         7,360
  General and administrative...........................................           678        10,166        16,405
  Goodwill amortization................................................            --           319        36,455
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
        Total operating expenses.......................................         2,389        34,812        83,400
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
Operating loss.........................................................        (2,270)      (29,099)      (73,900)
Interest income (expense), net.........................................             3           542           798
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
Loss before income taxes...............................................        (2,267)      (28,557)      (73,102)
Provision for income taxes.............................................             1             1             1
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
Net loss...............................................................  $     (2,268) $    (28,558)  $   (73,103)
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
Basic net loss per share...............................................  $      (0.09) $      (0.85)  $     (1.46)
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
Pro forma for conversion of preferred stock basic net loss per share...  $      (0.08) $      (0.35)  $     (0.74)
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
Shares used to compute basic net loss per share........................    25,129,888    33,427,908    50,136,794
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
Shares used to compute pro forma for conversion of preferred stock
  basic net loss per share.............................................    30,232,902    81,923,187    98,632,073
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               MARCH 31, 1999
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                                       PRO FORMA
                                                                              MARCH 31,               BABYCENTER
                                                                                1998       ACTUAL       MERGER
                                                                             -----------  ---------  -------------
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents..................................................   $   1,552   $  20,173   $    29,173
Working capital............................................................       1,456      21,821        29,643
Total assets...............................................................       2,927      30,666       222,639
Long-term capital lease obligations, less current portion..................          --         477         1,041
Total stockholders' equity (deficit).......................................      (1,345)    (24,098)      165,182
</TABLE>
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    EXCEPT FOR HISTORICAL INFORMATION, THE DISCUSSION IN THIS PROSPECTUS
CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. THESE
STATEMENTS REFER TO OUR FUTURE PLANS, OBJECTIVES, EXPECTATIONS AND INTENTIONS.
THESE STATEMENTS MAY BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF WORDS SUCH AS "EXPECTS",
"ANTICIPATES", "INTENDS", "PLANS" AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS. OUR ACTUAL RESULTS
COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT COULD CONTRIBUTE TO THESE DIFFERENCES INCLUDE, BUT ARE
NOT LIMITED TO, THE RISKS DISCUSSED IN THE SECTION TITLED "RISK FACTORS" IN THIS
PROSPECTUS.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    We are a leading Web-based retailer focused exclusively on children's
products, including toys, video games, software, videos and music. We currently
offer an extensive selection of competitively priced children's products
consisting of over 9,500 SKUs representing more than 750 brands.
 
    We were incorporated in November 1996 and began offering products for sale
on our Web site and entered into a marketing agreement with AOL on October 1,
1997. For the period from inception through October 1, 1997, we had no sales and
our operating activities related primarily to the development of the necessary
computer infrastructure and initial planning and development of our Web site and
operations. Since launching our online store, we have continued these operating
activities and have also focused on building sales momentum, expanding our
product offerings, establishing vendor relationships, promoting our brand name
and establishing distribution and customer service operations. Our cost of sales
and operating expenses have increased significantly since inception. This trend
reflects the costs associated with our formation as well as increased efforts to
promote our brand, build market awareness, attract new customers, recruit
personnel, build operating infrastructure and develop our Web site and
associated systems that we use to process customers' orders and payments.
 
    We have grown rapidly since launching our online store in October 1997.
During the fall of 1998, we launched our redesigned Web site and added video
game, software, video and music departments to our online store. Our net sales
increased to $30.0 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 from $0.7
million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. The market for children's
toys, video games, software, videos and music is highly seasonal. A
disproportionate amount of our net sales have been realized during the fourth
calendar quarter and we expect this trend to continue in future periods. In
addition, since a disproportionate amount of our net sales are realized during
the fourth calendar quarter, we significantly increase our purchases of
inventory during such quarter. Accordingly, our accounts payable are at their
highest levels during the fourth calendar quarter. Our gross margin was 19% for
the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999. Our gross margin will fluctuate in future
periods based on factors such as product mix, inventory management, inbound and
outbound shipping costs, the level of product returns, and the level of discount
pricing and promotional coupon usage.
 
    Since 1997, we have significantly increased the depth of our management team
to help implement our growth strategy. To facilitate our growth, we have
recently expanded our senior management team to include a Chief Financial
Officer, Chief Information Officer and Senior Vice President of Operations.
 
    On April 18, 1999, we entered into a merger agreement with BabyCenter, Inc.
pursuant to which a new subsidiary of ours will merge into BabyCenter so that
BabyCenter becomes our wholly owned subsidiary. BabyCenter is a Web-based
business that offers a wide variety of content, community and products focused
on and serving expectant mothers and new parents. Visitors to
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
the BabyCenter Web site can read health articles and parenting news, interact
online with other families and purchase a wide selection of baby products and
supplies. BabyCenter derives its net sales principally from product sales and
sales of advertisement space as well as sponsorships with various companies.
BabyCenter is a Delaware corporation that is based in San Francisco, California,
with approximately 105 employees.
 
    Upon the completion of this merger, an aggregate of 18,720,000 shares of our
common stock will be issued in exchange for all outstanding shares of BabyCenter
capital stock and reserved for issuance upon the exercise of BabyCenter options
we assume in connection with the proposed merger. In addition, if the BabyCenter
merger is completed, we will record a significant amount of goodwill and
deferred compensation that will significantly reduce our earnings and
profitability for the foreseeable future. We expect to record goodwill of
approximately $180.7 million and deferred compensation of approximately $15.5
million, to be amortized over a five-year period and four-year period,
respectively. To the extent we do not generate sufficient cash flow to recover
the amount of the investment recorded, the investment may be considered impaired
and could be subject to earlier write-off. We anticipate that the BabyCenter
merger will close by the end of June 1999. The BabyCenter merger is subject to a
number of conditions, including the receipt of governmental approvals, approval
of the merger by the stockholders of BabyCenter and other customary closing
conditions. As a result, the BabyCenter merger may not be completed.
 
    Since inception, we have incurred significant losses and, as of March 31,
1999, had an accumulated deficit of $30.8 million. We expect operating losses
and negative cash flow to continue for the foreseeable future. We anticipate our
losses will increase significantly from current levels because we expect to
incur additional costs and expenses related to brand development, marketing and
other promotional activities; the expansion of our inventory management and
distribution operations; the continued development of our Web site, systems that
we use to process customers' orders and payments and our computer network; the
expansion of our product offerings and Web site content; and development of
relationships with strategic business partners.
 
    We have a limited operating history on which to base an evaluation of our
business and prospects. You must consider our prospects in light of the risks,
expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in their early
stage of development, particularly companies in new and rapidly evolving markets
such as online commerce. Such risks for us include, but are not limited to, an
evolving and unpredictable business model and management of growth. To address
these risks, we must, among other things, maintain and expand our customer base,
implement and successfully execute our business and marketing strategy, continue
to develop and upgrade our technology and systems that we use to process
customers' orders and payments, improve our Web site, provide superior customer
service, respond to competitive developments and attract, retain and motivate
qualified personnel. We cannot assure that we will be successful in addressing
such risks, and our failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
 
   
    In connection with this offering of shares of our common stock, options
granted in the fiscal years ended March 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 have been
considered to be compensatory. Deferred compensation associated with such
options for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 amounted to $44.7 million. Of
this amount, $5.8 million was charged to operations for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1999 and $38.9 million will be amortized over the vesting periods of
the applicable options through the fiscal year ending March 31, 2003. In April
and May 1999, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,122,302 shares of
our common stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share. We granted most of
these options to 67 new employees. The options granted in May 1999 have been
considered to be compensatory. Deferred compensation associated with such
options is estimated to be between $3.8 million and $4.9 million, based on the
currently proposed
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
range of our initial public offering price. This amount will be amortized over
the vesting periods of the applicable options through the fiscal year ending
March 31, 2004.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth statement of operations data as a percentage
of net sales for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                                                                       MARCH 31,
                                                                                                  --------------------
                                                                                                    1998       1999
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                               <C>        <C>
Net sales.......................................................................................        100%       100%
Cost of sales...................................................................................         83         81
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
Gross profit....................................................................................         17         19
 
Operating expenses:
  Marketing and sales...........................................................................        188         69
  Product development...........................................................................         61         12
  General and administrative....................................................................         99         35
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
      Total operating expenses..................................................................        348        116
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
Operating loss..................................................................................       (330)       (97)
Interest income (expense), net..................................................................          0          2
Provision for income taxes......................................................................          0         --
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
Net loss........................................................................................       (330)%       (95)%
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
FISCAL YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1999
 
    Our fiscal year runs from April 1 through March 31. We commenced offering
products for sale on our Web site on October 1, 1997, and, accordingly, the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 only includes a period of six months during
which we were generating net sales and incurring expenses. Consequently, our net
sales and expenses for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 have increased due
to a full year of net sales generated and expenses incurred during such period
as compared to six months of net sales and expenses incurred during the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1998.
 
NET SALES
 
    Net sales consist of product sales to customers and charges to customers for
outbound shipping and handling and gift wrapping and are net of product returns,
promotional discounts and coupons. Net sales increased to $30.0 million for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 from $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998 as a result of the significant growth of our customer base and an
increase in repeat purchases from our existing customers, reflecting the
relaunch of our Web site and the addition of new departments to our online store
during the fall of 1998.
 
COST OF SALES
 
    Cost of sales consists primarily of the costs of products sold to customers,
outbound and inbound shipping and handling costs, and gift wrapping costs. Cost
of sales increased to $24.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999
from $0.6 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. This $23.6 million
increase was primarily attributable to our increased sales volume. We expect
cost of sales to increase in future periods to the extent that our sales volume
increases. Our gross profit margin increased to 19% of net sales for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1999 from 17% of net sales for the fiscal year ended March
31, 1998. This increase was primarily
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
due to greater sales of higher margin products as a percentage of our overall
net sales and improved purchasing. There can be no assurance that we will
continue to achieve improved purchasing in future periods.
 
OPERATING EXPENSES
 
    MARKETING AND SALES.  Marketing and sales expenses consist primarily of
advertising and promotional expenditures, distribution facility expenses,
including equipment and supplies, and payroll and related expenses for personnel
engaged in marketing, customer service and distribution activities. Marketing
and sales expenses increased to $20.7 million for the fiscal year ended March
31, 1999 from $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. This $19.4
million increase was primarily attributable to the expansion of our online and
offline advertising, including a comprehensive print and television advertising
campaign, as well as to increased personnel and related expenses required to
implement our marketing strategy. In addition, due to a significant increase in
our sales volume, we experienced higher distribution and customer service
expenses, including an increased level of temporary staffing during the holiday
season. Marketing and sales expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to
69% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 from 188% for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998. Such expenses decreased significantly as a percentage of net
sales during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 due to the significant
increase in net sales during such period. We intend to continue to pursue an
aggressive branding and marketing campaign and, therefore, expect marketing and
sales expenses to increase significantly in absolute dollars in future periods.
In addition, to the extent that our sales volume increases in future periods, we
expect marketing and sales expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we expand
our distribution facilities to accommodate such increases in sales volume.
 
    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT.  Product development expenses consist primarily of
payroll and related expenses for merchandising, Web site development and
information technology personnel, Internet access and hosting charges and Web
content and design expenses. Product development expenses increased to $3.6
million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 from $0.4 million for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. This $3.2 million increase was primarily
attributable to increased staffing and associated costs related to enhancing the
features, content and functionality of our online store and increasing the
capacity of our systems that we use to process customers' orders and payments.
Product development expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to 12% for
the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 from 61% for the fiscal year ended March
31, 1998. Such expenses decreased significantly as a percentage of net sales
during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 due to the significant increase in
net sales during such period. We believe that continued investment in product
development is critical to attaining our strategic objectives and, as a result,
expect product development expenses to increase significantly in absolute
dollars.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expenses consist of
payroll and related expenses for executive and administrative personnel,
facilities expenses, professional services expenses, travel and other general
corporate expenses. General and administrative expenses increased to $10.5
million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 from $0.7 million for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. This $9.8 million increase was primarily
attributable to increased headcount and related expenses associated with the
hiring of additional personnel, and increased professional services expenses.
General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to
35% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 from 99% for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998. Such expenses decreased significantly as a percentage of net
sales during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 due to the significant
increase in net sales during such period. We expect general and administrative
expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our staff and incur
additional costs related to the growth of our business and being a public
company. We further expect our general and administrative expenses to increase
if the BabyCenter
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
merger is completed due to the associated increase in personnel and expenses
related to the integration of BabyCenter's operations with our operations. We do
not currently have an estimate of this expected increase in general and
administrative expenses because we have not yet developed a plan for integrating
BabyCenter's operations with our operations. We are currently evaluating the
potential integration opportunities as a result of the BabyCenter merger.
 
    In the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, we recorded total deferred stock
compensation of $44.7 million in connection with stock options granted during
the period, including approximately $0.3 million which represents the fair value
of options granted to non-employees during this period. Such amount is amortized
to expense over the vesting periods of the applicable options, resulting in $5.8
million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, which is included in general
and administrative expenses. These amounts represent the difference between the
exercise price of stock option grants and the deemed fair value of our common
stock at the time of such grants.
 
    Amortization of deferred compensation expense for each of the next four
fiscal years is expected to be as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AMOUNT
                                  YEAR ENDED                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------
<S>                                                                             <C>
March 31, 2000................................................................    $   10,806
March 31, 2001................................................................        10,806
March 31, 2002................................................................        10,798
March 31, 2003................................................................         6,564
</TABLE>
 
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    If the BabyCenter merger is completed, we will record a significant amount
of goodwill, the amortization of which will significantly reduce our earnings
and profitability for the foreseeable future. We expect to record goodwill of
approximately $180.7 million, to be amortized over a five-year period. To the
extent the amount of this recorded goodwill is increased or we do not generate
additional sufficient cash flow to recover the amount of the investment
recorded, the investment may be considered impaired or be subject to earlier
write-off. In such event, our net loss in any given period could be greater than
anticipated and the market price of our stock could decline.
 
INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
 
    Interest income (expense), net consists of earnings on our cash and cash
equivalents, net of interest expense attributable to convertible notes in the
approximate principal amount of $895,000. These convertible notes were
subsequently converted into shares of preferred stock in December 1997. Net
interest income increased to $0.5 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1999 from $3,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. This $0.5 million
increase was primarily attributable to earnings on higher average cash and cash
equivalent balances during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    As of March 31, 1999, we had $24.4 million of net operating loss
carryforwards for federal income tax purposes, which expire beginning in 2012.
We have provided a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax asset,
consisting primarily of net operating loss carryforwards, because of uncertainty
regarding its realizability. Changes in the ownership of our common stock, as
defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, may restrict the
utilization of such carryforwards. See Note 3 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth unaudited quarterly statement of operations
data for the six quarters ended March 31, 1999. This unaudited quarterly
information has been derived from our unaudited financial statements and, in the
opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information for
the periods covered. The quarterly data should be read in conjunction with our
financial statements and related notes. The operating results for any quarter
are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          QUARTER ENDED
                                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           DEC. 31,     MARCH 31,     JUNE 30,     SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,     MARCH 31,
                                             1997          1998         1998         1998         1998         1999
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales...............................  $     530     $     157    $     381    $     608    $  22,910    $   6,059
Cost of sales...........................        438           130          311          496       18,201        5,238
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross profit............................         92            27           70          112        4,709          821
Operating expenses:
  Marketing and sales...................        444           658        1,370        2,372       10,611        6,365
  Product development...................        145           215          404          697          905        1,602
  General and administrative(1).........        234           312          462          703        3,180        6,140
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
      Total operating expenses..........        823         1,185        2,236        3,772       14,696       14,107
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating loss..........................       (731)       (1,158)      (2,166)      (3,660)      (9,987)     (13,286)
Interest income (expense), net..........        (15)           18           (5)         277          166          104
Provision for income taxes..............         --             1           --           --            1           --
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net loss................................  $    (746)    $  (1,141)   $  (2,171)   $  (3,383)   $  (9,822)   $ (13,182)
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
AS A PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES:
Net sales...............................        100 %         100 %        100 %        100 %        100 %        100 %
Cost of sales...........................         83            83           82           82           79           86
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross profit............................         17            17           18           18           21           14
Operating expenses:
  Marketing and sales...................         84           419          360          390           46          105
  Product development...................         27           137          106          115            4           26
  General and administrative(1).........         44           199          121          116           14          101
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses............        155           755          587          620           64          233
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating loss..........................       (138)         (738)        (569)        (602)         (44)        (219)
Interest income (expense), net..........         (3)           12           (1)          46            1            2
Provision for income taxes..............         --             1           --           --           --           --
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net loss................................       (141)%        (727)%       (570)%       (556)%        (43)%       (218)%
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                          -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Included in general and administrative expenses are $2,000, $43,700,
    $69,300, $1.51 million and $4.2 million related to the amortization expense
    of deferred compensation for the quarters ended March 31, 1998, June 30,
    1998, September 30, 1998, December 31, 1998 and March 31, 1999,
    respectively.
 
    Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may
fluctuate significantly in the future due to a variety of factors. For example,
during the quarter ended March 31, 1999, we experienced approximately $270,000
of inventory theft, which resulted in a 4% decrease in our gross profit margin
for the quarter ended March 31, 1999 and a 1% decrease in our gross profit
margin for fiscal 1998. We have begun undertaking a number of measures designed
to address inventory theft, including the installation of enhanced security
measures at our distribution facility. These measures may not successfully
reduce or prevent inventory theft in future periods. If these measures are not
successful, our gross profit margins and results of operations may be
significantly below expectations in future periods.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    Other factors that may harm our business or cause our operating results to
fluctuate include the following, many of which are outside of our control:
 
- - our inability to obtain new customers at reasonable cost, retain existing
  customers, or encourage repeat purchases;
 
- - decreases in the number of visitors to our Web site or our inability to
  convert visitors to our Web site into customers;
 
- - the mix of toys, video games, software, videos and music sold by us;
 
- - seasonality;
 
- - our inability to manage inventory levels or control inventory theft;
 
- - our inability to manage our distribution operations;
 
- - our inability to adequately maintain, upgrade and develop our Web site,
  systems that we use to process customers' orders and payments or our computer
  network;
 
- - the ability of our competitors to offer new or enhanced Web sites, services or
  products;
 
- - price competition;
 
- - an increase in the level of our product returns;
 
- - fluctuations in the demand for children's products associated with movies,
  television and other entertainment events;
 
- - our inability to obtain popular children's toys, video games, software, videos
  and music from our vendors;
 
- - fluctuations in the amount of consumer spending on children's toys, video
  games, software, videos and music;
 
- - the termination of existing or failure to develop new marketing relationships
  with key business partners;
 
- - the extent to which we are not able to participate in advertising campaigns
  such as those conducted by Visa and Intel;
 
- - increases in the cost of online or offline advertising;
 
- - the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures relating to
  expansion of our operations;
 
- - unexpected increases in shipping costs or delivery times, particularly during
  the holiday season;
 
- - technical difficulties, system downtime or Internet brownouts;
 
- - government regulations related to use of the Internet for commerce or for
  sales and distribution of toys, video games, software, videos and music; and
 
- - economic conditions specific to the Internet, online commerce and the
  children's toy, video game, software, video and music industries.
 
    Due to the foregoing factors, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons
of our operating results are not a good indication of our future performance. It
is likely that in some future quarter our operating results may fall below the
expectations of securities analysts and investors. In this event, the trading
price of our common stock may fall significantly.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--BABYCENTER
 
    Since inception, BabyCenter has incurred significant operating losses.
During the 12 months ended March 31, 1999, BabyCenter recorded net sales of
approximately $4.8 million, primarily from sales of advertisment space and
sponsorships with various companies and the online sale of baby products and
supplies, and recorded a net loss of approximately $4.5 million. During the 12
months ended March 31, 1999, BabyCenter incurred total operating expenses of
approximately $8.6 million, which consisted primarily of marketing and sales and
technology and development expenses. At March 31, 1999, BabyCenter had working
capital of approximately $7.8 million and a total accumulated deficit of
approximately $5.6 million. It is expected that BabyCenter's marketing and sales
and technology and development expenses will continue to increase in future
periods.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private
sales of preferred stock which through March 31, 1999, totaled $48.7 million.
 
    Net cash used in operating activities was $23.9 million in the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1999, and $2.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998.
Net cash used in operating activities for each of these periods primarily
consisted of net losses as well as increases in inventories and prepaid
expenses, partially offset by increases in accounts payable, accrued expenses
and depreciation and amortization. The significant increase in working capital
during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 was primarily due to significant
growth in our operations.
 
    Net cash used in investing activities was $2.7 million in the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1999, and $0.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998.
Net cash used in investing activities for each of these periods primarily
consisted of leasehold improvements and purchases of equipment and systems,
including computer equipment and fixtures and furniture.
 
    Net cash provided by financing activities was $45.3 million in the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1999, and $4.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31,
1998. Net cash provided by financing activities during the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1999 primarily consisted of proceeds of $44.8 million from the
issuance of preferred stock.
 
    As of March 31, 1999 we had $20.2 million of cash and cash equivalents. As
of that date, our principal commitments consisted of obligations outstanding
under operating leases. Although we have no material commitments for capital
expenditures, we anticipate a substantial increase in our capital expenditures
and lease commitments consistent with anticipated growth in operations,
infrastructure and personnel. We plan to open an additional distribution
facility during fiscal 1999, which may require us to purchase real estate or
commit to additional lease obligations and to purchase equipment and install
leasehold improvements.
 
    We entered into a marketing agreement with AOL, the leading Internet online
service provider, in October 1997. This agreement established us as a provider
of children's toy products featured on the AOL Network and AOL's Web site,
aol.com. In addition, AOL agreed to prominently promote and advertise eToys on a
non-exclusive basis in online areas controlled by AOL specified in the
agreement. Furthermore, under the agreement, AOL has committed that AOL users
will annually access the online areas promoting eToys a specified number of
times. Over the 26-month term of the agreement, we are obligated to make minimum
payments totaling $3.1 million to AOL, of which $1.1 million remained to be paid
as of March 31, 1999. We have also agreed to offer for sale a substantial
selection of children's products, to feature different children's products each
week, to offer special deals to AOL users through the AOL online area, to
provide children's toy products that are competitive in price and performance
and to manage, operate and support such content and children's toy products. The
agreement with AOL expires on December 31, 1999; however,
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
AOL may terminate the agreement earlier in the event we materially breach the
agreement or in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency or similar adverse
financial events specified in the agreement. Although there can be no assurance,
we do not believe that there is any material risk that AOL would be able to
terminate the agreement earlier than December 31, 1999 because of insolvency or
any of the other specified adverse financial events.
 
    During the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, we entered into a number of
commitments for online and traditional offline advertising. As of March 31,
1999, our remaining commitments were $7.7 million, excluding amounts due under
our agreement with AOL, which will be paid by March 31, 2000.
 
    We currently anticipate that the net proceeds of this offering, together
with our available funds, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated needs for
working capital and capital expenditures through at least the next 12 months. We
may need to raise additional funds prior to the expiration of such period if,
for example, we pursue business or technology acquisitions or experience
operating losses that exceed our current expectations. If we raise additional
funds through the issuance of equity, equity-related or debt securities, such
securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the
rights of our common stock and our stockholders may experience additional
dilution. We cannot be certain that additional financing will be available to us
on favorable terms when required, or at all.
 
YEAR 2000
 
    Many existing computer programs use only two digits to identify a year.
These programs were designed and developed without addressing the impact of the
upcoming change in the century. If not corrected, many computer software
applications could fail or create erroneous results by, at or beyond the year
2000. We use software, computer technology and other services internally
developed and provided by third-party vendors that may fail due to the year 2000
phenomenon. For example, we are dependent on the financial institutions involved
in processing our customers' credit card payments for Internet services and a
third party that hosts our servers. We are also dependent on telecommunications
vendors to maintain our network and the United States Postal Service and other
third-party carriers to deliver orders to customers.
 
    We are in the process of reviewing the year 2000 compliance of our
internally developed proprietary software. This review has included testing to
determine how our systems will function at and beyond the year 2000. We expect
to complete these tests during the summer of 1999. Since inception, we have
internally developed substantially all of the systems for the operation of our
Web site. These systems include the software used to provide our Web site's
search, customer interaction, and transaction-processing and distribution
functions, as well as monitoring and back-up capabilities. Based upon our
assessment to date, we believe that our internally developed proprietary
software is year 2000 compliant.
 
    We are currently assessing the year 2000 readiness of our third-party
supplied software, computer technology and other services, which include
software for use in our accounting, database and security systems. The failure
of such software or systems to be year 2000 compliant could have a material
negative impact on our corporate accounting functions and the operation of our
Web site. As part of the assessment of the year 2000 compliance of these
systems, we have sought assurances from these vendors that their software,
computer technology and other services are year 2000 compliant. We have expensed
amounts incurred in connection with year 2000 assessment since our formation
through March 31, 1999. Such amounts have not been material. We expect this
assessment process to be completed during the summer of 1999. Based upon the
results of this assessment, we will develop and implement, if necessary, a
remediation plan with respect to third-party software, third-party vendors and
computer technology and services that may
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
fail to be year 2000 compliant. We expect to complete any required remediation
during the summer of 1999. At this time, the expenses associated with this
assessment and potential remediation plan that may be incurred in the future
cannot be determined; therefore, we have not developed a budget for these
expenses. The failure of our software and computer systems and of our
third-party suppliers to be year 2000 complaint would have a material adverse
effect on us.
 
    The year 2000 readiness of the general infrastructure necessary to support
our operations is difficult to assess. For instance, we depend on the integrity
and stability of the Internet to provide our services. We also depend on the
year 2000 compliance of the computer systems and financial services used by
consumers. Thus, the infrastructure necessary to support our operations consists
of a network of computers and telecommunications systems located throughout the
world and operated by numerous unrelated entities and individuals, none of which
has the ability to control or manage the potential year 2000 issues that may
impact the entire infrastructure. Our ability to assess the reliability of this
infrastructure is limited and relies solely on generally available news reports,
surveys and comparable industry data. Based on these sources, we believe most
entities and individuals that rely significantly on the Internet are carefully
reviewing and attempting to remediate issues relating to year 2000 compliance,
but it is not possible to predict whether these efforts will be successful in
reducing or eliminating the potential negative impact of year 2000 issues. A
significant disruption in the ability of consumers to reliably access the
Internet or portions of it or to use their credit cards would have an adverse
effect on demand for our services and would have a material adverse effect on
us.
 
    At this time, we have not yet developed a contingency plan to address
situations that may result if we or our vendors are unable to achieve year 2000
compliance because we currently do not believe that such a plan is necessary.
The cost of developing and implementing such a plan, if necessary, could be
material. Any failure of our material systems, our vendors' material systems or
the Internet to be year 2000 compliant could have material adverse consequences
for us. Such consequences could include difficulties in operating our Web site
effectively, taking product orders, making product deliveries or conducting
other fundamental parts of our business.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
ETOYS
 
    We are a leading Web-based retailer focused exclusively on children's
products, including toys, video games, software, videos and music. By combining
our expertise in children's products and our commitment to excellent customer
service with the benefits of Internet retailing, we are able to deliver a unique
shopping experience to consumers. Our online store offers an extensive selection
of competitively priced children's products, with over 9,500 SKUs representing
more than 750 brands. Our Web site features detailed product information,
helpful and useful shopping services and innovative merchandising through
easy-to-use Web pages. In addition, we offer customers the convenience and
flexibility of shopping 24 hours a day, seven days a week, with reliable and
timely product delivery and excellent customer service.
 
    As of March 31, 1999, we have sold children's products to approximately
365,000 customers, of which approximately 75,000 were added during the quarter
ended March 31, 1999. Our net sales for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999
totaled $30.0 million as compared to $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE
 
    The Internet is an increasingly significant medium for communication,
information and commerce. International Data Corporation estimates that there
were 97 million Web users worldwide at the end of 1998 and anticipates this
number will grow to approximately 320 million users by the end of 2002. We
believe that growth in Internet usage and online commerce is being fueled by a
number of factors including:
 
- - a large and growing installed base of personal computers in the workplace and
  home;
 
- - advances in the performance and speed of personal computers and modems;
 
- - improvements in network security, infrastructure and bandwidth;
 
- - easier and cheaper access to the Internet; and
 
- - the rapidly expanding availability of online content and commerce sites.
 
    The unique characteristics of the Internet provide a number of advantages
for online retailers. Online retailers are able to "display" a larger number of
products than traditional store-based or catalog retailers at a lower cost. In
addition, online retailers are able to frequently adjust their featured
selections, editorial content and pricing, providing significant merchandising
flexibility. Online retailers also benefit from the minimal cost to publish on
the Web, the ability to reach a large group of customers from a central
location, and the potential for low-cost customer interaction. Unlike
traditional retail channels, online retailers do not have the burdensome costs
of managing and maintaining a retail store infrastructure or the significant
printing and mailing costs of catalogs. Online retailers can also easily obtain
demographic and behavioral data about customers, increasing opportunities for
direct marketing and personalized services.
 
TRADITIONAL CHILDREN'S PRODUCTS RETAIL INDUSTRY
 
    The market for children's products includes many categories, from
traditional toys and books to video games and educational software. Toy
Manufacturers of America, Inc. estimates that the domestic toy category alone
had retail sales of approximately $23 billion in 1997. We believe that product
categories such as children's video games, software, videos and music also
represent significant market opportunities.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    Traditional store-based toy retailers include mass market retailers such as
Toys R Us, Wal-Mart, Kmart and Target, as well as specialty chains such as Zany
Brainy and Noodle Kidoodle. Mass market retailers tend to carry a deep selection
of well-known brand name toys from leading vendors such as Mattel, Hasbro and
LEGO. Specialty retailers generally carry a broader selection of specialty toy
brands such as BRIO, PLAYMOBIL and Learning Curve. However, they do not
typically have a significant selection of well-known brand name toys. As a
result, we believe that no traditional store-based retailer currently offers an
extensive product selection of both popular, well-known brand name toys and
diverse, harder-to-find, specialty toys.
 
    We believe that traditional store-based retailers face a number of
challenges in providing a satisfying shopping experience for consumers of
children's products:
 
- - The number of SKUs and the amount of product inventory that a traditional
  store-based retailer can carry in any one store is constrained by the physical
  space available in the store, thereby limiting selection for consumers.
 
- - Limited shelf space and store layout constraints limit the merchandising
  flexibility of traditional store-based retailers. As a result, traditional
  retailers generally display products by brand, category or packaging. They
  cannot easily adjust or blend these merchandising strategies.
 
- - Due to the significant cost of carrying inventory in multiple store locations,
  traditional store-based retailers focus their product selection on the most
  popular products that produce the highest inventory turns, thereby further
  limiting consumer selection.
 
- - Traditional store-based retailers can only serve those customers who have
  convenient access to their stores. Traditional store-based retailers must open
  new stores to serve additional geographic areas, resulting in significant
  investments in inventory, leasehold improvements and the hiring and training
  of store personnel.
 
- - Traditional store-based retailers face challenges in hiring, training and
  maintaining knowledgeable sales staff. This limits the level of customer
  service available to consumers.
 
    In addition, we believe that many consumers find the toy shopping
experience, especially at traditional mass market retail outlets, to be
time-consuming, inconvenient and unpleasant due to factors such as location,
store layout, product selection, level of customer service and the challenges of
shopping with children.
 
THE ETOYS SOLUTION
 
    We are a leading Web-based retailer focused exclusively on children's
products. Our online store is designed to provide consumers with a convenient
and enjoyable shopping experience in a Web-based retail environment. Our
exclusive focus on children's products and commitment to excellent customer
service enable us to uniquely address the needs and desires of our customers.
The key components of our solution include:
 
    CONVENIENT SHOPPING EXPERIENCE.  Our online store provides customers with an
easy-to-use Web site. It is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week and may
be reached from the shopper's home or office. Our online store enables us to
deliver a broad selection of products to customers in rural or other locations
that do not have convenient access to physical stores. We also make the shopping
experience convenient by categorizing our products into easy-to-shop
departments. These include toys, video games, software, videos and music. Our
advanced search technology makes it easy for consumers to locate products
efficiently based on pre-selected criteria depending upon the department. For
example, by using a quick keyword search or a sophisticated product search in
our toy department, a customer can search by any combination of age, category,
keyword or price.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    EXTENSIVE PRODUCT SELECTION AND INNOVATIVE MERCHANDISING.  We offer a broad
selection of children's products that would be economically or physically
impractical to stock in a traditional store. We believe that we offer the
largest selection of toys available on the Internet. We also believe we are the
only retailer to provide a comprehensive selection of both traditional,
well-known brands, such as Mattel, Hasbro and LEGO, and specialty toy brands,
such as BRIO, PLAYMOBIL and Learning Curve. In addition we offer a broad
selection of children's video games, software, videos and music. We focus
exclusively on children's products. Many of our brand name and specialty
products are individually selected and tested to provide our customers with the
highest quality products. In addition, the unique environment of the Internet
enables us to dynamically adjust our merchandising strategy and product mix to
respond to changing customer demand.
 
    HELPFUL AND USEFUL SHOPPING SERVICES.  Through our online store, we offer
helpful and useful services to assist our customers, who are generally adults
purchasing for children. Many of these services are also designed to inform and
involve children in the shopping experience. Our services include:
 
- - PRODUCT REVIEWS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. To assist customers in selecting
  appropriate products, we provide regularly updated product recommendations
  through our PICKS OF THE MONTH, FAVORITES BY AGE, TOY BOX ESSENTIALS and our
  TWENTY UNDER $20 recommended list of affordable toys. In addition, we feature
  product reviews and lists of award-winning products from prominent parenting
  and family publications as well as from organizations solely dedicated to
  children's products, including the OPPENHEIM TOY PORTFOLIO, FAMILY FUN
  magazine, PARENTING magazine and DR. TOY.
 
- - GIFT CENTER. We simplify gift shopping through our Gift Center. Here,
  consumers can obtain gift recommendations by age and get information on a
  variety of child-appropriate gift wrap styles and personalized message cards
  to accompany the gift. We also sell electronic gift certificates through our
  Gift Center.
 
- - MY ETOYS. Through My eToys, we personalize the customer's shopping experience
  by offering the following services:
 
    - BIRTHDAY REMINDERS, in which we notify shoppers of a child's birthday
      three weeks in advance via e-mail and proactively offer age-appropriate
      gift recommendations;
 
    - WISH LISTS, in which parents and children can e-mail friends and family a
      list of a child's most desired toys, video games, software, videos and
      music; and
 
    - ADDRESS BOOK, in which we record the addresses of people to whom our
      customers send gifts so they do not need to re-enter the same addresses
      multiple times.
 
- - IN-STOCK NOTIFICATION. If a product is out of stock, our customers can request
  that we e-mail them when the product is back in stock. We believe this service
  helps customers avoid extended store-to-store searches for hard-to-find
  products.
 
- - PRODUCT NEWS. Our free monthly e-mail newsletter, THE ETOYS NEWS, delivers
  updates about new products and services and special offers to our customers.
 
    EXCELLENT CUSTOMER SERVICE.  We provide free pre- and post-sales support via
both e-mail and toll-free telephone service during extended business hours. Once
an order is made, customers can view order-tracking information on our Web site
or contact our customer service department to obtain the status of their orders
and, when necessary, resolve order and product questions. Furthermore, the
customer service area of our Web site contains extensive information for
first-time and repeat visitors. These include helpful hints in searching for,
shopping for, ordering and returning our products.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    Our objective is to be one of the world's leading retailers of children's
products. Key elements of our strategy include:
 
    FOCUS ON ONLINE RETAILING OF CHILDREN'S PRODUCTS.  We intend to become the
primary place for consumers to purchase children's products. Our online store is
exclusively focused on children's products and offers an extensive selection of
toys, video games, software, videos and music. We intend to enhance our product
offerings by expanding into additional children's product categories, which will
enable us to take advantage of our customer base, brand name, merchandising
expertise and distribution capabilities.
 
    BUILD BRAND RECOGNITION.  Through our advertising and promotional
activities, we target purchasers of children's products, with a primary focus on
mothers. We believe that mothers are the principal decision-makers for purchases
of children's products and strongly influence the purchasing decisions of family
and friends. We use offline and online marketing strategies to maximize customer
awareness and enhance our brand recognition:
 
- - OFFLINE ADVERTISING. We use offline advertising to promote both our brand name
  and specific merchandising opportunities. Our traditional advertising efforts
  have included print advertising in FAMILY FUN, FAMILY PC, PARENTING, PARENTS
  and CHILD publications, and radio and television advertising in major markets.
  In October 1998, we initiated television advertising, including a national
  advertising campaign begun in November in which Visa co-promoted eToys in a
  holiday commercial. We plan to increase our use of traditional offline
  advertising in order to continue building our brand recognition.
 
- - ONLINE ADVERTISING. We partner with major online portals and Internet service
  providers, parenting-related Web sites and children-oriented companies.
  Accordingly, we have entered into relationships with AOL, Children's
  Television Workshop and Moms Online. In addition, we advertise on the sites of
  major online portals, including Excite, Infoseek, Microsoft Network, Yahoo!
  and Lycos.
 
- - DIRECT ONLINE MARKETING. As our customer base grows, we continue to collect
  significant data about our customers' buying preferences and habits in an
  effort to increase repeat purchases by existing customers. We intend to
  maximize the value of this information by delivering meaningful information
  and special offers to our customers via e-mail and other means. In addition,
  we use our in-house newsletter, THE ETOYS NEWS, to alert customers to
  important developments and merchandising initiatives.
 
    PURSUE WAYS TO INCREASE OUR NET SALES.  We intend to pursue new
opportunities to increase our net sales by:
 
- - opening new departments on our Web site to expand into new children's product
  categories;
 
- - increasing product selection in our existing departments;
 
- - adding more services to My eToys to further personalize the customer
  experience;
 
- - pursuing international market opportunities; and
 
- - acquiring complementary businesses, products or technologies.
 
    PROMOTE REPEAT PURCHASES.  We are focused on promoting customer loyalty and
building repeat purchase relationships with our customers. To accomplish this
strategy, we intend to effectively use direct marketing techniques targeted at
existing customers, build features unique to each individual customer and
continually strive to enhance our customer service.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    MAINTAIN OUR TECHNOLOGY FOCUS AND EXPERTISE.  We intend to use our commerce
platform to enhance our service offerings and take advantage of the unique
characteristics of online retailing. To date, we have developed technologies and
implemented systems to support secure and reliable online retailing. Among other
technology objectives, we intend to develop features unique to each individual
customer and to enhance the look-and-feel of our Web site. We also seek to
continuously increase the efficiency of our relationships with product vendors
and manufacturers and our distribution activities.
 
THE ETOYS ONLINE RETAIL STORE
 
    We designed our online retail store to be the primary place for consumers to
purchase children's products. We believe our attractive, easy-to-use, online
store offers consumers a unique and enjoyable shopping experience as compared to
traditional store-based retailers. The look-and-feel of our Web site is playful
and entertaining, and navigation is consistent throughout. A consumer shopping
on our Web site can, in addition to ordering products, browse the different
departments of our store, conduct targeted searches, view recommended products,
visit our Gift Center, participate in promotions and check order status. In
contrast to a traditional retail store, the consumer can shop in the comfort and
convenience of his or her home or office.
 
OUR STORE DEPARTMENTS
 
    We categorize products into different departments, including toys, video
games, software, videos and music. Within each department, products are
organized by brand, such as Mattel and Hasbro, by category, such as games, plush
toys and dolls, and by our recommendations, such as bestsellers and favorites.
The following is a summary of each of these departments:
 
    TOYS.  Since inception, we have focused on becoming the leading online
retailer of quality children's toys. We believe that we offer the largest
selection of toys available on the Internet. Through our toy department, we
offer an extensive selection of toys. We believe that we are the only retailer
of children's products to provide a comprehensive selection of both traditional,
well-known brands, such as Mattel, Hasbro and LEGO, and specialty toy brands,
such as BRIO, PLAYMOBIL and Learning Curve. We select and test many of our toys
before adding them to our online store collection.
 
    VIDEO GAMES.  Through our video game department, we offer an extensive
selection of game titles, including bestsellers and new releases, for the
popular Sony PlayStation, Nintendo 64 and Game Boy platforms. We provide our own
ratings for each video game with respect to content, language and level of
violence. In addition, we sell video game hardware and recommended accessories.
 
    SOFTWARE.  Through our children's software department, we offer a wide
selection of software with an emphasis on educational titles. We organize our
software into easy-to-use and understandable categories. We feature a variety of
well-known classic and currently popular brands including Broderbund, Disney
Interactive, Microsoft's Magic School Bus and Jumpstart.
 
    VIDEOS.  Through our children's video department, we offer videos for
children that are organized into easy-to-shop categories. We feature a variety
of well-known titles from popular television series, including Barney, Blue's
Clues, Dr. Seuss, Magic School Bus, Muppets, Peanuts, Rugrats, Teletubbies and
Winnie the Pooh. We also feature award-winning independent releases.
 
    MUSIC.  Through our children's music department, we offer an extensive
assortment of children's music in both cassette and CD format. Unlike most
retailers, we organize our children's music into different categories by
subject. We feature a variety of popular children's music categories, including
books on tape, Disney, educational, holiday, lullabies and bedtime, rock for
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
kids, soundtracks, storytelling and Sesame Street. We also carry music from
artists associated with independent labels. We listen to many of our music
products in order to create helpful product descriptions and recommendations.
 
SHOPPING AT OUR STORE
 
    We believe that the sale of children's products over the Web can offer
attractive benefits to consumers. These include enhanced selection, convenience,
ease-of-use, depth of content and information, and competitive pricing. Key
features of our online store include:
 
    BROWSING.  Our Web site offers visitors a variety of highlighted subject
areas and special features arranged in a simple, easy-to-use format intended to
enhance product search, selection and discovery. By clicking on the permanently
displayed department names, the consumer moves directly to the home page of the
desired department and can quickly view promotions and featured products.
Customers can use a quick keyword search in order to locate a specific product.
They can also execute more sophisticated searches based on pre-selected criteria
depending upon the department. In addition, customers can browse our online
store by hot-linking to specially designed pages dedicated to products from key
national and specialty brands. Customers can also hot-link to pages featuring
key product categories such as construction toys, just-for-girls software and
movie soundtrack music.
 
    GETTING ANSWERS.  One of the unique advantages of an Internet retail store
is the ability to provide product information and editorial content. On our Web
site customers can find detailed product information, including product
descriptions, manufacturers' and merchants' age recommendations, product
packaging, battery requirements, a list of accessories and related products that
are available and product awards. We also provide editorial content for our
customers through regularly updated product recommendations, including TOYBOX
ESSENTIALS, FAVORITES BY AGE, PICKS OF THE MONTH and TWENTY UNDER $20.
Furthermore, on our Web site we highlight award-winning products from prominent
parenting and family publications as well as from organizations solely dedicated
to children's products.
 
    FINDING A GIFT.  In our Gift Center, consumers can obtain gift
recommendations by age and get information on a variety of child-appropriate
gift wrap styles and personalized message cards to accompany the gift. In
addition, we offer a birthday reminder service, in which we notify shoppers of a
child's birthday three weeks in advance via e-mail and proactively offer
age-appropriate recommendations to help our busy shoppers. We also provide a
children's wish list service, in which parents and children can e-mail friends
and family a list of a child's most desired gifts. Furthermore, we sell
electronic gift certificates through our Gift Center.
 
    SELECTING A PRODUCT AND CHECKING OUT.  To purchase products, customers
simply click on the "order now" button to add products to their virtual shopping
cart. Customers can add and subtract products from their shopping cart as they
browse around our store, prior to making a final purchase decision, just as in a
physical store. Because we maintain a fully-integrated inventory system and
stock each item we sell, we are able to notify customers in real-time whether a
selected product is currently in stock. To execute orders, customers click on
the "checkout" button and, depending upon whether the customer has previously
shopped with us, are prompted to supply shipping details online. We also offer
customers a variety of gift wrapping and shipping options during the checkout
process. Prior to finalizing an order by clicking the "submit order" button,
customers are shown their total charges along with the various options chosen at
which point customers still have the ability to change their order or cancel it
entirely.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    PAYING.  To pay for orders, a customer must use a credit card, which is
authorized during the checkout process, but which is charged when we ship the
customer's items from our distribution facility. Our Web site uses a security
technology that works with the most common Internet browsers and makes it
virtually impossible for unauthorized parties to read information sent by our
customers. Our system automatically confirms receipt of each order via e-mail
within minutes and notifies the customer when we ship the order, which is
typically within one to two business days for in-stock items. We also offer our
customers a money-back return policy.
 
    GETTING HELP.  From every page of our Web site, a customer can click on a
"help" button to go to our customer service area. The customer service area of
our Web site contains extensive information for first-time and repeat visitors.
In this area, we assist customers in searching for, shopping for, ordering and
returning our products as well as provide information on our low price
guarantee, shipping charges and other policies. In addition, we provide
customers with answers to the most frequently asked questions and encourage our
visitors to send us feedback and suggestions via e-mail. Furthermore, customer
service agents are available to answer questions about products and the shopping
process during extended business hours via our toll-free number, which is
displayed in the customer service area of our Web site.
 
MERCHANDISING
 
    We believe that the breadth and depth of our product selection, together
with the flexibility of our online store and our range of helpful and useful
shopping services, enable us to pursue a unique merchandising strategy. We
provide an extensive selection of children's products. These include traditional
mass market toys, specialty toys and a broad selection of related children's
products, including video games, software, videos and music, that would be
economically impractical to stock in a traditional store. We focus exclusively
on children's products and we individually select and test many of the products
in our online store to ensure quality. This level of product evaluation enables
us to deliver valuable additional product information to our shoppers. For
example, we are able to develop detailed and helpful descriptions and our own
recommendations by age for many of the products in our online store.
 
    Unlike store-based retail formats, our online store provides us significant
flexibility with regard to the organization and presentation of our product
selection. Our easy-to-use Web site allows customers to browse our product
selection by brand, age, product category and price, as well as by combinations
of these attributes. For example, a customer can easily search for
science-oriented toys designed for eight-year-old children or view all Barbie
dolls and related accessories without consulting store personnel or walking
multiple aisles within one or more traditional stores. Our online store enables
us to dynamically adjust our product mix to respond to changing customer demand.
In addition, our online store gives us flexibility in featuring or promoting
specific toys without having to alter the physical layout of a store. For
example, in connection with the new STAR WARS feature film, EPISODE I: THE
PHANTOM MENACE, we were able to offer over 100 PHANTOM MENACE toys in a total
collection of over 150 PHANTOM MENACE products. These new toys supplemented our
existing assortment of classic STAR WARS merchandise consisting of over 40
classic STAR WARS toys in a total collection of over 80 STAR WARS products.
Thus, with more than 250 new and classic STAR WARS products available, we were
able to provide a one-stop Internet commerce destination designed to meet the
needs of the most enthusiastic STAR WARS fans.
 
    To encourage purchases, we feature various promotions on a rotating basis
throughout the store and continually update our online recommendations. We also
actively create and maintain pages that are artistically designed to highlight
the most prominent product brands we sell in our different departments. We
believe this strategy provides us with an excellent opportunity to cross-sell a
brand across our departments and promote impulse purchases by customers.
Finally, our range of helpful and useful shopping services such as our Gift
Center, our recommendations and
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
our TWENTY UNDER $20 feature enable us to display and promote our product
selection in a flexible and targeted manner.
 
    We believe that our merchandising strategy provides a unique selling
opportunity for our vendors. We are able to offer all our vendors access to
purchasers of children's products regardless of the size or influence of the
individual vendor.
 
MARKETING AND PROMOTION
 
    Our marketing and promotion strategy is designed to:
 
- - build brand recognition;
 
- - increase consumer traffic to our store;
 
- - add new customers;
 
- - build strong customer loyalty;
 
- - maximize repeat purchases; and
 
- - develop additional ways to increase our net sales.
 
    Through our advertising and promotions, we target adult purchasers of
children's products, with a focus on mothers. We believe that mothers are the
principal decision-makers in purchases of children's products and strongly
influence children's products purchases by family and friends. Our advertising
campaigns are designed to identify with a mother's toy shopping experience. We
use offline and online marketing strategies to maximize customer awareness and
enhance brand recognition. To accomplish this strategy, we have entered into
relationships with AOL, Children's Television Workshop and Moms Online. Our
marketing agreements generally provide for us to be the preferred online toy
retailer on the sites of these providers specified in the agreements. We also
generally have the right to place banner advertisements and integrated links to
our store on specified children-related or other particular pages or through
keyword searches. In addition, we advertise on the sites of major online
portals, including Excite, Infoseek, Microsoft Network, Yahoo! and Lycos.
 
    We entered into a marketing agreement with AOL, the leading Internet online
service provider, in October 1997. This agreement established us as a preferred
AOL provider of children's toy products featured on the AOL Network and AOL's
Web site, aol.com. In addition, AOL agreed to promote and advertise eToys on a
non-exclusive basis in online areas controlled by AOL specified in the
agreement. Furthermore, under the agreement, AOL has committed that AOL users
will annually access the online areas promoting eToys a specified number of
times. Over the 26-month term of the agreement, we are obligated to make minimum
payments totaling $3.1 million to AOL, of which $1.1 million remained to be paid
as of March 31, 1999. We have also agreed to offer for sale a substantial
selection of children's products, to feature different children's products each
week, to offer special deals to AOL users through the AOL online area, to
provide children's toy products that are competitive in price and performance
and to manage, operate and support such content and children's toy products. The
agreement with AOL expires on December 31, 1999; however, AOL may terminate the
agreement earlier in the event we materially breach the agreement or in the
event of bankruptcy or insolvency or similar adverse financial events specified
in the agreement. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that
there is any material risk that AOL would be able to terminate the agreement
earlier than December 31, 1999, because of insolvency or any of the other
specified adverse financial events.
 
    We use traditional offline advertising, including print advertising in
FAMILY FUN, FAMILY PC, PARENTING, PARENTS and CHILD publications, and radio and
television advertising in major markets. In October 1998, we initiated
television advertising, including a national advertising campaign begun in
November in which Visa co-promoted eToys in a holiday commercial.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
    To direct traffic to our Web site, we have created inbound links that
connect directly to our Web site from other sites. Potential customers can
simply click on these links to become connected to our Web site from search
engines and community and affinity sites. In addition, in order to increase
exposure on the Internet and directly generate sales, we have an affiliates
program. Under this program, we pay one of our registered affiliates a referral
fee for any sale generated via their link to our Web site.
 
OPERATIONS
 
    We obtain products from a network of large and small vendors, manufacturers
and distributors. We carry inventory of the products available for sale on our
Web site. We currently conduct our distribution operations in an approximately
60,000 square-foot facility located in Commerce, California. Both the facility
and the operations within it are operated solely by us. We send orders from our
Web site to our distribution facility over a secure connection and an internally
developed warehouse management system optimizes the pick, pack and ship process.
Our warehouse management system provides the Web site with data on inventory
receiving, shipping, inventory quantities and inventory location, which enables
us to display information about the availability of the products on our Web
site. Our warehouse management system also enables us to offer a variety of gift
wrap choices, custom gift cards and custom to/from labels for each individual
gift. In addition, we offer an order tracking service for our customers on our
Web site.
 
    We offer three levels of shipping service: next day delivery, three-day
delivery, and ground delivery. We have developed relationships with both United
Parcel Service and the United States Postal Service to maximize our overall
service level to all 50 states. Priority orders are flagged and expedited
through our distribution processes. These capabilities are required due to the
time-sensitive nature of the gifts that we deliver to our customers.
 
    On April 21, 1999, we entered into a warehouse and distribution agreement
with Fingerhut Business Services, Inc. The agreement has an initial term of
three years and can be renewed by us for three additional one-year terms.
Pursuant to this agreement, Fingerhut will provide us warehouse and distribution
services from its approximately 1,000,000 square foot warehouse and distribution
facility located in Utah. The scope and cost of such services are to be mutually
agreed upon by us and Fingerhut on a project by project basis. Fingerhut is not
obligated under this agreement to perform any project requested by us, and we
are not obligated to use any of Fingerhut's warehouse or distribution services.
Prior to using Fingerhut's operations, we will link Fingerhut's warehouse
management system with our Web site and management system so that we will obtain
the same data from the Fingerhut distribution facility as we do from our own
facility. We are currently developing the computer interface that will link our
computer system with Fingerhut's warehouse computer system. We expect to
complete our testing of the compatibility of these systems, including their Year
2000 readiness, by the end of September 1999.
 
   
    On May 10, 1999, we entered into an agreement with East Bowles, L.L.C. to
lease an approximately 438,500 square-foot warehouse in Virginia. The lease has
an initial term of approximately five years and can be renewed by us for two
additional five-year terms. We currently plan to begin installing various
improvements during the summer of 1999 and to begin warehouse operations in this
facility in early 2000.
    
 
CUSTOMER SERVICE
 
    We believe that a high level of customer service and support is critical to
retaining and expanding our customer base. Our customer service representatives
are available from 6:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. Pacific Time, seven days a week to
provide assistance via e-mail or telephone. We strive to answer all customer
inquiries within 24 hours. Our customer service representatives handle questions
about orders, assist customers in finding desired products and register
customers' credit card information over the telephone. Our customer service
representatives are a valuable source of
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
feedback regarding user satisfaction. We also use BizRate, an online market
research company, to obtain monthly customer feedback. Our Web site also
contains a customer service page that outlines store policies and provides
answers to frequently asked questions.
 
OPERATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY
 
    We have implemented a broad array of scaleable site management, search,
customer interaction, distribution services and systems that we use to process
customers' orders and payments. These services and systems use a combination of
our own technologies and commercially available, licensed technologies. The
systems that we use to process customers' orders and payments are integrated
with our accounting and financial systems. We focus our internal development
efforts on creating and enhancing specialized software that is unique to our
business. We use a set of applications for:
 
- - accepting and validating customer orders;
 
- - organizing, placing and managing orders with suppliers;
 
- - receiving product and assigning it to customer orders; and
 
- - managing shipment of products to customers based on various ordering criteria.
 
    Our systems have been designed based on industry standard architectures and
have been designed to reduce downtime in the event of outages or catastrophic
occurrences. Our systems provide 24-hour-a-day, seven-day-a-week availability.
Our system hardware is hosted at a third-party facility in Sunnyvale,
California, which provides redundant communications lines and emergency power
backup. We have implemented load balancing systems and our own redundant servers
to provide for fault tolerance.
 
    We incurred product development expenses of $0.4 million in the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1998 and $3.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.
We anticipate that we will continue to devote significant resources to product
development in the future as we add new features and functionality to our Web
site. The market in which we compete is characterized by rapidly changing
technology, evolving industry standards, frequent new service and product
announcements and enhancements and changing customer demands. Accordingly, our
future success will depend on our ability to:
 
- - adapt to rapidly changing technologies;
 
- - adapt our services to evolving industry standards;
 
- - continually improve the performance, features and reliability of our service
  in response to competitive service and product offerings and evolving demands
  of the marketplace.
 
    Our failure to adapt to such changes would have a material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the
widespread adoption of new Internet, networking or telecommunications
technologies or other technological changes could require substantial
expenditures by us to modify or adapt our services or infrastructure. This could
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    We are not currently subject to direct federal, state or local regulation
other than regulations applicable to businesses generally or directly applicable
to electronic commerce. However, the Internet is increasingly popular. As a
result, it is possible that a number of laws and regulations may be adopted with
respect to the Internet. These laws may cover issues such as user privacy,
freedom of expression, pricing, content and quality of products and services,
taxation, advertising, intellectual property rights and information security.
Furthermore, the growth of electronic commerce may prompt calls for more
stringent consumer protection laws. Several states have proposed legislation to
limit the uses of personal user information gathered online or require online
services to establish privacy policies. The Federal Trade Commission has also
initiated action against at least one online service regarding the manner in
which personal information is collected from users and provided to third
parties. We do not currently provide personal information regarding our users to
third parties. However, the adoption of such consumer protection laws could
create uncertainty in Web usage and reduce the demand for our products and
services.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    We are not certain how our business may be affected by the application of
existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, copyrights,
encryption and other intellectual property issues, taxation, libel, obscenity
and export or import matters. The vast majority of such laws were adopted prior
to the advent of the Internet. As a result, they do not contemplate or address
the unique issues of the Internet and related technologies. Changes in laws
intended to address such issues could create uncertainty in the Internet market
place. Such uncertainty could reduce demand for our services or increase the
cost of doing business as a result of litigation costs or increased service
delivery costs.
 
    In addition, because our services are available over the Internet in
multiple states and foreign countries, other jurisdictions may claim that we are
required to qualify to do business in each such state or foreign country. We are
qualified to do business only in California. Our failure to qualify in a
jurisdiction where we are required to do so could subject us to taxes and
penalties. It could also hamper our ability to enforce contracts in such
jurisdictions. The application of laws or regulations from jurisdictions whose
laws do not currently apply to our business could have a material adverse effect
on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The online commerce market is new, rapidly evolving and intensely
competitive. We expect competition to intensify in the future. Increased
competition is likely to result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and
loss of market share, any of which could seriously harm our net sales and
results of operations. Current and new competitors can enter our market with
little difficulty and can launch new Web sites at a relatively low cost. In
addition, the children's toy, video game, software, video and music retailing
industries are intensely competitive.
 
    We currently or potentially compete with a variety of other companies,
including:
 
- - traditional store-based toy and children's product retailers such as Toys R
  Us, FAO Schwarz, Zany Brainy and Noodle Kidoodle;
 
- - major discount retailers such as Wal-Mart, Kmart and Target;
 
- - online efforts of these traditional retailers, including the online stores
  operated by Toys R Us, Wal-Mart and FAO Schwarz;
 
- - physical and online stores of entertainment entities that sell and license
  children's products, such as The Walt Disney Company and Warner Bros.;
 
- - catalog retailers of children's products;
 
- - vendors of children's products that currently sell some of their products
  directly online, such as Mattel and Hasbro;
 
- - other online retailers that include children's products as part of their
  product offerings, such as Amazon.com, Barnesandnoble.com, CDnow, Beyond.com
  and Reel.com;
 
- - Internet portals and online service providers that feature shopping services,
  such as AOL, Yahoo!, Excite and Lycos; and
 
- - various smaller online retailers of children's products, such as
  BrainPlay.com, Red Rocket and Toysmart.com.
 
    We believe that the following are principal competitive factors in our
market:
 
- - brand recognition;
 
- - selection;
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
- - convenience;
 
- - price;
 
- - speed and accessibility;
 
- - customer service;
 
- - quality of site content; and
 
- - reliability and speed of order shipment.
 
    Many traditional store-based and online competitors have longer operating
histories, larger customer or user bases, greater brand recognition and
significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do. Many
of these competitors can devote substantially more resources to Web site
development than we can. In addition, larger, well-established and well-financed
entities may join with online competitors or children's toy, video game,
software, video and music publishers or suppliers as the use of the Internet and
other online services increases.
 
    Our competitors may be able to secure products from vendors on more
favorable terms, fulfill customer orders more efficiently and adopt more
aggressive pricing or inventory availability policies than we can. Traditional
store-based retailers also enable customers to see and feel products in a manner
that is not possible over the Internet. Some of our competitors such as Toys R
Us and Wal-Mart have significantly greater experience in selling children's
toys, video games, software, videos and music products.
 
    Our online competitors are particularly able to use the Internet as a
marketing medium to reach significant numbers of potential customers. Finally,
new technologies and the expansion of existing technologies, such as price
comparison programs, may increase competition.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims
arising out of our ordinary course of business. We believe that there are no
claims or actions pending or threatened against us, the ultimate disposition of
which would have a materially adverse effect on us.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    We rely on various intellectual property laws and contractual restrictions
to protect our proprietary rights in products and services. These include
confidentiality, invention assignment and nondisclosure agreements with our
employees, contractors, suppliers and strategic partners. Despite these
precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain
and use our intellectual property without our authorization. In addition, we
pursue the registration of our trademarks and service marks in the U.S. and
internationally. However, effective intellectual property protection may not be
available in every country in which our services are made available online.
 
    We have licensed various proprietary rights to third parties. We attempt to
ensure that these licensees maintain the quality of our brand. However, these
licensees may nevertheless take actions that materially adversely affect the
value of our proprietary rights or reputation. We also rely on technologies that
we license from third parties. These licenses may not continue to be available
to us on commercially reasonable terms in the future. As a result, we may be
required to obtain substitute technology of lower quality or at greater cost,
which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
 
    To date, we have not been notified that our technologies infringe the
proprietary rights of third parties. However, there can be no assurance that
third parties will not claim infringement by us with respect to our current or
future technologies. We expect that participants in our markets will be
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
increasingly subject to infringement claims as the number of services and
competitors in our industry segment grows. Any such claim, with or without
merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, cause service
upgrade delays or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Such
royalty or licensing agreements might not be available on terms acceptable to us
or at all. As a result, any such claim of infringement against us could have a
material adverse effect upon our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of March 31, 1999, we had 306 full-time employees. None of our employees
are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages and
consider our employee relations to be good.
 
    Our future performance depends in significant part upon the continued
service of our key technical, sales and senior management personnel, none of
whom are bound by an employment agreement requiring service for any defined
period of time. The loss of services of one or more of our key employees could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations. Our future success also depends in part upon our continued
ability to attract, hire, train and retain highly qualified technical, sales and
managerial personnel. Competition of such personnel is intense and there can be
no assurance that we can retain our key personnel in the future.
 
FACILITIES
 
   
    Our corporate offices are located in Santa Monica, California, where we
lease approximately 60,000 square feet under a lease that expires in July 2003.
In addition, we lease approximately 60,000 square feet in Commerce, California
for our distribution operations under a lease that expires in August 2003 and
approximately 438,500 square feet in Pittsylvania County, Virginia for our
distribution operations under a lease that expires in July 2004.
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
THE BABYCENTER MERGER
 
    On April 18, 1999, we entered into a merger agreement to acquire BabyCenter.
Under the merger agreement, a new subsidiary of ours will merge with BabyCenter
so that BabyCenter becomes our wholly owned subsidiary. The following
description sets forth the material terms of the merger agreement, the merger
and related transactions. The description is qualified in its entirety by the
merger agreement and related agreements, which are included as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
 
    We will account for the merger using the purchase method of accounting. The
merger is intended to qualify as a tax-free reorganization under Section 368 of
the Internal Revenue Code. At the closing of the merger, we will issue
16,708,886 shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment, in exchange for
the 7,335,026 outstanding shares of BabyCenter capital stock. We will also
reserve 2,011,114 shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment, for
issuance upon exercise of the 882,858 BabyCenter options that we assume. The
exchange ratio is approximately 2.28 shares of our common stock for each share
of BabyCenter capital stock. The aggregate estimated purchase price is
approximately $205 million. The purchase price is based on $11.00 per share of
our common stock, which was the mid-point of our filing range at the
announcement of the BabyCenter merger. Upon completion of the offering, the
shares of our common stock to be issued and reserved for issuance in connection
with the merger will constitute approximately 14% of our common stock.
 
    Each BabyCenter option we assume will continue to have, and be subject to,
the same terms and conditions as set forth in the incentive stock plan of
BabyCenter and the respective option agreements governing such option
immediately prior to the merger, except that such option will be exercisable for
shares of our common stock and the number of shares subject to the option and
the exercise price will be adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio in the merger.
As of March 31, 1999, BabyCenter had granted options with a weighted average
exercise price equal to $1.34 per share. The BabyCenter options that we will
assume generally vest at the rate of 1/4th of the total number of shares subject
to the options 12 months after the date of grant, and 1/48th of the total number
of shares each month thereafter.
 
    Under the merger agreement, BabyCenter made customary representations and
warranties regarding such matters as its corporate good standing, capital
structure, intellectual property ownership, pending litigation, assets and
liabilities, employee relations, material contracts, tax good standing,
compliance with laws and regulations and customers. We also made customary
representations and warranties to BabyCenter regarding such matters as our
corporate good standing, our authority to enter into the merger, the disclosures
set forth in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part,
and our compliance with laws and regulations.
 
    BabyCenter has agreed to indemnify us and each of our officers, directors
and affiliates with respect to breaches of any representations, warranties,
covenants or other agreements made by BabyCenter in the merger agreement. These
indemnification obligations are subject to minimum threshold limitations
specified in the merger agreement. To secure these indemnification obligations,
300,000 of the shares of our common stock to be issued to BabyCenter
stockholders will be held in escrow for a period of six months after the closing
of the merger.
 
    Upon consummation of the merger, BabyCenter's Chief Executive Officer,
Matthew Glickman, will be appointed to our Board of Directors.
 
    The BabyCenter merger is subject to a number of closing conditions specified
in the merger agreement, including governmental approval, approval of the merger
by BabyCenter stockholders
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
and other customary closing conditions. As a result, we cannot be certain that
the BabyCenter merger will be completed.
 
    BabyCenter has agreed that its stockholders holding at least 95% of the
shares of our common stock to be issued in the merger as well as BabyCenter
optionees holding at least 85% of the shares to be issued upon exercise of
BabyCenter options we assume in the merger will enter into lock-up agreements
similar to those entered into by our directors, officers and securityholders. As
a result, upon the closing of the merger, up to approximately 1,377,152 shares
of our common stock to be issued in exchange for outstanding shares of
BabyCenter capital stock and issuable upon exercise of BabyCenter options we
assume will be immediately eligible for sale in the public market in accordance
with the restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining
17,342,848 shares of our common stock to be issued in exchange for outstanding
shares of BabyCenter capital stock and issuable upon exercise of BabyCenter
options we assume in connection with the merger will be eligible for public sale
in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus,
subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144. See "Shares Eligible
for Future Sale".
 
   
RECENT OPTION GRANTS
    
 
   
    In April and May 1999, we granted under our 1999 Stock Plan options to
purchase an aggregate of 2,122,302 shares of our common stock at an exercise
price of $11.00 per share. We granted most of these options to 67 new employees.
The options granted in May 1999 have been considered to be compensatory.
Deferred compensation associated with such options is estimated to be between
$3.8 million and $4.9 million, based on the currently proposed range of our
initial public offering price. This amount will be amortized over the vesting
periods of the applicable options through the fiscal year ending March 31, 2004.
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The following table sets forth specific information regarding our executive
officers and directors as of March 31, 1999:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                              AGE                           POSITION(S)
- ----------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>          <C>
Edward C. Lenk..............          37   President, Chief Executive Officer and Uncle of the
                                           Board
Steven J. Schoch............          40   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John R. Hnanicek............          35   Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Frank C. Han................          35   Senior Vice President of Product Development
Janine Bousquette...........          38   Senior Vice President of Marketing
Louis V. Zambello III.......          41   Senior Vice President of Operations
Peter C.M. Hart.............          48   Director
Tony A. Hung................          31   Director
Michael Moritz..............          44   Director
Daniel J. Nova..............          37   Director
</TABLE>
    
 
    EDWARD C. LENK founded eToys and has served as our President, Chief
Executive Officer and a Director since June 1997. In December 1998, he was
appointed Uncle of the Board. Prior to founding eToys, from May 1994 to July
1996 Mr. Lenk was employed as Vice President of Strategic Planning at The Walt
Disney Company, where he was responsible for strategic planning and new business
development of Worldwide Attractions and Resorts. From May 1991 to May 1994, he
was a Director of Strategic Planning at The Walt Disney Company. Mr. Lenk
received a Bachelor of Arts SUMMA CUM LAUDE from Bowdoin College and a Masters
in Business Administration, with distinction, from Harvard Business School.
 
    STEVEN J. SCHOCH has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January
1999. Prior to joining us, from December 1995 to January 1999, Mr. Schoch was
Vice President and Treasurer of Times Mirror Company, a newspaper and magazine
publishing company. He also served as Chief Executive Officer and President of a
wholly owned subsidiary of Times Mirror Company dedicated to the reduction and
containment of costs of the parent company. From March 1991 to October 1995, Mr.
Schoch worked at The Walt Disney Company, most recently as Vice President,
Treasurer--Euro Disney S.C.A. Mr. Schoch serves as a director of VDI Media. Mr.
Schoch received a Bachelor of Science from Tufts University and a Masters in
Business Administration from the Amos Tuck School of Business Administration at
Dartmouth College.
 
    JOHN R. HNANICEK has served as our Chief Information Officer since December
1998. Prior to joining us, from October 1996 to December 1998, he was employed
as Senior Vice President of Information Systems for Hollywood Entertainment,
Inc., a nationwide retail video chain. From January 1996 to October 1996, Mr.
Hnanicek served as Chief Information Officer for Homeplace, Inc., a home
furnishings chain. From 1990 to 1995, he served as Senior Vice President of
Information Systems and Logistics at OfficeMax, Inc., a retail office supply
outlet. Mr. Hnanicek holds a Bachelor of Science in Computer Science and
Accounting from Cleveland State University.
 
    FRANK C. HAN has served as our Senior Vice President of Product Development
since January 1999. From February 1997 to January 1999, Mr. Han was our Chief
Operating Officer and Vice President of Finance. Prior to joining us, Mr. Han
worked at Union Bank of California, serving as Vice President of Interactive
Markets from January 1995 to February 1997 and as Director of Strategic Planning
from 1993 to 1995. Mr. Han received a Bachelor of Science CUM LAUDE from Yale
University and a Masters in Business Administration from the Stanford Graduate
School of Business.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
   
    JANINE BOUSQUETTE has served as our Senior Vice President of Marketing since
May 1999. Prior to joining us, from 1995 to May 1999, Ms. Bousquette worked at
PepsiCo Inc., a manufacturer of soft drinks, juices and snackfoods, serving most
recently as Vice President of Marketing and also serving as Vice President of
Marketing for the Flavor Brands. From 1982 to 1995, Ms. Bousquette worked in
brand management at The Procter & Gamble Company, a manufacturer of consumer
products, serving most recently as Senior Marketing Director. Ms. Bousquette
received a Bachelor of Arts PHI BETA KAPPA from the University of Michigan.
    
 
    LOUIS V. ZAMBELLO III has served as our Senior Vice President of Operations
since December 1998. Prior to joining us, from 1984 to 1998, he held a variety
of positions at L.L. Bean, Inc., an outdoor retailer. Most recently, Mr.
Zambello served as Senior Vice President of Operations and Creative from June
1998 to December 1998, as Senior Vice President of Operations from December 1993
to June 1998, as Vice President of Merchandise Services and Manufacturing from
December 1991 to August 1993 and in a variety of other positions since 1984. Mr.
Zambello received a Bachelor of Arts MAGNA CUM LAUDE from Cornell University and
a Masters in Business Administration from Harvard Business School.
 
    PETER C.M. HART has served as a Director of eToys since October 1997. Since
January 1999, Mr. Hart has been a Managing Partner of Wildkin LLC, a distributor
of toys. Since November 1997, he has served as a business advisor to EdUsa, a
company that provides language instruction over the Internet. From 1983 to 1997,
he held a variety of positions at Ross Stores, Inc., an apparel retailer, most
recently as a Senior Vice President managing warehousing, distribution and MIS
operations. Previously, Mr. Hart was a Business Systems Analyst at Joseph Magnin
Department Store in San Francisco and at Rediffusion in Buckinghamshire,
England. Mr. Hart is a member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
    TONY A. HUNG has served as a Director of eToys since December 1997. Since
1997, he has been a Vice President of DynaFund Ventures, a venture capital
partnership. Previously, Mr. Hung held a variety of positions at The Walt Disney
Company, serving as Manager of Corporate Strategic Planning from 1996 to 1997,
as Manager of Television and Telecommunications from 1995 to 1996, and as Senior
Analyst in the Corporate Treasury department from 1992 to 1995. Mr. Hung serves
on the boards of directors of a number of private companies. Mr. Hung holds a
Bachelor of Arts from Harvard University and a Masters in Business
Administration from The Anderson School at University of California at Los
Angeles. Mr. Hung is a member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
    MICHAEL MORITZ has served as a Director of eToys since June 1998. He has
been a general partner of Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm, since 1986.
Sequoia Capital provided the original venture capital financing to companies
such as Cisco Systems Inc., LSI Logic Corporation, Linear Technology
Corporation, Microchip Technology Inc. and International Network Services. Mr.
Moritz serves as a director of Yahoo! Inc. and Flextronics International Ltd.,
as well as several private companies. Mr. Moritz received a Master of Arts
degree from Oxford University and a Masters in Business Administration from the
Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Moritz is a member of the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
    DANIEL J. NOVA has served as a Director of eToys since June 1998. Since
August 1996, Mr. Nova has served as a general partner of Highland Capital
Partners, a venture capital firm. Previously, he was a general partner of
CMG@Ventures from January 1995 to August 1996 and a Senior Associate at Summit
Partners from June 1991 to January 1995. Mr. Nova is a director of Lycos, Inc.,
an online portal, and several private companies. Mr. Nova received a Bachelor of
Science in Computer Science and Marketing with honors from Boston College and a
Masters in Business Administration from Harvard Business School. Mr. Nova is a
member of the Audit and Compensation Committees of the Board of Directors.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
   
    Our Board of Directors currently consists of five members with two
vacancies. Each director is elected for a period of one year at our annual
meeting of stockholders and serves until the next annual meeting or until his
successor is duly elected and qualified.
    
 
    Our executive officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive
officers.
 
   
    If the BabyCenter merger is completed, Matthew N. Glickman will be appointed
to our Board of Directors. Matthew N. Glickman co-founded BabyCenter and has
served as its Chief Executive Officer and its director since October 1996. Prior
to founding BabyCenter, he served as Product Manager for Intuit Inc.'s Quicken
personal finance software product and in other product management roles at
Intuit from July 1993 to October 1996. He previously served as a consultant at
Bain and Company. Mr. Glickman received a Bachelor of Arts, Phi Beta Kappa, from
Amherst College, a Master of Arts in Educational Policy from the Stanford School
of Education, and a Masters in Business Administration from the Stanford
Graduate School of Business. As of March 31, 1999, Mr. Glickman was 33 years
old.
    
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
    Our Board of Directors established the Compensation Committee in December
1998 and the Audit Committee in February 1999. The Compensation Committee
reviews and recommends to the Board of Directors the compensation and benefits
of all our officers and establishes and reviews general policies relating to
compensation and benefits of our employees. The Audit Committee reviews our
internal accounting procedures and consults with and reviews the services
provided by our independent accountants.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    The members of our Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors are
currently Mr. Moritz and Mr. Nova, neither of whom has ever been an officer or
employee of eToys. Prior to establishing the Compensation Committee in December
1998, the Board of Directors as a whole performed the functions delegated to the
Compensation Committee.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    Our directors do not currently receive any cash compensation from us for
their service as members of the Board of Directors, although they are reimbursed
for travel and lodging expenses in connection with attendance at Board and
Committee meetings. Under our 1997 Stock Plan, nonemployee directors are
eligible to receive stock option grants and stock purchase rights at the
discretion of the Board of Directors or other administrator of the plan. Under
our 1999 Directors' Stock Option Plan, non-employee directors are eligible to
receive automatic stock option grants upon their initial appointment and at each
of our annual stockholders meetings. See "--Stock Plans". In September 1997 the
Board of Directors granted Mr. Hart an option to purchase 300,000 shares of
common stock at $0.005 per share in connection with his appointment as a member
of the Board of Directors. 1/4th of the shares vested upon June 15, 1998 and
1/48th of the total number of shares vest monthly from and after June 15, 1998.
From January 1998 to June 1998, Mr. Hart provided us consulting services. In
connection with these services, Mr. Hart received aggregate payments of $39,000,
reimbursement of his expenses and an option to purchase 63,000 shares of common
stock at $0.033 per share. This option, which vested at the rate of 1/6th per
month commencing upon February 1, 1998, is fully vested.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth the compensation received for services
rendered to eToys during the fiscal years ended March 31, 1998 and March 31,
1999 by our Chief Executive Officer and our four other executive officers who
earned more than $100,000 during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             LONG-TERM
                                                                                            COMPENSATION
                                                                                               AWARDS
                                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION                 --------------
                                        -------------------------------------------------    SECURITIES
NAME AND PRINCIPAL                                                     OTHER ANNUAL          UNDERLYING           ALL OTHER
  POSITION                 FISCAL YEAR   SALARY($)    BONUS($)        COMPENSATION($)        OPTIONS(#)        COMPENSATION($)
- -------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  --------------  -----------------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>                      <C>             <C>
Edward C. Lenk ..........        1998      105,000       --                 --                3,000,000              --
  President and Chief            1997       80,000       --                 --                   --                  --
  Executive Officer
Louis V. Zambello                1998       50,000       28,750             --                  825,000              --
  III(1) ................
  Senior Vice President
  of Operations
John R. Hnanicek(2) .....        1998       37,500       15,000             --                  600,000              --
  Senior Vice President
  and Chief Information
  Officer
Steven J. Schoch(3) .....        1998       20,833        4,167             --                  750,000              --
  Senior Vice President
  and Chief Financial
  Officer
Frank C. Han ............        1998       93,750       10,000             --                  825,750              --
  Senior Vice President          1997       69,167       --                 --                   --                  --
  of Product Development
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Louis V. Zambello III became Senior Vice President of Operations in December
    1998. On an annual basis, Mr. Zambello's salary would have been $200,000.
    Mr. Zambello is entitled to a bonus of $115,000 which vests monthly over the
    first year of his employment; the amount in the table reflects the portion
    of his bonus that vested in fiscal 1998.
 
(2) John R. Hnanicek became Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
    in December 1998. On an annual basis, Mr. Hnanicek's salary would have been
    $150,000. Mr. Hnanicek was paid a bonus of $60,000 which vests monthly over
    the first year of his employment; the amount in the table reflects the
    portion of his bonus that vested in fiscal 1998.
 
(3) Steven J. Schoch became Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in
    January 1999. On an annual basis, Mr. Schoch's salary would have been
    $125,000. Mr. Schoch is entitled to a bonus of $25,000 which vests monthly
    over the first year of his employment; the amount in the table reflects the
    portion of his bonus that vested in fiscal 1998.
 
    We did not pay to our Chief Executive Officer or any named executive officer
any compensation intended to serve as incentive for performance to occur over a
period longer than one year pursuant to a long-term incentive plan in the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1998. We do not have any defined benefit or actuarial plan
with respect to our Chief Executive Officer or any named executive officer under
which benefits are determined primarily by final compensation and years of
service.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
OPTION GRANTS
 
    The following table provides summary information regarding stock options
granted to our Chief Executive Officer and our four other highest compensated
executive officers during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                          --------------------------------------------------------  POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT
                           NUMBER OF    PERCENT OF                                  ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                          SECURITIES   TOTAL OPTIONS                                PRICE APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
                          UNDERLYING    GRANTED IN                                             TERM(3)
                            OPTIONS     FISCAL 1998   EXERCISE PRICE   EXPIRATION   ------------------------------
NAME                      GRANTED(#)      (%)(1)       ($/SHARE)(2)       DATE            5%             10%
- ------------------------  -----------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  --------------  --------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>             <C>
Edward C. Lenk..........   3,000,000(4)       21.25%     $   0.143       10/21/08   $   43,279,730  $   68,915,737
Louis V. Zambello III...     825,000(5)        5.84          1.667       12/31/08        9,854,812      15,692,141
John R. Hnanicek........     600,000(5)        4.25          1.667       12/31/08        7,167,136      11,412,466
Steven J. Schoch........     750,000(6)        5.31          3.333        1/31/09        6,922,802      11,023,405
Frank C. Han............     825,000(4)        5.84          0.143       10/21/08       11,901,925      18,951,827
                                 750(7)        0.01          2.833        1/31/09            7,533          11,996
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) We granted options for an aggregate of 14,116,650 shares to our employees
    and consultants under the 1997 Stock Plan and the 1999 Stock Plan during the
    fiscal year ended March 31, 1999. See "Stock Plans".
 
(2) Options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of
    the common stock, as determined by the Board of Directors on the date of
    grant.
 
(3) The potential realizable value is calculated assuming the exercise price on
    the date of grant appreciates at the indicated rate for the entire term of
    the option and that the option is exercised at the exercise price and sold
    on the last day of its term at the appreciated price. All options listed
    have a term of 10 years. Stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% is assumed
    pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. There can
    be no assurance that the actual stock price will appreciate over the 10-year
    option term at the assumed 5% and 10% levels or at any other defined level.
    Unless the market price of the common stock appreciates over the option
    term, no value will be realized from the option grants made to the named
    executive officers.
 
(4) The options become exercisable at the rate of 1/4th of the total number of
    shares on October 21, 1999 and 1/48th of the total number of shares monthly
    from and after October 21, 1999.
 
(5) The options are immediately exercisable. However, if exercised, the
    underlying shares are subject to a right of repurchase at cost in our favor
    which lapses at the rate of 1/4th of the total number of shares on December
    31, 1999 and 1/48th of the total number of shares monthly from and after
    December 31, 1999.
 
(6) The option is immediately exercisable. However, if exercised, the underlying
    shares are subject to a right of repurchase at cost in our favor which
    lapses at the rate of 1/4th of the total number of shares on January 31,
    2000 and 1/48th of the total number of shares monthly from and after January
    31, 2000.
 
(7) The option is immediately exercisable.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
OPTION EXERCISES AND HOLDINGS
 
    The following table provides summary information concerning the shares of
common stock represented by outstanding stock options held by our Chief
Executive Officer and our four other highest compensated executive officers as
of March 31, 1999.
 
                         FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                                                     VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-
                                                          UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED      MONEY OPTIONS AT MARCH 31,
                                                       OPTIONS AT MARCH 31, 1999(1)           1999(1)(2)
                                                       ----------------------------  ----------------------------
NAME                                                   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- -----------------------------------------------------  ------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Edward C. Lenk(3)....................................           --      3,000,000             --    $ 26,570,000
Louis V. Zambello III(4).............................      825,000             --     $6,050,000              --
John R. Hnanicek(4)..................................      600,000             --      4,400,000              --
Steven J. Schoch(5)..................................      750,000             --      4,250,000              --
Frank C. Han(6)......................................          750        825,000          4,625       7,306,750
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) No options were exercised as of the completion of the fiscal year ended
    March 31, 1999.
 
(2) Based on the estimated fair market value of $9.00 for our common stock on
    March 31, 1999.
 
(3) The option becomes exercisable at the rate of 1/4th of the total number of
    shares on October 21, 1999 and 1/48th of the total number of shares monthly
    from and after October 21, 1999.
 
(4) The options are immediately exercisable. However, if exercised, the
    underlying shares are subject to a right of repurchase at cost in our favor
    which lapses at the rate of 1/4th of the total number of shares on December
    31, 1999 and 1/48th of the total number of shares monthly from and after
    December 31, 1999.
 
(5) The option is immediately exercisable. However, if exercised, the underlying
    shares are subject to a right of repurchase at cost in our favor which
    lapses at the rate of 1/4th of the total number of shares on January 31,
    2000 and 1/48th of the total number of shares monthly from and after January
    31, 2000.
 
(6) Mr. Han holds an immediately exercisable option to purchase 750 shares. Mr.
    Han holds a second option to purchase 825,000 shares which becomes
    exercisable at the rate of 1/4th of the total number of shares on October
    21, 1999 and 1/48th of the total number of shares monthly from and after
    October 21, 1999.
 
STOCK PLANS
 
    1999 STOCK PLAN. The Board of Directors adopted our 1999 Stock Plan in
February 1999 and our stockholders approved it in March 1999. We have reserved a
total of 24,800,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 1999 Stock
Plan, plus an automatic annual increase on the first day of our fiscal years
beginning in 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 equal to the lesser of 5,200,000
shares, 3.0% of our outstanding common stock on the last day of the immediately
preceding fiscal year or such lesser number of shares as the Board of Directors
determines. As of March 31, 1999, options to purchase 1,536,300 shares of common
stock with a weighted average exercise price equal to $8.900 have been granted,
none of which have been exercised.
 
    The 1999 Stock Plan provides for the granting to employees, including
officers and directors, of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section
422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and for the granting to
employees, consultants and nonemployee directors, of stock purchase rights and
nonstatutory stock options. If an optionee would have the right in any calendar
year to exercise for the first time incentive stock options for shares having an
aggregate fair market value (under all of our plans and determined for each
share as of the date the option to purchase the shares was granted) in excess of
$100,000, any such excess options shall be treated as nonstatutory stock
options. Unless terminated earlier, the 1999 Stock Plan will terminate in
February 2009.
 
    The 1999 Stock Plan may be administered by the Board of Directors or a
committee of the Board, each known as the "administrator". The Board of
Directors currently administers the 1999 Stock Plan. The administrator
determines the terms of options and stock purchase rights granted under the 1999
Stock Plan, including the number of shares subject to an option or stock
purchase right, the exercise or purchase price, and the term and exercisability
of options. The administrator
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
may grant an individual employee options or stock purchase rights under the 1999
Stock Plan during any one fiscal year to purchase a maximum of 9,000,000 shares.
The exercise price of all incentive stock options granted under the 1999 Stock
Plan generally must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common
stock on the date of grant. The administrator has the authority to grant
nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights at prices below fair market
value, although the exercise price of such awards granted to our Chief Executive
Officer or our four other most highly compensated officers will generally equal
at least 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.
Payment of the purchase price of options and stock purchase rights may be made
in cash or other consideration as determined by the administrator.
 
    Generally, options granted under the plan have a term of ten years and are
nontransferable. The administrator may grant nonstatutory stock options with
limited transferability rights in circumstances specified in the 1999 Stock
Plan. The administrator determines the vesting terms of options and stock issued
pursuant to stock purchase rights. We expect that options and stock purchase
rights granted under the 1999 Stock Plan generally will vest at the rate of
1/4th of the total number of shares subject to the options or stock purchase
rights 12 months after the date of grant, and 1/48th of the total number of
shares each month thereafter.
 
    In the event that we are acquired by another company, we expect that awards
outstanding under the 1999 Stock Plan will be assumed or equivalent awards
substituted by our acquiror. If an acquiror did not agree to assume or
substitute awards, the vesting of outstanding options and stock issued pursuant
to stock purchase rights will accelerate in full prior to consummation of the
transaction. If we are acquired pursuant to a transaction in which outstanding
awards are assumed or substituted by our acquiror and a participant holding an
assumed or substituted award is involuntarily terminated within 24 months
following the acquisition, the vesting of any award held by such person would
accelerate in full immediately prior to the date of his or her termination.
 
    The Board has the authority to amend or terminate the 1999 Stock Plan as
long as such action does not materially and adversely affect any outstanding
option and provided that stockholder approval for any amendments to the 1999
Stock Plan shall be obtained to the extent required by applicable law.
 
    1997 STOCK PLAN.  The Board of Directors adopted and our stockholders
approved our 1997 Stock Plan in March 1997. We have reserved a total of
17,400,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 1997 Stock Plan. As of
March 31, 1999, options to purchase 1,886,136 shares of common stock with a
weighted average exercise price of $0.035 had been exercised and options to
purchase a total of 13,391,376 shares at a weighted average exercise price of
$0.757 per share were outstanding. As of March 31, 1999, 2,122,488 shares
remained available for future issuance under the 1997 Stock Plan. However, the
Board has determined that all future grants to employees and consultants will
take place under our 1999 Stock Plan and therefore any shares remaining
available for issuance under the 1997 Stock Plan as of the date of this offering
will be returned to our authorized but unissued capital stock and will not be
available for future grant. Shares returning to the 1997 Stock Plan upon
cancellation of outstanding options may be made subject to future grant after
the date of this offering. Unless terminated earlier, the 1997 Stock Plan will
terminate in March 2007.
 
    The terms of options and stock purchase rights issued under the 1997 Stock
Plan are generally the same as those which may be issued under the 1999 Stock
Plan, except with respect to the following features. The 1997 Stock Plan does
not impose an annual limitation on the number of shares subject to options or
stock purchase rights which may be issued to any individual employee.
Nonstatutory stock options or stock purchase rights granted under the 1997 Stock
Plan are nontransferable in all cases and must generally be granted with an
exercise price or purchase price equal to at least 85% of the fair market value
of the common stock on the date of grant.
 
    In the event that we are acquired by another company, we expect that awards
outstanding under the 1997 Stock Plan will be assumed or equivalent awards
substituted by our acquiror. If an
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
acquiror did not agree to assume or substitute awards, the vesting of
outstanding options and stock issued pursuant to stock purchase rights will
accelerate in full prior to consummation of the transaction. If we are acquired
pursuant to a transaction in which outstanding awards are assumed or substituted
by our acquiror and a participant holding an assumed or substituted award is
involuntarily terminated within 24 months following the acquisition, the vesting
of any award held by such person would accelerate in full immediately prior to
the date of his or her termination.
 
    BABYCENTER, INC. 1997 STOCK PLAN.  In connection with the BabyCenter merger,
we will assume the outstanding options issued under the BabyCenter, Inc. 1997
Stock Plan. We expect that options outstanding under the BabyCenter plan will,
upon closing of the merger, become options to purchase an aggregate of 2,011,114
shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment. The terms of the BabyCenter
options are similar to the terms of options issuable under our 1999 Stock Plan,
except that if we were acquired, such options would terminate if not assumed, or
equivalent options substituted, by our acquiror.
 
    1999 DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN.  The Board of Directors adopted our 1999
Directors' Stock Option Plan in February 1999 and our stockholders approved it
in March 1999. We have reserved a total of 600,000 shares of common stock for
issuance under the 1999 Directors' Stock Option Plan. The 1999 Directors' Stock
Option Plan becomes effective upon the effective date of this offering and,
unless terminated earlier, it terminates in February 2009. As of the date of
this offering, no options to purchase shares of common stock have been issued
under the 1999 Directors' Stock Option Plan. The 1999 Directors' Stock Option
Plan is designed to work automatically without administration; however, to the
extent administration is necessary, it will be performed by the Board of
Directors. To the extent that conflicts of interest arise, we expect they will
be addressed by abstention of any interested director from both deliberations
and voting regarding matters in which such director has a personal interest.
 
    The 1999 Directors' Stock Option Plan provides that each person who becomes
a nonemployee director after the date of this offering will be granted a
nonstatutory stock option to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock on the date
on which the optionee first becomes a nonemployee director. In addition, on the
date of each annual meeting of stockholders, each nonemployee director will
automatically be granted an additional option to purchase 15,000 shares of
common stock if, on such date, he or she has served on our Board of Directors
for at least six months. All options granted under the 1999 Directors' Stock
Option Plan shall have an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value
of the common stock as of the date of grant and will be vested and exercisable
in full immediately upon grant. Options granted under the 1999 Directors' Stock
Option Plan are nontransferable.
 
    A nonemployee director who ceases to serve as a director for any reason
other than death or disability has 90 days after the date he or she ceases to be
a director to exercise options granted under the 1999 Directors' Stock Option
Plan. To the extent that he or she does not exercise an option within such 90
day period, the option will terminate. If a director's service on our Board of
Directors terminates as a result of his or her death or disability, the director
or the director's estate will have the right to exercise an option for 12 months
following such termination date. Options granted under the 1999 Directors' Stock
Option Plan have a term of ten years.
 
    In the event that we are acquired by another company, we expect that awards
outstanding under the 1999 Directors' Stock Option Plan will be assumed or
equivalent awards substituted by our acquiror. If an acquiror did not agree to
assume or substitute awards, all outstanding awards under the 1999 Directors'
Stock Option Plan would terminate to the extent not previously exercised upon
consummation of the acquisition. The Board of Directors may amend or terminate
the 1999 Directors' Stock Option Plan at any time as long as such action does
not adversely affect any outstanding option and stockholder approval for any
amendments is obtained to the extent required by applicable law.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
    1999 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.  The Board of Directors adopted our 1999
Employee Stock Purchase Plan in February 1999 and our stockholders approved it
in March 1999. We have reserved a total of 1,000,000 shares of common stock for
issuance under the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, plus an automatic annual
increase on the first day of each of our fiscal years beginning in 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003 and 2004 equal to the lesser of 620,000 shares, 0.5% of our
outstanding common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal
year, or such lesser number of shares as the Board of Directors shall determine.
The 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan becomes effective upon the date of this
offering and, unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors, it will
terminate in February 2019.
 
    The 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify under Section
423 of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan consists of a series of overlapping
offering periods of 24 months' duration. The initial offering period is expected
to commence on the date of this offering and end on April 30, 2001 and the
initial purchase period is expected to begin on the date of this offering and
end on October 31, 1999. A new 24-month offering period will begin upon the
closing of the BabyCenter merger, and additional offering periods will begin on
May 1 and November 1 of each year during the term of the plan. The Board of
Directors has the authority under the plan to set new offering or purchase
periods.
 
    The Board of Directors or a committee appointed by the Board of Directors
will administer the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The 1999 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through
payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of an employee's compensation. The
purchase price is equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the
common stock at the beginning of each offering period or at the end of each
purchase period. In circumstances specified in the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan, the purchase price may be adjusted during an offering period to avoid our
incurring adverse accounting charges. Our employees, including officers and
employee directors, are eligible to participate in the 1999 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan if they are employed by us for at least 20 hours per week and more
than five months per year. Employees may end their participation in the 1999
Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time, and participation ends automatically
on termination of employment. If the fair market value of the common stock on a
purchase date is less than the fair market value at the beginning of the
offering period, each participant in the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan shall
automatically be withdrawn from the offering period as of the end of the
purchase date and re-enrolled in the new 24-month offering period beginning on
the first business day following the purchase date.
 
    The 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan limits the number of stock purchase
rights that can be granted to any single employee. An employee cannot be granted
rights to purchase stock under this plan if his or her rights accrue at a rate
which exceeds $25,000 worth of stock in any calendar year. In addition, no
employee may purchase more than 9,000 shares of common stock during any one
purchase period (equivalent to a maximum of 36,000 shares over a 24-month
offering period).
 
    In the event that we are acquired by another company, the 1999 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan provides that each right to purchase stock will be assumed
or equivalent rights substituted by our acquiror. If an acquiror did not agree
to assume or substitute stock purchase rights, the offering period then in
progress would be shortened and a new exercise date occurring prior to
consummation of the acquisition would be set. The Board of Directors has the
power to amend or terminate the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and to change
or terminate offering periods as long as such action does not adversely affect
any outstanding rights to purchase stock thereunder. However, the Board of
Directors may amend or terminate the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan or an
offering period even if it would adversely affect outstanding options in order
to avoid our incurring adverse accounting charges.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
    Our Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors to the
maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors
of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach
of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
 
- - any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
 
- - acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or
  a knowing violation of law;
 
- - unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions;
  or
 
- - any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the
federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable
remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.
 
    Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that we shall indemnify
our directors and executive officers and may indemnify our other officers and
employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe
that indemnification under our Bylaws covers at least negligence and gross
negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our Bylaws also permit us to
secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for
any liability arising out of his or her actions in such capacity, regardless of
whether the Bylaws would permit indemnification.
 
    We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive
officers in addition to indemnification provided for in our Bylaws. These
agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and
executive officers for expenses specified in the agreements, including
attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such
person in any action or proceeding arising out of such person's services as a
director or executive officer of eToys, any subsidiary of eToys or any other
entity to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that
these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified
persons as directors and executive officers.
 
    At present, we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or
proceeding involving a director, officer, employee or agent in which
indemnification would be required or permitted. We are not aware of any
threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such
indemnification.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    In June 1997, we sold 7,500,000 shares of common stock to Edward C. Lenk at
$0.005 per share in exchange for $18,750 in cash and a promissory note in the
principal amount of $18,750. The note is full recourse and secured by 3,750,000
of Mr. Lenk's shares. 3,750,000 of Mr. Lenk's shares are subject to a repurchase
option in our favor. In the event of the termination of his employment, our
repurchase option enables us to repurchase a specific number of Mr. Lenk's
shares at $0.005 per share. Our repurchase option lapses over four years
according to the following schedule: 1/4th of such shares were released from our
repurchase option on December 1, 1997, and 1/48th of such total are released
from our repurchase option monthly from and after December 1, 1997 until
December 1, 2000. In addition, all shares are immediately released from our
repurchase option upon a change of control. This offering will not constitute
such a change of control.
 
    In October 1998, we issued Mr. Lenk an option to purchase 3,000,000 shares
of common stock at $0.143 per share. The option vests over four years according
to the following schedule: 1/4th of the shares vest on October 21, 1999 and
1/48th of the total number of shares vest monthly from and after October 21,
1999 until October 21, 2002. This option expires on October 21, 2008.
 
    In June 1997, we sold 2,500,002 shares of common stock to Frank C. Han at
$0.005 per share in exchange for $6,250 in cash and a promissory note in the
principal amount of $6,250. The note is full recourse and secured by 1,250,001
of Mr. Han's shares. 1,250,001 of Mr. Han's shares are subject to a repurchase
option in our favor. In the event of the termination of his employment, our
repurchase option enables us to repurchase a specific number of Mr. Han's shares
at $0.005 per share. Our repurchase option lapses over four years according to
the following schedule: 1/4th of such shares were released from our repurchase
option on February 1, 1998, and 1/48th of such total are released from our
repurchase option monthly from and after February 1, 1998 until February 1,
2001. In addition, all shares are immediately released from our repurchase
option upon a change of control. This offering will not constitute such a change
of control.
 
    In October 1998, we issued Mr. Han an option to purchase 825,000 shares of
common stock at $0.143 per share. The option vests over four years according to
the following schedule: 1/4th of the shares vest on October 21, 1999 and 1/48th
of the total number of shares vest monthly from and after October 21, 1999 until
October 21, 2002. This option expires on October 21, 2008. In January 1999, we
issued Mr. Han a fully vested option to purchase 750 shares of common stock at
$2.833 per share. This option expires on January 31, 2009.
 
    In September 1997 we issued Peter C.M. Hart a stock option to purchase
300,000 shares of common stock at $0.005 per share. The option vests over four
years according to the following schedule: 1/4th of the shares subject to the
option vested on June 15, 1998 and 1/48th of the total have vested monthly from
and after June 15, 1998 until June 15, 2001. This option expires on September
29, 2007. In September 1997, we sold Mr. Hart a promissory note in the amount of
$20,000 and a warrant to purchase 48,387 shares of preferred stock at $0.207 per
share. The note converted into 98,817 shares of preferred stock in December 1997
and Mr. Hart exercised the warrant in full in March 1999. Mr. Hart was appointed
a Director in October 1997. In December 1997, we sold Mr. Hart 98,817 shares of
preferred stock at $0.207 per share. From January 1998 to June 1998, Mr. Hart
provided us part-time consulting services. In connection with these services, in
February 1998 we issued Mr. Hart a stock option to purchase 63,000 shares of
common stock at $0.033 per share. This option vested over six months according
to the following schedule: 1/6th of the shares subject to this option vested
monthly from and after February 1, 1998 until July 1, 1998. This option expires
on February 5, 2008.
 
    In December 1998, we entered into an Offer Letter with John R. Hnanicek, our
Chief Information Officer. The agreement entitles Mr. Hnanicek to a salary of
$150,000 per year and a
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
signing bonus of $60,000 which vests monthly over the first year of his
employment. In December 1998, we granted Mr. Hnanicek an option to purchase
600,000 shares of common stock at $1.667 per share. The option is immediately
exercisable and, if exercised, the underlying shares are subject to a right of
repurchase in our favor. In the event of the termination of Mr. Hnanicek's
employment, our repurchase option enables us to repurchase a specific number of
his shares at $1.667 per share. Our repurchase option lapses over four years
according to the following schedule: 1/4th of the shares will be released from
our repurchase option on December 31, 1999 and 1/48th of the total number of
shares will be released from our repurchase option monthly from and after
December 31, 1999 until December 31, 2002. If Mr. Hnanicek is terminated without
cause during the first six months of his employment, an additional 1/8th of such
shares shall be released from our repurchase option. If Mr. Hnanicek is
terminated without cause during his first six to 12 months of employment, an
additional 1/48th of such shares shall be released from our repurchase option
per each month of completed employment. This option expires on December 31,
2008.
 
    In December 1998, we entered into an Offer Letter with Louis V. Zambello
III, our Senior Vice President of Operations. The agreement entitles Mr.
Zambello to a salary of $200,000 per year, a signing bonus of $115,000 which
vests monthly over the first year of his employment and severance benefits equal
to $100,000 if he is terminated without cause during the first 12 months of his
employment with us. In December 1998, we granted Mr. Zambello an option to
purchase 825,000 shares of common stock at $1.667 per share. The option is
immediately exercisable and, if exercised, the underlying shares are subject to
a right of repurchase in our favor. In the event of the termination of Mr.
Zambello's employment, our repurchase option enables us to repurchase a specific
number of his shares at $1.667 per share. Our repurchase option lapses over four
years according to the following schedule: 1/4th of the shares will be released
from our repurchase option on December 31, 1999 and 1/48th of the total number
of shares will be released from our repurchase option monthly from and after
December 31, 1999 until December 31, 2002. If Mr. Zambello is terminated without
cause during the first six months of his employment, an additional 1/8th of such
shares shall be released from our repurchase option. If Mr. Zambello is
terminated without cause during his first six to 12 months of employment, an
additional 1/48th of such shares shall be released from our repurchase option
for each month of completed employment. Furthermore, if we experience a change
of control within two years following his commencement of employment, a total of
412,500 of such shares shall immediately be released from our repurchase option.
This offering will not constitute such a change of control. This option expires
on December 31, 2008.
 
    In January 1999, we entered into an Offer Letter with Steven J. Schoch, our
Chief Financial Officer. The agreement entitles Mr. Schoch to a salary of
$125,000 per year, a signing bonus of $25,000 which vests monthly over the first
year of his employment and severance benefits equal to $93,750 if he is
terminated without cause during the first 12 months of his employment with us.
In January 1999, we granted Mr. Schoch an option to purchase 750,000 shares of
common stock at $3.333 per share. The option is immediately exercisable and, if
exercised, the underlying shares are subject to a right of repurchase in our
favor. In the event of the termination of Mr. Schoch's employment, our
repurchase option enables us to repurchase a specific number of his shares at
$3.333 per share. Our repurchase option lapses over four years according to the
following schedule: 1/4th of the shares will be released from our repurchase
option on January 31, 2000 and 1/48th of the total number of shares will be
released from our repurchase option monthly from and after January 31, 2000
until January 31, 2003. If Mr. Schoch is terminated without cause during the
first six months of his employment, an additional 1/8th of such shares shall be
released from our repurchase option. If Mr. Schoch is terminated without cause
during his first six to 12 months of employment, an additional 1/48th of such
shares will be released from our repurchase option for each month of completed
employment. Furthermore, if we experience a change of control within 18 months
following his commencement of employment, a total of 281,250 of such shares
shall
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
immediately be released from our repurchase option. This offering will not
constitute such a change of control. This option expires on January 31, 2009.
 
   
    In May 1999, we entered into an Offer Letter with Janine Bousquette, our
Senior Vice President of Marketing. The agreement entitles Ms. Bousquette to a
salary of $138,462 per year, a signing bonus of $75,000 which vests monthly over
the first year of her employment and severance benefits equal to $100,000 if she
is terminated without cause during the first 12 months of her employment with
us. In May 1999, we granted to Ms. Bousquette an option to purchase 480,000
shares of common stock at $11.00 per share. The option is immediately
exercisable and, if exercised, the underlying shares are subject to a right of
repurchase in our favor. In the event of the termination of Ms. Bousquette's
employment, our repurchase option enables us to repurchase a specific number of
her shares at $11.00 per share. Our repurchase option lapses over four years
according to the following schedule: 1/4th of the shares will be released from
our repurchase option on May 17, 2000 and 1/48th of the total number of shares
will be released from our repurchase option monthly from and after May 17, 2000
until May 17, 2003. If Ms. Bousquette is terminated without cause during the
first six months of her employment, an additional 1/8th of such shares shall be
released from our repurchase option. If Ms. Bousquette is terminated without
cause during her first six to 12 months of employment, an additional 1/48th of
such shares shall be released from our repurchase option for each month of
completed employment. Furthermore, if we experience a change of control within
18 months following her commencement of employment, a total of 180,000 of such
shares shall immediately be released from our repurchase option. This offering
will not constitute such a change of control. This option expires on May 17,
2009.
    
 
    In June 1997, we sold 19,400,001 shares of common stock at $0.005 per share
and issued a note in the principal amount of $100,000 to idealab!. Pursuant to a
Letter Agreement dated November 5, 1997, idealab! returned shares of common
stock to us in the form of a capital contribution such that idealab!'s ownership
was reduced to 18,320,001 shares of common stock. Pursuant to a second Letter
Agreement dated November 5, 1997, idealab! forgave our indebtedness in the
amount of $100,000 as a capital contribution.
 
    We have entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and
directors which may require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers
and directors against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or
service as officers or directors, other than liabilities arising from willful
misconduct of a culpable nature, and to advance their expenses incurred as a
result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. See
"Management--Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters".
 
    The following table summarizes the shares of common stock and preferred
stock purchased by our directors and 5% stockholders and persons and entities
associated with them in private placement transactions. Each share of preferred
stock automatically converts into one share of common stock upon the closing of
this offering. The shares of common stock were sold at $0.005 per share, the
shares of Series A preferred stock were sold at $0.207 per share, the shares of
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
Series B preferred stock were sold at $0.701 per share and the shares of Series
C preferred stock were sold at $10.00 per share. See "Principal Stockholders".
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               COMMON       SERIES A      SERIES B      SERIES C
            ENTITIES AFFILIATED WITH DIRECTORS                  STOCK       PREFERRED     PREFERRED     PREFERRED
- ----------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
Entities affiliated with Highland Capital Partners (Daniel
  Nova)(1)................................................       --            --          11,411,184     999,999
Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital (Michael
  Moritz)(2)..............................................       --            --           7,131,990     999,999
Entities affiliated with DynaFund Ventures (Tony
  Hung)(3)................................................       --          4,838,709      2,852,796      --
Peter C.M. Hart...........................................       --            147,204       --            --
 
                  OTHER 5% STOCKHOLDERS
- ----------------------------------------------------------
idealab!(4)...............................................     18,320,001      --            --            --
Intel Corporation.........................................       --          4,838,709      2,852,793      --
Entities affiliated with idealab! Capital Management I,
  LLC(5)..................................................       --          4,838,709      2,139,594      --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Includes shares held by Highland Capital Partners III Limited Partnership,
    Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund III Limited Partnership, Highland Capital
    Partners IV Limited Partnership and Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund IV Limited
    Partnership. Daniel Nova is a general partner of the general partner of the
    Highland entities and is a Director of eToys. He disclaims beneficial
    ownership of the shares held by the entities except to the extent of his
    proportionate interest therein.
 
(2) Includes shares held by Sequoia Capital VIII, Sequoia International
    Technology Partners VIII (Q), CMS Partners LLC, Sequoia International
    Technology Partners VIII, Sequoia 1997, and Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund.
    Michael Moritz is a general partner of the general partners of the Sequoia
    entities and is a Director of eToys. He disclaims beneficial ownership of
    the shares held by the entities except to the extent of his proportionate
    interest therein.
 
   
(3) Includes shares held by DynaFund L.P. and DynaFund International L.P. Tony
    Hung is a vice president of the general partner of the DynaFund entities and
    is a Director of eToys. He disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held
    by the entities except to the extent of his proportionate interest therein.
    
 
(4) In November 1997, idealab! returned shares of common stock to us in the form
    of a capital contribution such that idealab!'s ownership was reduced to
    18,320,001 shares of common stock.
 
(5) Includes shares held by idealab! Capital Partners I-A, LP and idealab!
    Capital Partners I-B, LP. idealab! Capital Management I, LLC is the general
    partner of idealab! Capital Partners I-A, LP and idealab! Capital Partners
    I-B, LP, and exercises voting and investment power over the shares held by
    these entities.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The following table sets forth information known to us with respect to the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 1999, as adjusted to
reflect the sale of the common stock offered hereby under this prospectus, by:
 
- - each stockholder known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the common
  stock,
 
- - each director,
 
- - our Chief Executive Officer and our four other highest compensated executive
  officers, and
 
- - all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED     SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                     PRIOR TO OFFERING(1)           AFTER OFFERING(1)
                                                 ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                   NUMBER      PERCENTAGE(2)     NUMBER      PERCENTAGE(2)
                                                 -----------  ---------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                              <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
idealab! ......................................   18,320,001         19.60%     18,320,001         18.00%
  130 West Union Street
  Pasadena, CA 91103
Entities affiliated with Highland Capital
  Partners(3) .................................   12,411,183         13.28      12,411,183         12.20
  Two International Place
  Boston, MA 02110
Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital
  Partners(4) .................................    8,131,989          8.70       8,131,989          7.99
  3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg. 4, Suite 280
  Menlo Park, CA 94025
Entities affiliated with DynaFund
  Ventures(5) .................................    7,691,505          8.23       7,691,505          7.56
  21311 Hawthorne Blvd., Suite 300
  Torrance, CA 90503
Intel Corporation .............................    7,691,502          8.23       7,691,502          7.56
  2200 Mission Blvd.
  Santa Clara, CA 95052
Entities affiliated with idealab! Capital .....    6,978,303          7.47       6,978,303          6.86
  Management I, LLC(6)
  130 West Union Street
  Pasadena, CA 91103
Daniel J. Nova(7) .............................   12,411,183         13.28      12,411,183         12.20
Michael Moritz(8) .............................    8,131,989          8.70       8,131,989          7.99
Tony Hung(9) ..................................    7,691,505          8.23       7,691,505          7.56
Edward C. Lenk ................................    7,491,000          8.01       7,491,000          7.36
Peter C.M. Hart(10) ...........................      353,952         *             353,952         *
Frank C. Han(11) ..............................    2,488,752          2.66       2,488,752          2.45
Louis V. Zambello III(12) .....................      825,000         *             825,000         *
Steven J. Schoch(13) ..........................      750,000         *             750,000         *
John R. Hnanicek(14) ..........................      600,000         *             600,000         *
Janine Bousquette(15) .........................      480,000         *             480,000         *
All directors and executive officers as a group
  (10 persons)(16) ............................   41,223,381         42.73%     41,223,381         39.35%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   * Less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock.
 
 (1) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and does not
     include the aggregate of 18,720,000 shares of our common stock that will be
     issued in exchange for all outstanding shares of BabyCenter capital stock
     and reserved for issuance upon the exercise
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
     of options we are assuming in connection with the proposed BabyCenter
     merger. Except pursuant to applicable community property laws or as
     indicated in the footnotes to this table, to our knowledge, each
     stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment
     power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially
     owned by such stockholder.
 
 (2) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares
     beneficially owned by a person and the percentage of ownership of that
     person, shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that
     person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60
     days after March 31, 1999 are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not
     deemed outstanding for computing percentage ownership of any other person.
     Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the persons and entities
     named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to
     all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where
     applicable.
 
   
 (3) Includes 10,954,737 shares held by Highland Capital Partners III Limited
     Partnership, 456,447 shares held by Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund III
     Limited Partnership, 960,000 shares held by Highland Capital Partners IV
     Limited Partnership and 39,999 shares held by Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund
     IV Limited Partnership. Highland Management Partners III LLC is the general
     partner of Highland Capital Partners III Limited Partnership and exercises
     voting and investment power over the shares held by this entity. HEF III
     LLC is the general partner of Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund III Limited
     Partnership and exercises voting and investment power over the shares held
     by this entity. Highland Management Partners IV LLC is the general partner
     of Highland Capital Partners IV Limited Partnership and exercises voting
     and investment power over the shares held by this entity. Highland
     Entrepreneurs' Fund IV LLC is the general partner of Highland
     Entrepreneurs' Fund IV Limited Partnership and exercises voting and
     investment power over the shares held by this entity.
    
 
   
 (4) Includes 6,463,722 shares held by Sequoia Capital VIII, 427,920 shares held
     by Sequoia International Technology Partners VIII (Q), 142,641 shares held
     by CMS Partners LLC, 82,017 shares held by Sequoia International Technology
     Partners VIII, 15,690 shares held by Sequoia 1997, and 999,999 shares held
     by Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund. SC VIII Management, LLC is the general
     partner of Sequoia Capital VIII, Sequoia International Technology Partners
     VIII and Sequoia International Technology Partners VIII (Q) and exercises
     investment and voting power over the shares held by these entities. SC VIII
     Management, LLC also exercises investment and voting power over the shares
     held by CMS Partners LLC and Sequoia 1997. SCFF Management, LLC is the
     general partner of Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund and exercises investment
     and voting power over the shares held by this entity.
    
 
   
 (5) Includes 4,155,894 shares held by DynaFund International L.P. and 3,535,611
     shares held by DynaFund L.P. DynaFund Ventures LLC is the general partner
     of DynaFund L.P. and DynaFund International L.P. and exercises investment
     and voting power over the shares held by these entities.
    
 
   
 (6) Includes 6,562,359 shares held by idealab! Capital Partners I-A, LP and
     415,944 shares held by idealab! Capital Partners I-B, LP. idealab! Capital
     Management I, LLC is the general partner of idealab! Capital Partners I-A,
     LP and idealab! Capital Partners I-B, LP, and exercises voting and
     investment power over the shares held by these entities. William S. Elkus
     and William T. Gross exercise voting and investment power over idealab!
     Capital Management I, LLC.
    
 
   
 (7) Includes 10,954,737 shares held by Highland Capital Partners III Limited
     Partnership, 456,447 shares held by Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund III
     Limited Partnership, 960,000 shares held by Highland Capital Partners IV
     Limited Partnership and 39,999 shares held by Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund
     IV Limited Partnership. Highland Management Partners III LLC is the general
     partner of Highland Capital Partners III Limited Partnership and exercises
     voting and investment power over the shares held by this entity. HEF III
     LLC is the general partner of
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
   
     Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund III Limited Partnership and exercises voting
     and investment power over the shares held by this entity. Highland
     Management Partners IV LLC is the general partner of Highland Capital
     Partners IV Limited Partnership and exercises voting and investment power
     over the shares held by this entity. Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund IV LLC is
     the general partner of Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund IV Limited Partnership
     and exercises voting and investment power over the shares held by this
     entity. Daniel Nova is a general partner of the general partners of the
     Highland entities and is a Director of eToys. He disclaims beneficial
     ownership of the shares held by the entities except to the extent of his
     proportionate interest therein.
    
 
   
 (8) Includes 6,463,722 shares held by Sequoia Capital VIII, 427,920 shares held
     by Sequoia International Technology Partners VIII (Q), 142,641 shares held
     by CMS Partners LLC, 82,017 shares held by Sequoia International Technology
     Partners VIII, 15,690 shares held by Sequoia 1997, and 999,999 shares held
     by Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund. SC VIII Management, LLC is the general
     partner of Sequoia Capital VIII, Sequoia International Technology Partners
     VIII and Sequoia International Technology Partners VIII (Q) and exercises
     investment and voting power over the shares held by these entities. SC VIII
     Management, LLC also exercises investment and voting power over the shares
     held by CMS Partners LLC and Sequoia 1997. SCFF Management, LLC is the
     general partner of Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund and exercises investment
     and voting power over the shares held by this entity. Michael Moritz is a
     general partner of the general partners of the Sequoia entities and is a
     Director of eToys. He disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by
     the entities except to the extent of his proportionate interest therein.
    
 
   
 (9) Includes 4,155,894 shares held by DynaFund International L.P. and 3,535,611
     shares held by DynaFund L.P. DynaFund Ventures LLC is the general partner
     of DynaFund L.P. and DynaFund International L.P. and exercises investment
     and voting power over the shares held by these entities. Tony Hung is a
     vice president of the general partner of the DynaFund entities and is a
     Director of eToys. He disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by
     the entities except to the extent of his proportionate interest therein.
    
 
 (10) Includes 206,748 shares issuable upon exercise of options which will be
      vested within 60 days of March 31, 1999.
 
 (11) Includes 750 shares issuable upon exercise of an option which will be
      vested within 60 days of March 31, 1999.
 
 (12) Includes 825,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an option which will be
      exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 1999, but which are subject to a
      right of repurchase in our favor at cost in the event Mr. Zambello ceases
      employment with us.
 
 (13) Includes 750,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an option which will be
      exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 1999, but which are subject to a
      right of repurchase in our favor at cost in the event Mr. Schoch ceases
      employment with us.
 
 (14) Includes 600,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an option which will be
      exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 1999, but which are subject to a
      right of repurchase in our favor at cost in the event Mr. Hnanicek ceases
      employment with us.
 
   
 (15) Includes 480,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an option which will be
      exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 1999, but which are subject to a
      right of repurchase in our favor at cost in the event Ms. Bousquette
      ceases employment with us.
    
 
   
 (16) Includes the shares described in Notes 7 through 15.
    
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    Upon the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue
600,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value, and 10,000,000 shares of
undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. The following description of
our capital stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to and
qualified in its entirety by our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, which
are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus
forms a part, and by the provisions of applicable Delaware law.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
   
    As of March 31, 1999 there were 93,266,295 shares of common stock
outstanding, held of record by approximately 127 stockholders, which reflects
the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock.
In addition, as of March 31, 1999, there were 209,799 shares subject to
outstanding warrants, 198,397 of which expire upon this offering, and 14,927,676
shares of common stock subject to outstanding options. Upon completion of this
offering, there will be 101,784,682 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming
full exercise of warrants to purchase 198,387 shares which expire at, and are
expected to be exercised upon, completion of this offering and no exercise of
the underwriter's overallotment option or additional exercise of outstanding
options and warrants.
    
 
    The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters to be voted upon by stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are
entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by the Board of
Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. See "Dividend
Policy". In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders
of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after
payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding
preferred stock. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights, other
subscription rights, or redemption or sinking fund provisions. All outstanding
shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of
common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid
and non-assessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    As of March 31, 1999, we had three series of preferred stock: Series A
preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C preferred stock. Each
series of preferred stock has the rights, preferences and privileges set forth
in our current Certificate of Incorporation, which is included as an exhibit to
the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. As of March
31, 1999, the number of outstanding shares for each series of our preferred
stock was:
 
- - 21,119,322 shares of Series A preferred stock, which number reflects the full
  exercise of a warrant to purchase 48,387 shares of Series A preferred stock
  outstanding as of March 31, 1999;
 
- - 35,659,947 shares of Series B preferred stock; and
 
- - 1,999,998 shares of Series C preferred stock.
 
    Upon the closing of the offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred
stock will be converted on a share-by-share basis into 58,779,267 shares of
common stock, which reflects the full exercise of a warrant to purchase 48,387
shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 1999, and
automatically retired. Thereafter, the Board of Directors will have the
authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000
shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to designate the rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions of each such series. The issuance of
preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on the common
stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, impairing the liquidation
rights of
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
the common stock or delaying or preventing our change in control without further
action by the stockholders. We have no present plans to issue any shares of
preferred stock after the completion of this offering.
 
WARRANTS
 
    As of March 31, 1999 there were warrants outstanding to purchase a total of
11,412 shares of common stock at a price of $7.01 per share. In addition, there
was a warrant to purchase a total of 48,387 shares of preferred stock at a price
of $0.207 per share, which was exercised in April 1999, and a warrant to
purchase a total of 150,000 shares of common stock at a price of $0.003 per
share, which expires upon completion of this offering.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    The holders of 68,677,269 shares of common stock and options to purchase
3,825,750 shares of common stock (the "registrable securities") are entitled to
have their shares registered by us under the Securities Act under the terms of
an agreement between us and the holders of the registrable securities. Subject
to limitations specified in the agreement, these registration rights include the
following:
 
- - The holders of at least 25% of the then outstanding registrable securities may
  require, on two occasions beginning 180 days after the date of this
  prospectus, that we use our best efforts to register the registrable
  securities for public resale.
 
- - If we register any common stock, either for our own account or for the account
  of other security holders, the holders of registrable securities are entitled
  to include their shares of common stock in such registration, subject to the
  ability of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in the
  offering in view of market conditions.
 
- - The holders of at least 25% of the then outstanding registrable securities may
  require us on three occasions to register all or a portion of their
  registrable securities on Form S-3 when use of such form becomes available to
  us, provided that the proposed aggregate selling price is at least $2,000,000.
 
    We will bear all registration expenses other than underwriting discounts and
commissions. All registration rights terminate on the date five years following
the closing of this offering, or, with respect to each holder of registrable
securities, at such time as the holder is entitled to sell all of its shares in
any three-month period under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
 
DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW AND OUR CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAW
PROVISIONS
 
    Provisions of Delaware law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
could make more difficult our acquisition by a third party and the removal of
our incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are
expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids
and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of eToys to first negotiate
with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our ability to
negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited acquisition
proposal outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals because,
among other things, negotiation could result in an improvement of their terms.
 
    We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which
regulates corporate acquisitions. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly
held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an
"interested stockholder" for a period of three years following the date the
person became an interested stockholder, unless:
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
- - the Board of Directors approved the transaction in which such stockholder
  became an interested stockholder prior to the date the interested stockholder
  attained such status;
 
- - upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder's
  becoming an interested stockholder, he or she owned at least 85% of the voting
  stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced,
  excluding shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers; or
 
- - on or subsequent to such date the business combination is approved by the
  Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of
  stockholders.
 
A "business combination" generally includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or
other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested
stockholder. In general, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together
with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the
determination of interested stockholder status, did own, 15% or more of a
corporation's voting stock.
 
    Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws do not provide for the right of
stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting or for cumulative
voting in the election of directors. In addition, our Certificate of
Incorporation permits the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock with
voting or other rights without any stockholder action. Commencing at our first
annual meeting of stockholders following the date on which we have at least 800
stockholders, our Certificate of Incorporation provides for the Board of
Directors to be divided into three classes, with staggered three-year terms. As
a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of
stockholders. Each of the two other classes of directors will continue to serve
for the remainder of its respective three-year term. These provisions, which
require the vote of stockholders holding at least a majority of the outstanding
common stock to amend, may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or
delaying changes in our management.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, L.L.C. The transfer agent's address is 400 South Hope
Street, 4th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071 and telephone number is (213)
553-9730.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock.
Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could
adversely affect prevailing market prices. As described below, no shares
currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering
because of contractual restrictions on resale. Sales of substantial amounts of
our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could
adversely affect the prevailing market price and impair our ability to raise
equity capital in the future.
 
   
    Upon completion of the offering, we will have 101,784,682 outstanding shares
of common stock and options to purchase 14,927,676 shares of common stock,
assuming no additional option grants or exercises after March 31, 1999. Of these
shares, the 8,320,000 shares sold in the offering, plus any shares issued upon
exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, will be freely tradable
without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our
"affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In
general, affiliates include officers, directors or 10% stockholders.
    
 
   
    The remaining 93,464,682 shares outstanding and 14,927,676 shares subject to
outstanding options are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144.
Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if
they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701
promulgated under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Sales of the
restricted securities in the public market, or the availability of such shares
for sale, could adversely affect the market price of the common stock.
    
 
    Our directors, officers and securityholders have entered into lock-up
agreements in connection with this offering generally providing that they will
not offer, sell, contract to sell or grant any option to purchase or otherwise
dispose of our common stock or any securities exercisable for or convertible
into our common stock owned by them for a period of 180 days after the date of
this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. In
addition, some stockholders have entered into similar lock-up agreements
covering a period of 365 days from the date of this prospectus. Notwithstanding
possible earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k)
and 701, shares subject to lock-up agreements will not be salable until such
agreements expire or are waived by Goldman, Sachs & Co. Goldman Sachs & Co. has
released the holders of fully vested options to purchase 170,250 shares of
common stock from such lock-up agreements. Taking into account the lock-up
agreements, and assuming Goldman, Sachs & Co. does not further release
stockholders from these agreements, the following shares will be eligible for
sale in the public market at the following times:
 
   
- - Beginning on the effective date of this prospectus, the shares sold in the
  offering and 170,250 shares subject to fully vested options will be
  immediately available for sale in the public market.
    
 
- - Beginning 180 days after the effective date, approximately 7,658,202 shares
  will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 701, approximately 1,701,000
  additional shares will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144(k), and
  approximately 82,105,482 additional shares will be eligible for sale pursuant
  to Rule 144. In addition, approximately 14,757,426 shares subject to options
  will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 701, subject to vesting
  restrictions. All but 20,113,995 of such shares and 12,636,926 of such shares
  subject to options are held by affiliates.
 
- - Beginning 365 days after the effective date, approximately 1,999,998 shares
  will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144, all of which are held by
  affiliates.
 
    In connection with the BabyCenter merger, BabyCenter has agreed that its
stockholders holding at least 95% of the shares of our common stock to be issued
in the merger as well as BabyCenter optionees holding at least 85% of the shares
to be issued upon exercise of BabyCenter
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
options we assume in the merger will enter into lock-up agreements similar to
those entered into by our existing directors, officers and securityholders. As a
result, upon the closing of the merger, up to approximately 1,377,152 shares of
our common stock to be issued in exchange for outstanding shares of BabyCenter
capital stock and issuable upon exercise of BabyCenter options we assume will be
immediately eligible for sale in the public market in accordance with the
restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 17,342,848
shares of our common stock to be issued in exchange for outstanding shares of
BabyCenter capital stock and issuable upon exercise of BabyCenter options we
assume in connection with the merger will be eligible for public sale in the
public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to
the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144.
 
    In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, after the expiration of
the lock-up agreements, a person who has beneficially owned restricted
securities for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
   
- - one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding which
  will equal approximately 1,017,847 shares immediately after the offering; or
    
 
- - the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar
  weeks preceding the sale.
 
    Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to requirements with respect to manner
of sale, notice, and the availability of current public information about us.
Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any
time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned
the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, is entitled to sell such
shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume
limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.
 
    Rule 701, as currently in effect, permits our employees, officers, directors
or consultants who purchased shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or
contract to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance
with specific restrictions. Rule 701 provides that affiliates may sell their
Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period
requirement and that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144
without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation
or notice provisions of Rule 144.
 
    In addition, we intend to file registration statements under the Securities
Act as promptly as possible after the effective date to register shares to be
issued pursuant to our employee benefit plans. As a result, any options or
rights exercised under the 1997 Stock Plan, the 1999 Stock Plan, the 1999
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the 1999 Directors' Stock Option Plan or any other
benefit plan after the effectiveness of the registration statements will also be
freely tradable in the public market. However, such shares held by affiliates
will still be subject to the volume limitation, manner of sale, notice and
public information requirements of Rule 144 unless otherwise resalable under
Rule 701. As of March 31, 1999 there were outstanding options for the purchase
of 14,927,676 shares of common stock, of which options to purchase 535,944
shares were exercisable. See "Risk Factors--Risks Related to Securities
Markets--Substantial Sales of Our Common Stock Could Cause Our Stock Price to
Fall", "Management--Stock Plans" and "Description of Capital Stock--Registration
Rights".
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for
eToys by Venture Law Group, A Professional Corporation, Menlo Park, California.
Glen R. Van Ligten, a director of Venture Law Group, serves as our Assistant
Secretary. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed
upon for the underwriters by Gunderson, Dettmer, Stough, Villeneuve, Franklin &
Hachigian, LLP. A director of Venture Law Group and an investment partnership
affiliated with Venture Law Group own an aggregate of 41,772 shares of common
stock. If the BabyCenter merger is completed, certain directors of Venture Law
Group and two investment partnerships affiliated with Venture Law Group will own
an aggregate of approximately 75,234 shares of common stock (including the
shares described in the preceding sentence).
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The financial statements of eToys Inc. as of March 31, 1998 and 1999 and for
each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 1999 and of BabyCenter, Inc.
as of September 30, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999 and for the period from
inception (February 11, 1997) to September 30, 1997, the year ended September
30, 1998 and for the six months ended March 31, 1999, appearing in this
prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere
herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of
such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock
offered in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the
information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and
schedule thereto. For further information with respect to eToys and the common
stock offered in this offering, we refer you to the registration statement and
to the attached exhibits and schedules. Statements made in this prospectus
concerning the contents of any document referred to in this prospectus are not
necessarily complete. With respect to each such document filed as an exhibit to
the registration statement, we refer you to the exhibit for a more complete
description of the matter involved.
 
    You may inspect our registration statement and the attached exhibits and
schedules without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Securities and Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, and at the regional offices of the Commission located at Seven World
Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, NY 10048, and the Northwestern Atrium
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. You may
obtain copies of all or any part of our registration statement from the
Securities and Exchange Commission upon payment of prescribed fees. You may also
inspect reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange
Commission without charge at a Web site maintained by the Securities and
Exchange Commission at http://www.sec.gov.
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
                                     ETOYS INC.
 
Report of Independent Auditors.......................................................     F-2
 
Balance Sheets at March 31, 1998 and 1999............................................     F-3
 
Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 1998 and 1999.................     F-4
 
Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended March 31, 1998 and
  1999...............................................................................     F-5
 
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 1998 and 1999.................     F-6
 
Notes to Financial Statements........................................................     F-7
 
            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended
  March 31, 1999.....................................................................    F-19
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet at March 31, 1999...............    F-20
 
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information................    F-21
 
                                  BABYCENTER, INC.
 
Report of Independent Auditors.......................................................    F-23
 
Balance Sheets at September 30, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999.....................    F-24
 
Statements of Operations for the period from inception (February 11, 1997) to
  September 30, 1997, the year ended September 30, 1998 and the six months ended
  March 31, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999................................................    F-25
 
Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the period from inception (February
  11, 1997) to September 30, 1997, the year ended September 30, 1998 and six months
  ended March 31, 1999...............................................................    F-26
 
Statements of Cash Flows for the period from inception (February 11, 1997) to
  September 30, 1997, the year ended September 30, 1998 and the six months ended
  March 31, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999................................................    F-27
 
Notes to Financial Statements........................................................    F-28
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
 
eToys Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of eToys Inc. as of March
31, 1998 and 1999, and the related statements of operations, stockholders'
equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of eToys Inc. as of March 31,
1998 and 1999, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
years then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                                               Ernst & Young LLP
 
   
Los Angeles, California
May 3, 1999
    
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                                                                    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                                                      EQUITY AT
                                                                       MARCH 31,      MARCH 31,       MARCH 31,
                                                                          1998           1999            1999
                                                                      ------------  --------------  --------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........................................  $  1,552,000  $   20,173,000
  Inventories.......................................................       224,000       5,067,000
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.........................        35,000       1,577,000
                                                                      ------------  --------------
Total current assets................................................     1,811,000      26,817,000
Property and equipment:
  Equipment.........................................................       155,000       1,393,000
  Furniture and fixtures............................................         8,000          10,000
  Leasehold improvements............................................        15,000         371,000
  Assets under capital lease........................................       --              731,000
                                                                      ------------  --------------
                                                                           178,000       2,505,000
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization.........................       (18,000)       (369,000)
                                                                      ------------  --------------
                                                                           160,000       2,136,000
Goodwill (net of accumulated amortization of $319,000 at March 31,
  1999).............................................................       956,000         637,000
Other assets........................................................       --            1,076,000
                                                                      ------------  --------------
Total assets........................................................  $  2,927,000  $   30,666,000
                                                                      ------------  --------------
                                                                      ------------  --------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..................................................  $    346,000  $    4,236,000   $
  Accrued expenses..................................................         9,000         530,000
  Current portion of capital lease obligations......................                       230,000
                                                                      ------------  --------------
Total current liabilities...........................................       355,000       4,996,000
Long-term capital lease obligations.................................       --              477,000
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, 19,593,089 shares
  authorized:
    Series A Preferred Stock; $.0001 par value; 6,318,017 and
      7,023,645 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 1998 and
      1999, respectively............................................     3,917,000       4,355,000        --
    Series B Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value, 11,886,649 shares
      issued and outstanding........................................       --           24,952,000        --
    Series C Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value, 666,666 shares
      issued and outstanding........................................       --           19,984,000        --
Commitments and contingencies.......................................
Stockholders' equity:
  Common Stock, $.0001 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized;
    32,799,276 and 34,535,415 shares issued and outstanding at March
    31, 1998 and 1999, respectively.................................         3,000           3,000          9,000
  Additional paid-in capital........................................     1,003,000      45,837,000     95,122,000
  Receivables from stockholders.....................................       (30,000)       (138,000)      (138,000)
  Deferred compensation.............................................       (53,000)    (38,974,000)   (38,974,000)
  Accumulated deficit...............................................    (2,268,000)    (30,826,000)   (30,826,000)
                                                                      ------------  --------------  --------------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)................................    (1,345,000)    (24,098,000)  $ 25,193,000
                                                                      ------------  --------------  --------------
                                                                                                    --------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)................  $  2,927,000  $   30,666,000
                                                                      ------------  --------------
                                                                      ------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                 --------------------------------
                                                                                      1998             1999
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>
Net sales......................................................................  $      687,000  $     29,959,000
Cost of sales..................................................................         568,000        24,246,000
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
Gross profit...................................................................         119,000         5,713,000
Operating expenses:
  Marketing and sales..........................................................       1,290,000        20,719,000
  Product development..........................................................         421,000         3,608,000
  General and administrative...................................................         678,000        10,485,000
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
                                                                                      2,389,000        34,812,000
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
Operating loss.................................................................      (2,270,000)      (29,099,000)
Other income (expense):
  Interest income..............................................................          18,000           589,000
  Interest expense.............................................................         (15,000)          (47,000)
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
Loss before provision for income taxes.........................................      (2,267,000)      (28,557,000)
Provision for income taxes.....................................................           1,000             1,000
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
Net loss.......................................................................  $   (2,268,000) $    (28,558,000)
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
Basic net loss per equivalent share............................................  $        (0.09) $          (0.85)
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
Pro forma basic net loss per equivalent share..................................  $        (0.08) $          (0.35)
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
Shares used to compute basic net
  loss per equivalent share....................................................      25,129,888        33,427,908
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
Shares used to compute pro forma basic net loss per equivalent share...........      30,232,902        81,923,187
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
                                                                                 --------------  ----------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
                  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL    RECEIVABLES
                                  -----------------------    PAID-IN        FROM          DEFERRED      ACCUMULATED
                                    SHARES      AMOUNT       CAPITAL    STOCKHOLDERS    COMPENSATION      DEFICIT         TOTAL
                                  ----------  -----------  -----------  -------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Balance at April 1, 1997........          --   $      --   $        --   $        --    $         --    $        --   $          --
  Issuance of Common Stock......  26,569,275       3,000       917,000            --              --             --         920,000
  Restricted stock issued.......   6,080,001          --        30,000       (30,000)             --             --              --
  Exercise of stock options.....     150,000          --         1,000            --              --             --           1,000
  Deferred compensation.........          --          --        55,000            --         (55,000)            --              --
  Amortization of deferred
    compensation................          --          --            --            --           2,000             --           2,000
  Net loss......................          --          --            --            --              --     (2,268,000)     (2,268,000)
                                  ----------  -----------  -----------  -------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
Balance at March 31, 1998.......  32,799,276       3,000     1,003,000       (30,000)        (53,000)    (2,268,000)     (1,345,000)
  Restricted stock issued.......     525,000          --        35,000      (140,000)             --             --        (105,000)
  Exercise of stock options.....   1,211,139          --        32,000            --              --             --          32,000
  Issuance of warrants..........          --          --        32,000            --              --             --          32,000
  Deferred compensation.........          --          --    44,735,000            --     (44,735,000)            --              --
  Amortization of deferred
    compensation................          --          --            --            --       5,814,000                      5,814,000
  Repayment of receivables from
    stockholders................          --          --            --        32,000              --             --          32,000
  Net loss......................          --          --            --            --              --    (28,558,000)    (28,558,000)
                                  ----------  -----------  -----------  -------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
Balance at March 31, 1999.......  34,535,415   $   3,000   $45,837,000   $  (138,000)   $(38,974,000)   $(30,826,000) $ (24,098,000)
                                  ----------  -----------  -----------  -------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
                                  ----------  -----------  -----------  -------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEARS ENDED
                                                                                    MARCH 31,
                                                                            -------------------------
                                                                               1998          1999
                                                                            -----------  ------------
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss..................................................................  $(2,268,000) $(28,558,000)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
  activities:
  Noncash interest........................................................       15,000        70,000
  Nonemployee stock compensation..........................................       33,000            --
  Amortization of deferred compensation...................................        2,000     5,814,000
  Depreciation............................................................       18,000       411,000
  Amortization............................................................           --       319,000
  Loss on disposal of property and equipment..............................           --         6,000
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Inventories...........................................................     (198,000)   (4,843,000)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets.............................      (35,000)   (1,542,000)
    Accounts payable......................................................      297,000     3,890,000
    Accrued expenses......................................................        9,000       503,000
                                                                            -----------  ------------
Net cash used in operations...............................................   (2,127,000)  (23,930,000)
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures for property and equipment...........................     (178,000)   (2,119,000)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment..............................           --       475,000
Acquisition of Toys.com...................................................     (270,000)           --
Other assets..............................................................           --    (1,076,000)
                                                                            -----------  ------------
Net cash used in investing activities.....................................     (448,000)   (2,720,000)
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from bridge loan.................................................           --     5,000,000
Payments on bridge loan...................................................           --    (2,238,000)
Proceeds from the issuance of Common Stock................................      224,000            --
Exercise of stock options.................................................        1,000        32,000
Proceeds from the issuance of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock......    3,007,000    42,031,000
Proceeds from the issuance of convertible
  notes...................................................................      895,000            --
Payments on capital leases................................................           --       (24,000)
Proceeds from receivables from stockholders...............................           --        32,000
Proceeds from exercise of warrants........................................           --       438,000
                                                                            -----------  ------------
Net cash provided by financing activities.................................    4,127,000    45,271,000
                                                                            -----------  ------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.................................    1,552,000    18,621,000
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period..........................           --     1,552,000
                                                                            -----------  ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period................................  $ 1,552,000  $ 20,173,000
                                                                            -----------  ------------
                                                                            -----------  ------------
Supplemental disclosures:
Income taxes paid.........................................................        1,000         1,000
Interest paid.............................................................  $        --  $      9,000
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                                 MARCH 31, 1999
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
GENERAL
 
    eToys Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in November 1996 in the state of
Delaware. Prior to June 1997, the Company had no operations or activities. In
June 1997, initial issuances of Common Stock occurred. The Company launched its
Web site in October 1997. The Company is a Web-based retailer focused
exclusively on children's products, including toys, video games, software,
videos and music.
 
    The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the basis that
the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred
significant operating losses since inception of operations and has limited
working capital. Management believes that the proceeds raised through the sale
of equity securities, in addition to revenue generated from product sales, will
support the Company's operations through 1999. The financial statements do not
include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the
recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of
liabilities that may result from the eventual outcome of this uncertainty.
 
ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ materially from those
estimates.
 
CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company considers those investments which are highly liquid, readily
convertible to cash and which mature within three months from the date of
purchase as cash equivalents.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (using the first in-first out
method) or market and consist primarily of finished goods.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is provided using the
straight-line method based upon estimated useful lives, which range from three
to five years. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost. Amortization is
provided using the straight-line method over the shorter of the term of the
related lease or estimated useful lives of the assets.
 
GOODWILL
 
    Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair
market value of net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is
amortized on a straight-line basis over three years.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
    The Company reviews for the impairment of long-lived assets and certain
identifiable intangibles whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss
would be recognized when estimated future cash flows expected to result from the
use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount.
No such impairment losses have been identified by the Company.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    Income taxes are accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under SFAS No. 109,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between
financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, and are measured
using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences
are expected to reverse.
 
NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
    Net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares
of Common Stock outstanding. Shares associated with stock options and the
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are not included because they are
antidilutive.
 
PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER SHARE (UNAUDITED)
 
    Pro forma net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding, including the pro forma effects of the automatic
conversion of the Company's Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock into shares
of the Company's Common Stock effective upon the closing of the Company's
initial public offering as if such conversion occurred on April 1, 1997, or at
the date of original issuance, if later.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    The following table sets forth the computation of basic and pro forma net
loss per share for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  -------------------------------
                                                                                       1998            1999
                                                                                  --------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                               <C>             <C>
Numerator:
  Net loss......................................................................  $   (2,268,000) $   (28,558,000)
Denominator:
  Weighted average shares.......................................................      25,129,888       33,427,908
                                                                                  --------------  ---------------
  Denominator for basic calculation.............................................      25,129,888       33,427,908
  Weighted average effect of pro forma securities:
    Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.............................       5,103,014       19,195,678
    Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.............................              --       29,255,765
    Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.............................              --           43,836
                                                                                  --------------  ---------------
  Denominator for pro forma calculation.........................................      30,232,902       81,923,187
                                                                                  --------------  ---------------
                                                                                  --------------  ---------------
Net loss per share:
  Basic.........................................................................  $        (0.09) $         (0.85)
                                                                                  --------------  ---------------
                                                                                  --------------  ---------------
  Pro forma.....................................................................  $        (0.08) $         (0.35)
                                                                                  --------------  ---------------
                                                                                  --------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    The Company recognizes revenue from product sales, net of any discounts,
when the products are shipped to customers. Outbound shipping and handling
charges are included in net sales. The Company provides an allowance for sales
returns in the period of sale, based upon historical experience.
 
ADVERTISING COSTS
 
    The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. For the years ended
March 31, 1998 and 1999, the Company incurred advertising costs of $917,000 and
$10,745,000, respectively.
 
ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
    SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," requires that stock
awards granted subsequent to January 1, 1995, be recognized as compensation
expense based on their fair value at the date of grant. Alternatively, a company
may use Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25, "Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees," and disclose pro forma income amounts which would have
resulted from recognizing such awards at their fair value. The Company has
elected to account for stock-based compensation expense under APB No. 25 and
make the required pro forma disclosures for compensation (see Note 6).
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
During the year ended March 31, 1998:
 
    Convertible notes in the amount of $895,000, plus accrued interest of
    $15,000, were converted into Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred
    Stock.
 
    The Company expensed approximately $33,000 for services rendered from
    several vendors in exchange for Common Stock.
 
    The Company issued stock in return for notes receivable totaling $30,000
    from employees. Such notes have been classified in the equity section of the
    balance sheet.
 
    The Company issued 2,340,000 shares of Common Stock as part of the
    acquisition of Toys.com. See Note 2.
 
During the year ended March 31, 1999:
 
    The Company financed the purchase of fixed assets under capital leases in
    the amount $731,000.
 
    The Company issued notes receivable for Common Stock and Series B Redeemable
    Convertible Preferred Stock in the amounts of $35,000 and $105,000,
    respectively.
 
    Convertible notes in the amount of $2,762,000, plus accrued interest of
    $38,000, were converted into Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred
    Stock.
 
2.  ACQUISITION OF TOYS.COM
 
    In March 1998, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain
liabilities and obligations of one of its online competitors, Toys.com,
including $25,000 in toy inventories and assumed certain advertising liabilities
in the amount of $48,000, and the assumption of future contingent advertising
contracts. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of
accounting and included a cash payment of $270,000 and the issuance of 2,340,000
shares of Common Stock with an estimated deemed fair value of approximately
$663,000. Goodwill resulting from the acquisition was $956,000. Subsequent to
the acquisition, Toys.com ceased operations as a separate entity.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3.  INCOME TAXES
 
    As a result of the net operating losses, the provision for income taxes
consists solely of minimum state taxes. The following is a reconciliation of the
statutory federal income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                               ------------------------
                                                                  1998         1999
                                                                  -----        -----
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>
Statutory federal income tax expense (benefit)...............         (34)%        (34)%
State income tax expense (benefit)...........................          (6)          (6)
Valuation allowance..........................................          40           24
Non-deductible stock compensation............................          --           15
Non-deductible goodwill amortization.........................          --            1
                                                                       --           --
                                                                       --%          --%
                                                                       --           --
                                                                       --           --
</TABLE>
 
    The components of the deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance at
March 31, 1998 and 1999, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         MARCH 31,
                                                               ------------------------------
                                                                   1998            1999
                                                               ------------  ----------------
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>
Other........................................................  $         --  $        792,000
Net operating loss carryforwards.............................       914,000         9,731,000
                                                               ------------  ----------------
Deferred tax assets..........................................       914,000        10,523,000
Valuation allowance..........................................      (914,000)      (10,523,000)
                                                               ------------  ----------------
                                                               $         --  $             --
                                                               ------------  ----------------
                                                               ------------  ----------------
</TABLE>
 
    Due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing of realizing the benefits of
its favorable tax attributes in future tax returns, the Company has placed a
valuation allowance against its otherwise recognizable deferred tax assets.
 
    The Company has net operating losses for both federal and state tax purposes
of approximately $24,430,000 expiring beginning in the years 2012 for federal
and 2005 for state. The net operating losses can be carried forward to offset
future taxable income. Utilization of the above carryforwards may be subject to
utilization limitations, which may inhibit the Company's ability to use
carryforwards in the future.
 
4.  CONVERTIBLE NOTES AND BRIDGE FINANCING
 
    During the year ended March 31, 1998, the Company received $895,000 in
proceeds from the issuance of 6.07% convertible notes. The notes were
automatically converted into Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock due
to certain conditions as specified within the initial note agreement. As a
result of the conversion, the initial proceeds from the convertible notes of
$895,000, plus $15,000 of accrued interest, were converted into 1,468,018 shares
of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.
 
    In conjunction with the issuance of the 6.07% convertible notes, the Company
issued to the purchasers of the 6.07% convertible notes, 721,757 stock warrants
for the purchase of Series A
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
4.  CONVERTIBLE NOTES AND BRIDGE FINANCING (CONTINUED)
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock at $.62 per share. As of March 31, 1999,
705,628 warrants have been exercised. The warrants are immediately exercisable
and expire on December 31, 2002, or on the closing date of an initial public
offering, if sooner. No value has been allocated to the warrants as the amount
is not deemed to be significant.
 
    On May 6, 1998, the Company entered into a $5,000,000 bridge financing
agreement with a group of investors. The bridge financing was in the form of
Convertible Subordinated Promissory Notes (the Notes) which were payable on
demand after May 6, 1999 accruing interest at a rate of 8% per annum until paid
and compounded annually. In July 1998, $2.8 million of the Notes plus interest
were converted into 1,331,235 shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock. The remaining balance of the Notes of $2.2 million plus accrued
interest was repaid in cash to the investors in June 1998.
 
5.  CAPITAL STRUCTURE
 
COMMON AND REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
    On March 19, 1999, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to,
among other matters, increase the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock
to 19,593,089.
 
    In conjunction with this amendment, the Company authorized 666,666 shares of
Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series C). In December 1997,
the issuance of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A)
resulted in proceeds of $3,007,000, representing 4,849,999 shares issued and
outstanding at $0.62 per share. In conjunction with this offering, $895,000 of
convertible notes, plus related accrued interest of $15,000, were converted into
1,468,018 shares of Series A (see Note 4). In June 1998, the issuance of Series
B resulted in proceeds of $25,000,000 representing 11,886,649 shares issued and
outstanding at $2.1032 per share. In March 1999, the Company issued Series C
which resulted in proceeds of approximately $20,000,000, representing 666,666
shares issued and outstanding at $30 per share. The following summarizes the
Series A, Series B and Series C activity:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SERIES A                SERIES B                 SERIES C
                                             SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT
                                            ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>
Balance at April 1, 1997..................         --  $       --          --  $        --         --  $        --
Issuance of Series A......................  6,318,017   3,917,000          --           --         --           --
                                            ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  -----------
Balance at March 31, 1998.................  6,318,017   3,917,000          --           --         --           --
Issuance of Series A......................    705,628     438,000          --           --         --           --
Issuance of Series B......................         --          --  11,886,649   24,952,000         --           --
Issuance of Series C......................         --          --          --           --    666,666   19,984,000
                                            ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  -----------
Balance at March 31, 1999.................  7,023,645  $4,355,000  11,886,649  $24,952,000    666,666  $19,984,000
                                            ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  -----------
                                            ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5. CAPITAL STRUCTURE (CONTINUED)
 
    The following table is presented to summarize the Common Stock authorized at
March 31, 1999:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    COMMON
                                                                                SHARES ISSUED
                          DESCRIPTION OF INSTRUMENT                              OR RESERVED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------
<S>                                                                             <C>
Common Stock outstanding                                                            34,535,415
Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock                                     21,070,935
Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock                                     35,659,947
Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock                                      1,999,998
1997 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan                                           17,400,000
1999 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan                                           21,600,000
1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan                                                      900,000
1999 Directors Stock Option Plan                                                       600,000
Preferred and Common Stock warrants                                                    209,799
                                                                                --------------
  Common Stock issued or reserved                                                  133,976,094
                                                                                --------------
Common Stock available                                                              16,023,906
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Each share of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, at the
stockholder's option, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of
Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.62 in the case of Series A, $2.1032
in the case of Series B and $30 in the case of Series C by the Conversion Price,
as defined. In the event of a public offering of the Company's equity securities
resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of $20 million or greater, all
outstanding Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically be
converted into Common Stock.
 
    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A, Series B and Series C
are entitled to receive preference to the Common Stock holders to any
distribution of any assets of the Company in an amount per share equal to $0.62,
$2.1032 and $30 per share, respectively. After the initial distribution of
assets, the holders of Series A, Series B and Series C are entitled to
participate with the holders of the Common Stock on a pro rata basis until the
holders of Series A, Series B and Series C have received an aggregate of $1.86,
$6.31 and $90, respectively (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends,
recapitalizations, or the like).
 
    On or at any time after November 26, 2002, subject to the written consent of
66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series A, Series B and Series C, the
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock may be redeemed for cash in whole or in
part for $0.62, $2.1032 and $30 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends,
combinations or splits with respect to such share) plus all declared but unpaid
dividends, for Series A, Series B and Series C, respectively.
 
    The voting rights of the Series A, Series B and Series C are equal to one
vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock may be converted. Each share of Series A, Series B and Series C
entitles the holder to receive dividends in cash at an annual rate of $0.043,
$0.1472 and $2.40 per share, respectively (as adjusted for any stock splits,
stock dividends, recapitalizations, or the like). Dividends are payable
quarterly when and if declared by the board of directors and are not cumulative.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5. CAPITAL STRUCTURE (CONTINUED)
RECEIVABLES FROM STOCKHOLDERS
 
    Receivables from stockholders, totaling $30,000 and $138,000 at March 31,
1998 and 1999, respectively, represent interest bearing notes from certain
stockholders issued to finance the purchase of 6,605,001 and 50,000 shares of
the Company's Common and Series B, respectively. The notes bear interest rates
between 6.0% and 8.0% per year with interest due upon payment of the notes. The
notes are payable on different dates ranging from December 1, 1999 to July 27,
2002, or upon termination of employment or transfer of any of the purchased
shares.
 
DEFERRED COMPENSATION
 
    The Company recorded deferred compensation of $55,000 and $44,735,000 for
the years ended March 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively. The amounts recorded
represent the difference between the grant price and the deemed fair value of
the Company's Common Stock for shares subject to options granted. The
amortization of deferred compensation will be charged to operations over the
vesting period of the options, which is typically four years. Total amortization
recognized was $2,000 and $5,814,000 for the years ended March 31, 1998 and
1999, respectively.
 
6. STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    In February 1999, the Board of Directors adopted the 1999 Stock Plan, the
1999 Directors' Stock Option Plan and the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In
March 1999 the stockholders approved these plans. The 1999 Stock Plan provides
for 21,600,000 shares of Common Stock to be granted under terms similar to the
1997 Stock Plan. The 1999 Directors' Stock Option Plan reserves a total of
600,000 shares of Common Stock for grants of options to nonemployee directors.
The 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan reserves a total of 900,000 shares of
Common Stock for limited purchases by employees through payroll deductions, with
a purchase price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock.
 
    The Company adopted the 1997 Stock Plan, as amended June 1998 (the Plan),
which provides for the granting of options for purchases up to 17,400,000 shares
of the Company's Common Stock. Under the terms of the Plan, options may be
granted to employees, nonemployees, directors or consultants at prices not less
than the fair value at the date of grant. Options granted to nonemployees are
recorded at the value of negotiated services received. Options vest over four
years, 25% for the first year and ratably over the remaining three years and
generally expire ten years from the date of grant.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6. STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The following table summarizes the Company's stock option activity:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           NUMBER OF           PRICE          WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                            SHARES           PER SHARE         EXERCISE PRICE
                                         -------------  -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>                  <C>
Outstanding at March 31, 1997..........             --
  Granted..............................      4,407,000  $   0.005 to $0.033      $    0.010
  Exercised............................       (150,000)     0.005 to  0.005           0.005
  Canceled.............................             --                                   --
                                         -------------
 
Outstanding at March 31, 1998..........      4,257,000      0.005 to  0.033           0.010
  Granted..............................     14,116,650       0.033 to 9.000           1.695
  Exercised............................     (1,736,136)     0.005 to  3.333           0.037
  Canceled.............................     (1,709,838)     0.005 to  3.333           0.053
                                         -------------
 
Outstanding at March 31, 1999..........     14,927,676      0.005 to  9.000           1.595
                                         -------------
                                         -------------
</TABLE>
 
   
    Options granted during the years ended March 31, 1998 and 1999 resulted in a
total compensation amount of $55,000 and $44,735,000, respectively, and were
recorded as deferred compensation in stockholders' equity. The deferred
compensation amount will be recognized as compensation expense over the vesting
period. During the years ended March 31, 1998 and 1999, such compensation
expense amounted to $2,000 and $5,814,000, respectively. Options outstanding at
March 31, 1998 and 1999 were exercisable for 321,000 and 535,944 shares of
Common Stock, respectively. Common Stock available for future grants at March
31, 1998 and 1999 were 4,165,500 and 22,786,188 shares, respectively.
    
 
    Additional information with respect to the outstanding options as of March
31, 1999 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
                           ------------------------------------------------------        OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                                               WEIGHTED AVERAGE    -------------------------------
                                           WEIGHTED AVERAGE        REMAINING                     WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                             NUMBER OF         EXERCISE           CONTRACTUAL       NUMBER OF        EXERCISE
                              SHARES            PRICE                LIFE            SHARES           PRICE
                           -------------  ------------------  -------------------  -----------  ------------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>                 <C>                  <C>          <C>
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES
  $0.005 to $0.033.......      2,773,626      $    0.019                8.98          305,994       $    0.016
  $0.140 to $0.140.......        702,000           0.014                9.60               --               --
  $0.143 to $1.667.......      8,095,500           0.494                9.85           52,500            1.667
  $2.833 to $9.000             3,356,550           5.856               10.14          177,450            2.892
                           -------------                                           -----------
  $0.005 to $9.000.......     14,927,676                                              535,944
                           -------------                                           -----------
                           -------------                                           -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6. STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The Company calculated the minimum fair value of each option grant on the
date of the grant using the minimum value option pricing model as prescribed by
SFAS No. 123 using the following assumptions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                 ----------------------
                                                                                    1998        1999
                                                                                    -----     ---------
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
Risk-free interest rates.......................................................         6.0%       5.14%
Expected lives (in years)......................................................           5           4
Dividend yield.................................................................           0%          0%
Expected volatility............................................................           0%          0%
</TABLE>
 
    The compensation cost associated with the stock-based compensation plans did
not result in a material difference from the reported net loss for the years
ended March 31, 1998 or 1999.
 
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
LEASES
 
    The Company leases its office and warehouse facilities under long-term
noncancelable operating leases. For the years ended March 31, 1998 and 1999,
total rent expense incurred related to these leases amounted to $52,000 and
$636,000, respectively.
 
    At March 31, 1999, future lease commitments under these agreements were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     CAPITAL
                                                                 OPERATING LEASES    LEASES
                                                                 ----------------  -----------
<S>                                                              <C>               <C>
2000...........................................................         2,404,000  $   273,000
2001...........................................................         3,040,000      273,000
2002...........................................................         3,101,000      246,000
2003...........................................................         3,916,000           --
2004...........................................................         1,294,000           --
Thereafter.....................................................           431,000           --
                                                                 ----------------  -----------
                                                                       14,186,000      792,000
Less amounts representing interest.............................                --      (85,000)
                                                                 ----------------  -----------
                                                                 $     14,186,000  $   707,000
                                                                 ----------------  -----------
                                                                 ----------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
EQUIPMENT FINANCING ARRANGEMENT
 
    During December 1998, the Company entered into a line of credit arrangement
with a leasing institution that provides for sale and leaseback transactions of
capital equipment up to a maximum of $2,000,000. Under this agreement,
$1,344,000 was available for future financing transactions at March 31, 1999. In
addition, the agreement provides the leasing institution warrants, with value
equal to approximately $112,000 with the number of shares to be determined
pursuant to a formula, as defined, at the time of issuance. Such warrants were
issued on January 31, 1999.
 
ADVERTISING COMMITMENTS
 
    During 1998 and the first part of 1999, the Company entered into a number of
commitments for online, print and broadcast advertising. At March 31, 1999, the
advertising commitments amounted to approximately $8,828,000 to be incurred
through March 2000.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                   ETOYS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
PURCHASE COMMITMENTS
 
    At March 31, 1999, the Company had approximately $30.5 million in
outstanding orders with certain suppliers for the purchase of inventory. Such
purchase commitments are expected to be fulfilled from April to December 1999.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The Company is involved in litigation and other legal matters which have
arisen in the normal course of business. Although the ultimate outcome of these
matters is not currently determinable, management does not expect that they will
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
 
8. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING AND STOCK SPLIT
 
    In February 1999, the Company's Board of Directors authorized management to
file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to
permit the Company to sell shares of its Common Stock to the public. Upon
completion of the Company's initial public offering, the Series A, Series B and
Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock will convert into 58,730,880
shares of Common Stock. Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity reflects the
assumed conversion of the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock as of March 31,
1999.
 
    In March 1999, the Company's Board of Directors declared a stock split of 3
shares for every 1 share of Common Stock then outstanding. The stock split will
become effective at the date the Company's public offering of Common Stock is
closed. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements and footnotes have
been restated to reflect the stock split. The par value of the shares of Common
Stock to be issued in connection with the stock split was credited to Common
Stock and a like amount charged to additional paid-in capital.
 
9. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
    In April 1999, the Company entered into a merger agreement with BabyCenter.
In connection with this proposed merger, an aggregate of 18,720,000 shares of
the Company's Common Stock will be issued and reserved for issuance upon the
exercise of assumed BabyCenter options included in the proposed merger.
 
    In addition, in May 1999, the Company increased the number of shares
eligible to be granted under the 1999 Stock Plan to 24,800,000 and the number of
shares available for purchase under the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to
1,000,000.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
          UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information
for eToys consists of the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of
Operations for the year ended March 31, 1999, and the Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of March 31, 1999.
 
    On April 18, 1998, eToys entered into a merger agreement to acquire
BabyCenter in exchange for 18,720,000 shares of eToys' common stock. The
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the year
ended March 31, 1999 gives effect to the BabyCenter acquisition as if it had
taken place on April 1, 1998. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance
Sheet gives effect to the BabyCenter acquisition as if it had taken place on
March 31, 1999.
 
    The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations combines
eToys' historical results of operations for the year ended March 31, 1999 with
BabyCenter's historical results for the year ended March 31, 1999. The pro forma
financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the actual financial
results would have been had the transaction taken place on April 1, 1998 or
March 31, 1999 and does not purport to indicate the results of future
operations.
 
    The BabyCenter acquisition will be accounted for using the purchase method
of accounting. The pro forma financial information has been prepared on the
basis of assumptions described in the notes.
 
    The pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with the
related notes included in this document and the audited financial statements and
notes of eToys, and the audited financial statements and notes of BabyCenter,
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1999
 
                 (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         PRO FORMA
                                                                ETOYS      BABYCENTER   ADJUSTMENTS     TOTAL
                                                              ----------  ------------  ------------  ----------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales...................................................  $   29,959   $    4,768    $       --   $   34,727
Cost of sales...............................................      24,246          981            --       25,227
                                                              ----------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Gross profit................................................       5,713        3,787            --        9,500
Operating expenses
  Marketing and sales.......................................      20,719        2,461            --       23,180
  Product development.......................................       3,608        3,752            --        7,360
  General and administrative................................      10,166        2,375         3,864(5)     16,405
  Goodwill amortization.....................................         319           --        36,136(6)     36,455
                                                              ----------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                                  34,812        8,588        40,000       83,400
                                                              ----------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Operating loss..............................................     (29,099)      (4,801)      (40,000)     (73,900)
Other income:
  Interest income...........................................         589          280            --          869
  Interest expense..........................................         (47)         (24)           --          (71)
                                                              ----------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Loss before provision for taxes.............................     (28,557)      (4,545)      (40,000)     (73,102)
Provision for taxes.........................................           1           --            --            1
                                                              ----------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Net loss....................................................  $  (28,558)  $   (4,545)   $  (40,000)  $  (73,103)
                                                              ----------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                              ----------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Basic net loss per equivalent share.........................  $    (0.85)                             $    (1.46)
                                                              ----------                              ----------
                                                              ----------                              ----------
Pro forma for conversion of preferred stock basic net loss
  per equivalent share......................................  $    (0.35)                             $    (0.74)
                                                              ----------                              ----------
                                                              ----------                              ----------
Shares used to compute basic net loss per equivalent
  share.....................................................      33,428                     16,709       50,137
                                                              ----------                ------------  ----------
                                                              ----------                ------------  ----------
Shares used to compute pro forma for conversion of preferred
  stock basic net loss per equivalent share.................      81,923                     16,709       98,632
                                                              ----------                ------------  ----------
                                                              ----------                ------------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
   See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF MARCH 31, 1999
 
                             (Amount in thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                                ETOYS     BABYCENTER   ADJUSTMENTS      TOTAL
                                                              ---------  ------------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>
ASSETS
 
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  20,173   $    9,000    $       --   $    29,173
  Inventories...............................................      5,067          201            --         5,268
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................      1,577          750            --         2,327
                                                              ---------  ------------  ------------  -----------
Total current assets........................................     26,817        9,951            --        36,768
Property and equipment......................................      2,505        1,582            --         4,087
Accumulated depreciation and amortization...................       (369)        (278)           --          (647)
                                                              ---------  ------------  ------------  -----------
                                                                  2,136        1,304            --         3,440
Goodwill (net of accumulated amortization)..................        637           --       180,678(2)     181,315
Other assets................................................      1,076           40            --         1,116
                                                              ---------  ------------  ------------  -----------
Total assets................................................  $  30,666   $   11,295    $  180,678   $   222,639
                                                              ---------  ------------  ------------  -----------
                                                              ---------  ------------  ------------  -----------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..........................................  $   4,236   $      693    $       --   $     4,929
  Deferred revenues.........................................         --          713            --           713
  Accrued expenses..........................................        760          723            --         1,483
                                                              ---------  ------------  ------------  -----------
Total current liabilities...................................      4,996        2,129            --         7,125
Long-term capital lease obligations.........................        477          564            --         1,041
Redeemable convertible preferred stock......................     49,291           --            --        49,291
Stockholders' equity (deficit)..............................    (24,098)       8,602    $  (15,457)(3)     165,182
                                                                                           196,135(4)
                                                              ---------  ------------  ------------  -----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)........  $  30,666   $   11,295    $  180,678   $   222,639
                                                              ---------  ------------  ------------  -----------
                                                              ---------  ------------  ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                     NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                         COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The pro forma information gives effect to eToys' acquisition of BabyCenter
through a merger and exchange of shares. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed
Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended March 31, 1999 reflects this
transaction as if it had taken place on April 1, 1998. The Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Balance Sheet reflects this transaction as if it had taken
place on March 31, 1999.
 
    The BabyCenter acquisition will be accounted for using the purchase method
of accounting. The pro forma financial information has been prepared on the
basis of assumptions described in the following notes and include assumptions
relating to the allocation of the consideration paid for the assets and
liabilities of BabyCenter based on preliminary estimates of their fair value.
The actual allocation of such consideration may differ from that reflected in
the pro forma financial information after valuations and other procedures to be
performed after the closing of the BabyCenter acquisition. eToys does not expect
that the final allocation of the purchase price will differ materially from the
preliminary allocations. In the opinion of eToys' management, all adjustments
necessary to present fairly such pro forma financial information have been based
on the proposed terms and structure of the BabyCenter merger.
 
    The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what
the actual financial results would have been had this transaction taken place on
April 1, 1998 or March 31, 1999 and does not purport to indicate the results of
future operations.
 
    The pro forma financial information gives effect to the following pro forma
adjustments:
 
    1. In accordance with the reorganization agreement for the BabyCenter
merger:
 
    The BabyCenter merger will be accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting. The purchase price was based on $11.00 per share, which is the
mid-point of eToys' filing range at the announcement of the BabyCenter merger.
 
    The purchase price was determined as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   BABYCENTER                    FAIR VALUE
                                                     SHARES     ETOYS SHARES   (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                  ------------  -------------  --------------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>            <C>
Shares..........................................    7,335,026      16,708,886   $    183,798
Vested stock options............................      222,958         507,889          5,482
Unvested stock options..........................      659,900       1,503,225         15,457
                                                  ------------  -------------  --------------
  Totals........................................    8,217,884      18,720,000   $    204,737
                                                  ------------  -------------  --------------
                                                  ------------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    The BabyCenter shares were first converted to eToys equivalent shares by
taking the number of BabyCenter shares multiplied by the exchange ratio of
approximately 2.28 eToys shares for each BabyCenter share.
 
    The fair value of "shares" was calculated by taking the fair value of the
stock ($11.00 per share) times the number of eToys shares to be exchanged.
 
    With respect to stock options exchanged as part of the BabyCenter merger,
all vested and unvested BabyCenter options exchanged for eToys options are
included as part of the purchase price based on their fair value.
 
    The fair value of the stock was calculated by taking the vested and unvested
options to purchase eToys shares (2,011,114 options) times the fair value of the
stock ($11.00 per share) less the proceeds which will be received from the
optionholders upon exercise.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                     NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                         COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The pro forma financial information has been prepared on the basis of
assumptions described in these notes and include assumptions relating to the
allocation of the consideration paid for the assets and liabilities of
BabyCenter based on preliminary estimates of their fair value. The actual
allocation of such consideration may differ from that reflected in the pro forma
financial information after valuations and other procedures to be performed
after the closing of the BabyCenter acquisition. Below is a table of the
estimated acquisition cost, purchase price allocation and annual amortization of
the intangible assets acquired (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    ANNUAL
                                                                                                 AMORTIZATION
                                                                                                      OF
                                                                             AMORTIZATION LIFE    INTANGIBLES
                                                                            -------------------  -------------
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>                  <C>
ESTIMATED ACQUISITION COST:
  Estimated purchase price.............................    $     204,737
                                                         -----------------
                                                         -----------------
 
PURCHASE PRICE ALLOCATION:
  Estimated fair value of net tangible assets of
    BabyCenter at March 31, 1999.......................    $       8,602
  Deferred compensation on unvested stock options
    assumed............................................           15,457                 4        $     3,864
  Intangible assets acquired:
  Goodwill.............................................          180,678                 5             36,136
                                                         -----------------
                                                           $     204,737
                                                         -----------------
                                                         -----------------
</TABLE>
 
    Tangible assets of BabyCenter acquired in the BabyCenter merger principally
include cash, and fixed assets. Liabilities of BabyCenter assumed in the
BabyCenter merger principally include accounts payable, accrued payroll and
other current liabilities.
 
    2. The pro forma adjustment is for goodwill allocation of $180.7 million.
 
    3. The pro forma adjustment is for deferred stock compensation associated
with the unvested BabyCenter stock options to acquire approximately 1,503,225
shares of common stock to be assumed by eToys.
 
    4. The pro forma adjustment to "stockholders' equity" reflects the
elimination of BabyCenter's stockholders' equity ($8.6 million) and the impact
of the issuance of eToys' common stock ($204.7 million) in connection with the
BabyCenter merger.
 
    5. The pro forma adjustment is for amortization of deferred stock
compensation associated with the unvested BabyCenter stock options assumed by
eToys over the remaining vesting period.
 
    6. The pro forma adjustment is for amortization of goodwill.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
BabyCenter, Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of BabyCenter, Inc. as of
September 30, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999, and the related statements of
operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the period from inception
(February 11, 1997) to September 30, 1997, for the year ended September 30,
1998, and for the six months ended March 31, 1999. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of BabyCenter, Inc. at
September 30, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the period from inception (February 11, 1997)
to September 30, 1997, for the year ended September 30, 1998 and for the six
months ended March 31, 1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Palo Alto, California
April 30, 1999
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       -----------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                          1997        1998         1999
                                                       ----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................  $1,795,941  $ 1,201,786  $ 8,999,635
  Short-term investments.............................     972,713           --           --
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $30,000 at
    March 31, 1999...................................      11,500      706,136      669,388
  Inventories........................................          --           --      201,286
  Other current assets...............................      18,913       69,367       80,149
                                                       ----------  -----------  -----------
Total current assets.................................   2,799,067    1,977,289    9,950,458
 
Property and equipment, net..........................      91,538      601,867    1,304,404
 
Other assets.........................................      29,906       36,892       40,025
                                                       ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                       $2,920,511  $ 2,616,048  $11,294,887
                                                       ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                       ----------  -----------  -----------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable...................................  $   34,004  $   292,439  $   693,418
  Accrued liabilities................................       6,206       25,202      604,930
  Deferred revenue...................................      53,876      464,920      713,161
  Current portion of capital lease obligations.......      33,421      124,135      117,659
                                                       ----------  -----------  -----------
Total current liabilities............................     127,507      906,696    2,129,168
 
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion....      51,079       38,661      564,089
 
Commitments
 
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,700,000 shares
    authorized, issuable in series: 2,862,717,
    2,895,930, and 4,895,930 convertible shares
    issued and outstanding at September 30, 1997 and
    1998 and March 31, 1999, respectively (aggregate
    liquidation preference of $13,331,330 at March
    31, 1999)........................................   3,260,981    3,310,981   13,245,642
  Common stock, $0.001 par value, 11,000,000 shares
    authorized, 1,759,138 and 2,297,096 shares issued
    and outstanding at September 30, 1997 and 1998
    and March 31, 1999, respectively.................       1,759        1,759    1,104,606
  Additional paid-in capital.........................          --           --    9,874,296
  Notes receivable from officers.....................          --           --   (1,102,000)
  Deferred compensation..............................          --           --   (8,896,144)
  Accumulated deficit................................    (520,815)  (1,642,049)  (5,624,770)
                                                       ----------  -----------  -----------
Total stockholders' equity...........................   2,741,925    1,670,691    8,601,630
                                                       ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                       $2,920,511  $ 2,616,048  $11,294,887
                                                       ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                       ----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                      INCEPTION
                                                    (FEBRUARY 11,                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                       1997) TO       YEAR ENDED             MARCH 31,
                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,   ----------------------------
                                                         1997            1998                          1999
                                                    --------------  --------------      1998      --------------
                                                                                    ------------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>
Revenues..........................................   $      7,624    $  1,935,668    $  250,869   $    3,083,355
 
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of revenues................................             --         178,924        10,021          812,569
  Technology and development......................        200,057       1,374,012       364,605        2,742,789
  Marketing and sales.............................         56,918         853,015       210,184        1,817,701
  General and administrative......................        280,621         744,761       282,691        1,912,386
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Total costs and expenses..........................        537,596       3,150,712       867,501        7,285,445
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
 
Loss from operations..............................       (529,972)     (1,215,044)     (616,632)      (4,202,090)
 
Interest and other income, net....................          9,157          93,810        57,201          219,369
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Net loss..........................................   $   (520,815)   $ (1,121,234)   $ (559,431)  $   (3,982,721)
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share..............   $      (1.17)   $      (1.41)   $    (0.82)  $        (3.78)
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
 
Weighted-average shares used in per share
  calculation.....................................        446,340         792,778       683,374        1,053,685
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED                                         NOTES
                                   STOCK               COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL  RECEIVABLE
                           ----------------------  ---------------------   PAID-IN       FROM      DEFERRED STOCK   ACCUMULATED
                            SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT     CAPITAL     OFFICERS     COMPENSATION      DEFICIT
                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  --------------  -------------
<S>                        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>
Issuance of common stock
  for cash and conversion
  of debt................         --  $        --  1,759,138  $    1,759  $       --  $        --   $         --    $        --
Issuance of Series A
  convertible preferred
  stock for cash, net of
  issuance costs of
  $10,000................  1,202,046      771,333         --          --          --           --             --             --
Issuance of Series B
  convertible preferred
  stock for cash, net of
  issuance costs of
  $10,350................  1,660,671    2,489,648         --          --          --           --             --             --
Net loss.................         --           --         --          --          --           --             --       (520,815)
                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  --------------  -------------
Balance at September 30,
  1997...................  2,862,717    3,260,981  1,759,138       1,759          --           --             --       (520,815)
Issuance of Series B
  convertible preferred
  stock for cash.........     33,213       50,000         --          --          --           --             --             --
Net loss.................         --           --         --          --          --           --             --     (1,121,234)
                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  --------------  -------------
Balance at September 30,
  1998...................  2,895,930    3,310,981  1,759,138       1,759          --           --             --     (1,642,049)
Issuance of Series C
  convertible preferred
  stock for cash, net of
  Issuance costs of
  $65,339................  2,000,000    9,934,661         --          --          --           --             --             --
Issuance of common stock
  upon exercises of stock
  options................         --           --    537,958   1,102,847          --   (1,102,000)            --             --
Issuance of warrant for
  services...............         --           --         --          --     405,523           --             --             --
Deferred compensation....         --           --         --          --   9,468,773           --     (9,468,773)            --
Amortization of deferred
  compensation...........         --           --         --          --          --           --        572,629             --
Net loss.................         --           --         --          --          --           --             --     (3,982,721)
                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  --------------  -------------
Balance at March 31,
  1999...................  4,895,930  $13,245,642  2,297,096  $1,104,606  $9,874,296  $(1,102,000)  $ (8,896,144)   $(5,624,770)
                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  --------------  -------------
                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  --------------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                               TOTAL
                           STOCKHOLDERS'
                               EQUITY
                           --------------
<S>                        <C>
Issuance of common stock
  for cash and conversion
  of debt................   $      1,759
Issuance of Series A
  convertible preferred
  stock for cash, net of
  issuance costs of
  $10,000................        771,333
Issuance of Series B
  convertible preferred
  stock for cash, net of
  issuance costs of
  $10,350................      2,489,648
Net loss.................       (520,815)
                           --------------
Balance at September 30,
  1997...................      2,741,925
Issuance of Series B
  convertible preferred
  stock for cash.........         50,000
Net loss.................     (1,121,234)
                           --------------
Balance at September 30,
  1998...................      1,670,691
Issuance of Series C
  convertible preferred
  stock for cash, net of
  Issuance costs of
  $65,339................      9,934,661
Issuance of common stock
  upon exercises of stock
  options................            847
Issuance of warrant for
  services...............        405,523
Deferred compensation....             --
Amortization of deferred
  compensation...........        572,629
Net loss.................     (3,982,721)
                           --------------
Balance at March 31,
  1999...................   $  8,601,630
                           --------------
                           --------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                      INCEPTION                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                    (FEBRUARY 11,                            MARCH 31,
                                                       1997) TO       YEAR ENDED    ----------------------------
                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,       1998
                                                         1997            1998       ------------       1999
                                                    --------------  --------------  (UNAUDITED)   --------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss                                             $   (520,815)   $ (1,121,234)   $ (559,431)  $   (3,982,721)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used
  in operating activities:
  Depreciation....................................          9,443          80,101        26,225          188,211
  Issuance of warrant for services................             --              --            --          405,523
  Amortization of deferred compensation...........             --              --            --          572,629
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable...........................        (11,500)       (694,636)        3,000           36,748
    Inventories...................................             --              --            --         (201,286)
    Other current assets..........................        (18,913)        (50,454)     (162,041)         (10,782)
    Other assets..................................        (29,906)         (6,986)       (8,329)          (3,133)
    Accounts payable..............................         34,004         258,435        29,526          400,979
    Accrued liabilities...........................          6,206          18,996         5,051          579,728
    Deferred revenue..............................         53,876         411,044        87,257          248,241
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Net cash used in operating activities.............       (477,605)     (1,104,734)     (578,742)      (1,765,863)
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of property and equipment...............             --        (400,112)       (2,900)        (659,682)
Purchase of short-term investments................       (972,713)             --            --               --
Proceeds from maturity of short-term
  investments.....................................             --         972,713       972,713               --
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
  activities......................................       (972,713)        572,601       969,813         (659,682)
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock.........      3,260,981          50,000            --        9,934,661
Proceeds from issuance of common stock............          1,759              --            --              847
Proceeds from lease financing of equipment........             --              --            --          400,112
Repayments of principal on capital leases.........        (16,481)       (112,022)      (40,407)        (112,226)
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities......................................      3,246,259         (62,022)      (40,407)      10,223,394
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents.....................................      1,795,941        (594,155)      350,664        7,797,849
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  period..........................................             --       1,795,941     1,795,941        1,201,786
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period........   $  1,795,941    $  1,201,786    $2,146,605   $    8,999,635
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Interest paid.....................................   $         --    $     17,008    $    5,234   $       11,513
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Property and equipment acquired under lease
  financing.......................................   $    100,981    $    190,318    $  102,623   $      231,066
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
                                                    --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS
 
    BabyCenter, Inc. (the "Company") is an Internet information and commerce
company serving new and expectant parents. BabyCenter, Inc. produces
BabyCenter.com, the Web's information source on preconception, pregnancy and
baby, and operates the BabyCenter Store, an online store with related products
and supplies. BabyCenter, Inc. also develops Internet information and marketing
products for healthcare companies. BabyCenter, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware
on February 11, 1997. BabyCenter, Inc. conducts its business within one industry
segment and all operations through September 30, 1998 were based in the United
States.
 
    Since its incorporation, BabyCenter, Inc. has incurred cumulative losses
totaling approximately $5,625,000 and expects to incur additional losses for the
next several years. BabyCenter, Inc.'s current operating plan shows that
BabyCenter, Inc. will continue to require additional capital to fund its
operations and market its products. To date, BabyCenter, Inc. has financed its
operations with the net proceeds from private placements of its equity
securities, and capital equipment lease financing. BabyCenter, Inc. plans to
seek additional funding through public or private financing or other
arrangements with third parties. If the financing arrangements contemplated by
management are not consummated, BabyCenter, Inc. may have to seek other sources
of capital or reevaluate its operating plans.
 
INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The accompanying statements of operations and cash flows for the six months
ended March 31, 1998 are unaudited. In the opinion of management, the unaudited
financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited
financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for fair presentation of the results of operations and
cash flows for the interim period.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
 
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
    BabyCenter, Inc. considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity
from date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Management
has designated these investments as available for sale. BabyCenter, Inc. invests
its excess cash in money market funds and corporate debt obligations of
financial institutions in the United States. The short-term investments at
September 30, 1997 were comprised of corporate debt obligations with maturities
of less than one year. These investments are reported at amortized cost which
approximates fair value. BabyCenter, Inc. had no short-term investments at
September 30, 1998 and March 31, 1999. The carrying amount reported on the
balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value. Fair
values are estimated based on quoted market prices or pricing models using
current
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
market rates. Realized gains or losses for the period from inception (February
11, 1997) to September 30, 1997 ("period ended September 30, 1997"), the year
ended September 30, 1998, and the six months ended March 31, 1998 and 1999 were
not material.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
 
    Financial instruments that subject BabyCenter, Inc. to concentrations of
credit risk consist principally of cash investments and accounts receivable.
BabyCenter, Inc. invests cash which is not required for immediate operating
needs principally in deposits and money market funds, which bear minimal risk.
BabyCenter, Inc. has not experienced any significant losses on these
investments.
 
    For the period ended September 30, 1997, 3 customers (Health Trac, Inc.,
Charles Schwab, Inc. and Palo Alto Medical Foundation) accounted for 41%, 41%,
and 18%, respectively, of total revenue. At September 30, 1997, 1 customer
represented 100% of the total balance of accounts receivable. For the year ended
September 30, 1998, 3 customers (The Procter and Gamble Distributing Company,
SmithKline Beecham, Inc. and Blue Shield of California) accounted for 31%, 18%,
and 16%, respectively, of total revenue. At September 30, 1998, 2 customers
represented 66% and 11% of the total balance of accounts receivable. For the six
months ended March 31, 1999, 3 customers (Blue Shield of California, The Procter
and Gamble Distributing Company and Johnson & Johnson Consumer Company, Inc.)
represented 36%, 13%, and 10%, respectively, of total revenue. At March 31,
1999, 2 customers represented 60% and 10% of the total balance of accounts
receivable. BabyCenter, Inc. performs ongoing credit evaluations of its
customers but does not require collateral. There have been no material losses on
individual customer receivables.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (using the first-in, first-out
method) or market and consist primarily of finished goods.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated amortization
and depreciation. Property and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line
basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, typically three to five
years. Assets acquired under lease and leasehold improvements are amortized
using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated life of the
asset or the remaining term of the lease.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenues primarily consist of online and publishing services revenues.
Online revenues are derived principally from the sale of banner advertisements
and sponsorship advertising. In general, the sponsorship advertising contracts
have longer terms than standard banner advertising contracts and also involve
more integration, such as the placement of buttons which provide users with
direct links to the advertiser's website. Advertising revenues on each banner
and sponsorship contract are recognized ratably in the period in which the
advertisement is displayed, provided that no significant Company obligations
remain and collection of the resulting receivable is probable.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Company obligations typically include guarantees of a minimum number of
"impressions," or times that an advertisement appears in pages viewed by users
of BabyCenter, Inc.'s online properties. To the extent minimum guaranteed
impressions are not met, BabyCenter, Inc. defers recognition of the
corresponding revenues until the remaining guaranteed impression levels are
achieved.
 
    BabyCenter, Inc. also earns revenue on sponsorship and Internet marketing
contracts which generally involve fees relating to the design, coordination,
editorial content, website hosting, and integration of the customer's content
and links into BabyCenter, Inc.'s online properties. These fees are generally
recognized as revenue as earned over the period in which related impressions or
services are delivered.
 
    Publishing services revenue consists of developing customized print
products. Such revenue is recorded when earned, generally upon delivery of the
product. Payments received which are related to future performance are deferred
and recognized as revenue when earned.
 
    Revenues from electronic commerce transactions, which consist primarily of
merchandise sold via the Internet, include outbound shipping and handling
charges and are recognized when the products are shipped. Revenues from
electronic commerce transactions from inception through September 30, 1998 were
not significant. Such revenues and cost of revenues were approximately $610,000
and $560,000 for the six months ended March 31, 1999.
 
COST OF REVENUES
 
    Cost of online revenues consist of merchandise sold, inbound, and outbound
shipping costs and direct cost of order fulfillment. Cost of publishing services
revenue comprises direct printing and publishing cost. Such costs are expensed
as incurred.
 
TECHNOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Technology and development expenses consist principally of payroll and
related expense for development, editorial, systems and telecommunications
operations personnel and consultants, systems and telecommunications
infrastructure, store management, and costs of acquired content. To date, all
such development costs have been expensed as incurred.
 
ADVERTISING COSTS
 
    Advertising costs are accounted for as expenses in the period in which they
are incurred. Advertising expense for the period ended September 30, 1997 and
the year ended September 30, 1998 was approximately $14,500 and $260,000.
Advertising expense for the six months ended March 31, 1998 and 1999 was
approximately $60,450 and $609,000.
 
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
    BabyCenter, Inc. grants stock options for a fixed number of shares to
employees with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the
grant date. BabyCenter, Inc. accounts for stock option grants in accordance with
the provisions of the Accounting Principles Board's Opinion No. 25, "Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") and, accordingly, recognizes no
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
compensation expense for stock options granted with exercise prices that are not
less than the fair value of BabyCenter, Inc.'s common stock on the date of
grant.
 
NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
    Basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed using the
weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period
less shares subject to repurchase. Had BabyCenter, Inc. been in a net income
position, diluted earnings per share would have included the shares used in the
computation of basic net income per share as well as the impact of outstanding
options and warrants to purchase common stock, using the treasury stock method,
to purchase an additional 281,895 shares for the period ended September 30,
1997, 677,320 shares for the year ended September 30, 1998 and 537,507 and
1,024,858 shares for the six months ended March 31, 1998 and 1999. Such shares
have been excluded because they are antidilutive for all periods presented.
Shares of convertible preferred stock have been excluded from the computation.
 
    A reconciliation of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted net
loss per share follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SIX MONTHS ENDED
                               PERIOD ENDED     YEAR ENDED              MARCH 31,
                              SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,   ------------------------------
                                   1997            1998                            1999
                              --------------  --------------       1998       --------------
                                                              --------------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                           <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Net loss....................   $   (520,815)   $ (1,121,234)  $     (559,431) $   (3,982,721)
                              --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
                              --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
Basic and diluted:
  Weighted-average shares of
    common stock
    outstanding.............      1,759,138       1,759,138        1,759,138       1,827,702
  Less weighted-average
    shares subject to
    repurchase..............     (1,312,798)       (966,360)      (1,075,764)       (774,017)
                              --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
  Shares used in computing
    basic and diluted net
    loss per share..........        446,340         792,778          683,374       1,053,685
                              --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
                              --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
Basic and diluted net loss
  per share.................   $      (1.17)   $      (1.41)  $        (0.82) $        (3.78)
                              --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
                              --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income" ("SFAS 130"), and No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise
and Related Information" ("SFAS 131") (collectively, the "Statements").
BabyCenter, Inc. adopted these Statements as of October 1, 1998.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
SFAS 130 establishes new standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive
income and its components. The adoption of SFAS 130 had no impact on the
BabyCenter, Inc.'s results of operations or financial condition. SFAS 131
requires disclosure of certain information regarding operating segments,
products and services, geographic areas of operation, and major customers.
BabyCenter, Inc. operates as one reportable segment and has determined that the
specific additional information and disclosure requirements under SFAS 131 are
not material to BabyCenter, Inc. for the period ended March 31, 1999.
 
    In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No.
133 ("SFAS 133"), "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities," which will be effective for the year ending September 30, 2000.
This statement establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that
every derivative instrument, including certain derivative instruments embedded
in other contracts, be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or
liability measured at its fair value. The statement also requires that changes
in the derivative's fair value be recognized in earnings unless specific hedge
accounting criteria are met. BabyCenter, Inc. believes the adoption of SFAS 133
will not have a material effect on the financial statements, since it currently
does not invest in derivative instruments and engage in hedging activities.
 
    In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued
SOP 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained
for Internal Use" ("SOP 98-1"). SOP 98-1 requires that entities capitalize
certain costs related to internal use software once certain criteria have been
met. BabyCenter, Inc. is required to implement SOP 98-1 for the year ending
September 30, 2000. Adoption of SOP 98-1 is expected to have no material impact
on BabyCenter, Inc.'s financial condition or results of operations.
 
2.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       ------------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                          1997         1998          1999
                                                       -----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>
Furniture and equipment..............................  $    98,593  $   685,858  $   1,458,850
Software.............................................        2,388        2,653        120,409
Leasehold improvements...............................           --        2,900          2,900
                                                       -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                           100,981      691,411      1,582,159
Less accumulated depreciation........................       (9,443)     (89,544)      (277,755)
                                                       -----------  -----------  -------------
Property and equipment, net..........................  $    91,538  $   601,867  $   1,304,404
                                                       -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                       -----------  -----------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Property and equipment includes certain furniture, computers, and equipment
financed under capital leases. The cost of such assets under capital leases was
$100,981 and $285,745 at September 30, 1997 and 1998, and $916,924 at March 31,
1999. Accumulated amortization for these assets was $9,443 and $88,748 at
September 30, 1997 and 1998 and $169,616 at March 31, 1999.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
3.  COMMITMENTS
 
OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
    BabyCenter, Inc. leases its facilities under noncancelable operating leases
expiring in May and July 1999. Rent expense for facilities under operating
leases was approximately $25,300 and $107,000 for the period ended September
1997 and for the year ended September 30, 1998. Rent expense was approximately
$65,600 and $141,600 for the six months ended March 31, 1998 and 1999. Future
minimum rental commitments under operating leases at March 31, 1999 are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
1999.............................................................  $ 121,328
2000.............................................................    125,818
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   $ 247,146
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
 
    BabyCenter, Inc. leases certain furniture, computers and equipment under
noncancelable capital leases. Obligations under capital leases represent the
present value of future noncancelable rental payments under various lease
agreements.
 
    Future minimum lease payments under capital leases are as follows at March
31, 1999:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Fiscal year ended
  1999..........................................................  $ 144,166
  2000..........................................................    259,018
  2001..........................................................    170,032
  2002..........................................................    160,166
  2003..........................................................     39,272
  2004 and thereafter...........................................      2,355
                                                                  ---------
Total minimum lease payments....................................    775,009
Less amount representing interest...............................    (93,261)
                                                                  ---------
Present value of net minimum lease payments.....................    681,748
Less current portion............................................   (117,659)
                                                                  ---------
Long-term portion...............................................  $ 564,089
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
4.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
    BabyCenter, Inc.'s Certificate of Incorporation provide for the issuance of
up to 5,700,000 shares of convertible preferred stock, 1,307,693 of which have
been designated as Series A, 1,860,672 as Series B, and 2,500,000 as Series C.
Shares outstanding at March 31, 1999 are 1,202,046 Series A, 1,693,884 Series B
and 2,000,000 Series C.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
4.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    Each share of Series A, B and C preferred stock is convertible, at the
option of the holder, into a share of common stock, on a one-for-one basis,
subject to certain adjustments for dilution, if any, resulting from future stock
issuances. Additionally, the preferred shares automatically convert into common
stock concurrent with the closing of an underwritten public offering of common
stock under the Securities Act of 1933 in which BabyCenter, Inc. receives at
least $15,000,000 in gross proceeds and the price per share is at least $10.00
(subject to adjustment for a recapitalization or certain other stock
adjustments).
 
    Series A, B and C preferred stockholders are entitled to annual
noncumulative dividends, before and in preference to any dividends paid on
common stock, when and as declared by the board of directors. No dividends have
been declared through March 31, 1999.
 
    The Series A, B and C preferred stockholders are entitled to receive, upon
liquidation or merger, a distribution of $0.65, $1.51 and $5.00 per share
(subject to adjustment for a recapitalization) plus all declared but unpaid
dividends. Thereafter, the remaining assets and funds, if any, shall be
distributed ratably on a per-share basis among the common stockholders and the
Series A, B and C preferred stockholders.
 
    The Series A, B and C preferred stockholders have voting rights equal to the
common shares they would own upon conversion.
 
    As of March 31, 1999, BabyCenter, Inc. has reserved 4,895,930 shares of
common stock for issuance upon conversion of its Series A, B and C preferred
stock.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    Since inception (February 11, 1997), BabyCenter, Inc. issued 2,277,397
shares of common stock to founders and officers for cash and notes receivable.
The common stock is subject to repurchase, at the Company's option, until
vested. Shares generally vest over a period of three to four years. At March 31,
1999, approximately 928,113 shares were subject to repurchase. The
weighted-average fair value of unvested stock issued during the period since
inception (February 11, 1997) is $3.11 per share.
 
WARRANTS
 
    In October 1998, BabyCenter, Inc. entered into an agreement with a vendor
for the supply goods and certain fulfillment services to support electronic
commerce transactions of BabyCenter, Inc. In connection with this agreement,
BabyCenter, Inc. granted the vendor a warrant to purchase up to 120,000 shares
of common stock of BabyCenter, Inc. at a price of $0.25 per share. The warrant
becomes exercisable ratably over the term of the agreement. At March 31, 1999,
warrants for 60,000 shares were not exercisable. The warrant expires in November
2003. The warrant has been accounted for as a variable award and as such during
the six months ended March 31, 1999, the Company recorded a charge of $405,523
related to the value of the warrants which became exercisable during the period.
This amount is included in marketing and sales expense in the accompanying
Statement of Operations.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
4.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    In October 1998, BabyCenter, Inc. issued warrants to purchase up to 22,000
shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $5.00 per share in connection
with an equipment lease financing arrangement. These warrants are immediately
exercisable and expire in October 2003 or earlier upon completion of the merger.
No amount was allocated to the value these warrants as such amounts were not
significant.
 
NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM OFFICERS
 
    Notes receivable from officers, totaling $1,102,000 at March 31, 1999
represent interest bearing full recourse notes from certain officers issued to
finance the purchase of 527,000 shares of common stock of BabyCenter, Inc. The
notes bear interest at a rate of 4.77% per annum, with principal and interest
due and payable on various dates in March 2003.
 
1997 STOCK PLAN
 
    In February 1997, the board of directors adopted the 1997 Stock Plan (the
"Plan") for issuance of options of common stock to eligible participants.
Options granted may be either incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock
options. Incentive stock options may be granted to employees with exercise
prices of no less than the fair value and nonstatutory options may be granted to
eligible participants at exercise prices of no less than 85% of the fair value
of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors.
Options generally vest at the rate of 25% after one year from the date of grant,
with the remaining balance vesting monthly over the next three years with a term
of 10 years. BabyCenter, Inc. has reserved 2,261,500 shares of common stock for
the grant of options under the Plan.
 
    Pro forma information regarding net loss is required by Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation" ("SFAS 123"), and has been determined as if BabyCenter, Inc. had
accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method as
specified by SFAS 123. The fair value of these options was estimated at the date
of grant using the minimum value method with the following weighted-average
assumptions: no dividends; an expected life of five years; and a risk-free
interest rate of approximately 6% for the period ended September 30, 1997, for
the year ended September 30, 1998 and for the six months ended March 31, 1998
and 1999.
 
    The effect of applying the FASB statement's minimum value method to
BabyCenter, Inc.'s stock options granted did not result in pro forma net loss
amounts that are materially different from the reported historical amounts.
Therefore, such pro forma information is not separately presented herein. Future
pro forma net income (loss) results may be materially different from actual
amounts reported.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
4.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    A summary of activity under BabyCenter, Inc.'s stock option plan was as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 SHARES UNDER      WEIGHTED-
                                             SHARES AVAILABLE      OPTIONS          AVERAGE
                                                 FOR GRANT       OUTSTANDING    EXERCISE PRICE
                                             -----------------  --------------  ---------------
<S>                                          <C>                <C>             <C>
Shares authorized for issuance.............          559,440               --             --
Options granted............................         (281,895)         281,895      $    0.07
                                             -----------------  --------------
Balance at September 30, 1997..............          277,545          281,895      $    0.07
Additional authorization...................          602,060               --             --
Options granted............................         (521,612)         521,612      $    0.17
Options exercised..........................               --               --             --
Options forfeited..........................          126,187         (126,187)     $    0.08
                                             -----------------  --------------
Balance at September 30, 1998..............          484,180          677,320      $    0.14
Additional authorization...................        1,100,000               --             --
Options granted............................         (792,038)         792,038      $    2.38
Options exercised..........................               --         (537,958)     $    2.05
Options forfeited..........................           48,542          (48,542)     $    0.40
                                             -----------------  --------------
Balance at March 31, 1999..................          840,684          882,858      $    1.34
                                             -----------------  --------------
                                             -----------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                   OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                  ---------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
                      OPTIONS                        WEIGHTED-      OPTIONS       WEIGHTED-
                  OUTSTANDING AT                      AVERAGE    EXERCISABLE AT    AVERAGE
 EXERCISE PRICE    SEPTEMBER 30,                     EXERCISE    SEPTEMBER 30,    EXERCISE
     RANGE             1998                            PRICE          1998          PRICE
- ----------------  ---------------     WEIGHTED-     -----------  --------------  -----------
                                       AVERAGE
                                      REMAINING
                                     CONTRACTUAL
                                        LIFE
                                   ---------------
                                     (IN YEARS)
<S>               <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>             <C>
  $0.07-$0.95           688,570            8.92      $    0.31        215,208     $    0.13
  $2.00-$4.00           194,288            9.93      $    3.50          7,750     $    3.20
                  ---------------                                --------------
  $0.07-$4.00           882,858            9.25      $    1.34        222,958     $    0.47
                  ---------------                                --------------
                  ---------------                                --------------
</TABLE>
 
    The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the period ended
September 30, 1997, the year ended September 30, 1998 and the six months ended
March 31, 1999 was $0.04, $0.04 and $0.56.
 
DEFERRED COMPENSATION
 
    BabyCenter, Inc. recorded deferred compensation of $9,469,000 for the six
months ended March 31, 1999. The amount recorded represents the difference
between the grant price and the deemed fair value of BabyCenter, Inc.'s common
stock subject to options granted. The amortization of deferred compensation is
being amortized to operations over the vesting period of the options, which is
typically four years. Total amortization recognized was $573,000 for the six
months ended March 31, 1999.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
5.  INCOME TAXES
 
    As of March 31, 1999, BabyCenter, Inc. had federal net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $4,800,000. The net operating loss and credit
carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2012 through 2019, if
not utilized.
 
    Utilization of the net operating losses may be subject to a substantial
annual limitation due to the "change in ownership" provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may
result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.
 
    Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. As of September 30, 1997
and 1998, and March 31, 1999, BabyCenter, Inc. had deferred tax assets of
approximately $200,000, $600,000 and $2,000,000. The net deferred tax assets
relate primarily to net operating loss carryforwards and have been fully offset
by a valuation allowance.
 
6.  YEAR 2000 ISSUE (UNAUDITED)
 
    Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded to
accept only two-digit entries in the date code field. Beginning in the year
2000, these date code fields will need to accept four-digit entries in order to
distinguish 21st century dates from 20th century dates. As a result, computer
systems and/or software used by many companies will need to be upgraded to
comply with Year 2000 requirements. Significant uncertainty exists concerning
the potential effects associated with this issue. Although BabyCenter, Inc.
believes that its products and services are Year 2000 compliant, there can be no
assurance that Year 2000 errors or defects will not be discovered in BabyCenter,
Inc.'s current and future products or services. Any failure by BabyCenter, Inc.
to make its products Year 2000 compliant could result in a decrease in revenue
and an increase in the allocation of resources to address Year 2000 problems
without additional revenue commensurate with such dedication of resources, or an
increase in litigation costs relating to losses suffered by BabyCenter, Inc.'s
customers due to such Year 2000 problems.
 
    BabyCenter is in the process of reviewing the year 2000 compliance of its
internally developed proprietary software. This review has included testing to
determine how its systems will function at and beyond the year 2000. BabyCenter
expects to complete these tests during the summer of 1999. Since inception,
BabyCenter has internally developed substantially all of the systems for the
operation of its Web site. These systems include the software used to provide
its Web site's search, customer interaction, and transaction-processing and
distribution functions, as well as monitoring and back-up capabilities. Based
upon its assessment to date, BabyCenter believes that its internally developed
proprietary software is year 2000 compliant.
 
    BabyCenter is currently assessing the year 2000 readiness of its third-party
supplied software, computer technology and other services, which include
software for use in its accounting, database and security systems. The failure
of such software or systems to be year 2000 compliant could have a material
negative impact on BabyCenter's corporate accounting functions and the operation
of its Web site. As part of the assessment of the year 2000 compliance of these
systems, BabyCenter has sought assurances from these vendors that their
software, computer technology
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                                BABYCENTER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
       (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
 
6.  YEAR 2000 ISSUE (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
and other services are year 2000 compliant. BabyCenter has expensed amounts
incurred in connection with year 2000 assessment since its formation through
March 31, 1999. Such amounts have not been material. BabyCenter expects this
assessment process to be completed during the summer of 1999. Based upon the
results of this assessment, BabyCenter will develop and implement, if necessary,
a remediation plan with respect to third-party software, third-party vendors and
computer technology and services that may fail to be year 2000 compliant.
BabyCenter expects to complete any required remediation during the summer of
1999. At this time, the expenses associated with this assessment and potential
remediation plan that may be incurred in the future cannot be determined;
therefore, BabyCenter has not developed a budget for these expenses. The failure
of BabyCenter's software and computer systems and of its third-party suppliers
to be year 2000 compliant would have a material adverse effect on it.
 
    The year 2000 readiness of the general infrastructure necessary to support
its operations is difficult to assess. For instance, BabyCenter depends on the
integrity and stability of the Internet to provide its services. BabyCenter also
depends on the year 2000 compliance of the computer systems and financial
services used by consumers. Thus, the infrastructure necessary to support its
operations consists of a network of computers and telecommunications systems
located throughout the world and operated by numerous unrelated entities and
individuals, none of which has the ability to control or manage the potential
year 2000 issues that may impact the entire infrastructure. BabyCenter's ability
to assess the reliability of this infrastructure is limited and relies solely on
generally available news reports, surveys and comparable industry data. Based on
these sources, BabyCenter believes most entities and individuals that rely
significantly on the Internet are carefully reviewing and attempting to
remediate issues relating to year 2000 compliance, but it is not possible to
predict whether these efforts will be successful in reducing or eliminating the
potential negative impact of year 2000 issues. A significant disruption in the
ability of consumers to reliably access the Internet or portions of it or to use
their credit cards would have an adverse effect on demand for BabyCenter's
services and would have a material adverse effect on BabyCenter.
 
    At this time, BabyCenter has not yet developed a contingency plan to address
situations that may result if BabyCenter or its vendors are unable to achieve
year 2000 compliance because BabyCenter currently does not believe that such a
plan is necessary. The cost of developing and implementing such a plan, if
necessary, could be material. Any failure of its material systems, BabyCenter's
vendors' material systems or the Internet to be year 2000 compliant could have
material adverse consequences for BabyCenter. Such consequences could include
difficulties in operating BabyCenter's Web site effectively, taking product
orders, making product deliveries or conducting other fundamental parts of
BabyCenter's business.
 
7.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
    On April 18, 1999, BabyCenter, Inc. and eToys Inc. signed a definitive
agreement to merge BabyCenter, Inc. with eToys Inc. Consummation of the merger
is expected by the end of the quarter ended June 30, 1999 and is subject to
certain closing conditions, including governmental approvals and approval by the
stockholders of BabyCenter, Inc. Under the terms of agreement, eToys Inc. would
issue its shares to the stockholders of BabyCenter, Inc. The merger is to be
treated as a purchase by eToys Inc. for accounting purposes.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    eToys and the Underwriters named below (the "underwriters") have entered
into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject
to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the
number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the
representatives of the underwriters.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Number of
                         Underwriters                              Shares
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                              <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co............................................
BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc..............................
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation............
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.............
                                                                 -----------
    Total......................................................
                                                                 -----------
                                                                 -----------
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
    The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares
indicated in the table above, if any are taken.
 
   
    If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the
table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional
1,248,000 shares from eToys to cover such sales. They may exercise that option
for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the
underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion
as set forth in the table above.
    
 
   
    The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and
commissions to be paid to the underwriters by eToys. Such amounts are shown
assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to
purchase 1,248,000 additional shares.
    
 
                                 Paid by eToys
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   No Exercise    Full Exercise
                                                  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>
Per Share.......................................    $               $
Total...........................................    $               $
</TABLE>
 
    Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at
the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any
shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount
of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. Any such
securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to
certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from
the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial
public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the
other selling terms.
 
    eToys and its directors, officers, employees and other securityholders have
agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of their common
stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock
during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date
180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written
consent of the representatives. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a
discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common
stock. The initial public offering price for the common stock has been
negotiated among eToys and the representatives of
 
                                      U-1
<PAGE>
the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public
offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were
eToys' historical performance, estimates of eToys' business potential and
earnings prospects, an assessment of eToys' management and the consideration of
the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related
businesses.
 
    eToys has applied to have the common stock listed on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "ETYS".
 
    In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell
shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short
sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by
short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater
number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. Stabilizing
transactions consist of certain bids or purchases made for the purpose of
preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while
the offering is in progress.
 
    The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a
particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting
discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold
by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short-sale covering
transactions.
 
    These activities by the underwriters may stabilize, maintain or otherwise
affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the
common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open
market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the
underwriters at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq
National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
    The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed
five percent of the total number of shares offered.
 
   
    The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering
price, up to 1,350,000 of the common stock offered hereby for certain
individuals designated by eToys who have expressed an interest in purchasing
such shares of common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for
sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase
such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by
the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as other shares offered
hereby.
    
 
   
    eToys estimates that the total expenses of the offering, excluding
underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1,450,000.
    
 
    eToys has agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
                                      U-2
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information
or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on
any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is offer to
sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in
jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this
prospectus is current only as of its date.
 
                               ------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Page
                                       ---------
<S>                                    <C>
Prospectus Summary...................          3
Risk Factors.........................          8
Use of Proceeds......................         22
Dividend Policy......................         22
Capitalization.......................         23
Dilution.............................         25
Selected Financial Data..............         26
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations......................         27
Business.............................         37
Recent Developments..................         50
Management...........................         52
Certain Transactions.................         62
Principal Stockholders...............         66
Description of Capital Stock.........         69
Shares Eligible for Future Sale......         72
Legal Matters........................         74
Experts..............................         74
Additional Information...............         75
Index to Financial Statements........        F-1
Underwriting.........................        U-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                               ------------------
 
    Through and including              , 1999 (the 25th day after the date of
this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities,
whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus
when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or
subscription.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
   
                                8,320,000 Shares
                                   ETOYS INC.
                                  Common Stock
    
 
                                 -------------
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                 -------------
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                         BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS
                          DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                      Representatives of the Underwriters
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by eToys in connection with the
sale of Common Stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC
registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market listing
fee.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   AMOUNT
                                                                                 TO BE PAID
                                                                                 ----------
<S>                                                                              <C>
SEC registration fee...........................................................  $   53,199
NASD filing fee................................................................      12,000
Nasdaq National Market listing fee.............................................      95,000
Printing and engraving expenses................................................     500,000
Legal fees and expenses........................................................     400,000
Accounting fees and expenses...................................................     320,000
Blue Sky qualification fees and expenses.......................................       5,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees..............................................       5,000
Miscellaneous fees and expenses................................................      59,801
                                                                                 ----------
    Total......................................................................  $1,450,000
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                 ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to
award, or a corporation's Board of Directors to grant, indemnity to directors
and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under
certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses
incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933. Article VII of our current
Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit 3.1 hereto) and Article VI of our current
Bylaws (Exhibit 3.3 hereto) provide for indemnification of our directors,
officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware
law. In addition, we have entered into Indemnification Agreements (Exhibit 10.14
hereto) with our officers and directors. The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit
1.1) also provides for cross-indemnification among eToys and the Underwriters
with respect to certain matters, including matters arising under the Securities
Act.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    Since our incorporation in November 1996, we have sold and issued the
following securities:
 
    1.  On June 27, 1997 we issued 11,680,002 shares of common stock to five
founders for an aggregate consideration of $58,400.01. On June 27, 1997 we also
issued 19,400,001 shares of common stock and a Note in the principal amount of
$100,000 to one investor for an aggregate consideration of $197,000.01.
 
    2.  On September 29, 1997, we issued one investor a warrant to purchase
150,000 shares of common stock in connection with the transfer of certain
intellectual property.
 
    3.  On August 15, 1997 and September 26, 1997, we issued Notes in the
principal amount of $895,000 and warrants to purchase 2,165,271 shares of Series
A preferred stock to 40 investors for an aggregate consideration of $895,000.
The Notes converted into 4,404,054 shares of Series A preferred stock.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    4.  On December 23, 1997, we issued 18,954,051 shares of Series A preferred
stock to fifty accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of
$3,917,170.54.
 
    5.  On March 11, 1998, we issued 2,340,000 shares of common stock to one
accredited investor in exchange for substantially all of the assets of a
business owned by the investor (less $270,000 cash).
 
    6.  On May 6, 1998, we issued Notes in the aggregate principal amount of
$2,530,679.61 to four accredited investors. The Notes converted into 3,609,756
shares of Series B preferred stock.
 
    7.  On June 4, 1998, we issued 31,424,510 shares of Series B preferred stock
to twelve accredited investors for am aggregate consideration of $22,030,677.17.
 
    8.  On June 17, 1998, we issued 4,235,436 shares of Series B preferred stock
to sixteen accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of $2,969,322.97.
 
    9.  On January 31, 1999 we issued a warrant to purchase 11,412 shares of
common stock to a lessor in connection with an equipment financing.
 
    10. On March 24, 1999 we issued an aggregate of 1,999,998 shares of Series C
preferred stock to two large institutional accredited investors for aggregate
consideration of $19,999,980.
 
    11. Since inception we have issued an aggregate of 18,522,900 options to
purchase common stock of eToys to a number of our employees, directors and
consultants.
 
    The issuances of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from
registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of such
Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.
In addition, certain issuances described in Item 11 were deemed exempt from
registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated
under the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each such transaction
represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and
not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and
appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and warrants issued
in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their
relationships with us, to information about us.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a) Exhibits
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER       DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
     1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement dated April   , 1999.
 
     2.1*    Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among eToys, BabyCenter, Inc. and,
               with respect to Article VII only, Pat Kenealy as Shareholder Representative,
               dated as of April 18, 1999.
 
     3.1*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of eToys (superseded by Exhibit
               3.5).
 
     3.2*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of eToys (proposed) (superseded
               by Exhibit 3.6).
 
     3.3*    Amended and Restated Bylaws of eToys.
 
     3.4     Amended and Restated Bylaws of eToys (proposed).
 
     3.5*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of eToys.
 
     3.6*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of eToys (proposed).
 
     4.1*    Specimen Stock Certificate.
 
     5.1     Opinion of Venture Law Group regarding the legality of the Common Stock being
               registered.
 
    10.1*    Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 27, 1997 between eToys and Edward C. Lenk.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER       DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
    10.2*    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 27, 1997 between eToys and Edward
               C. Lenk.
 
    10.3*    Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 27, 1997 between eToys and Frank C. Han.
 
    10.4*    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 27, 1997 between eToys and Frank C.
               Han.
 
    10.5*    Note and Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 27, 1997 between eToys and idealab!.
 
    10.6+    Interactive Marketing Agreement dated October 1, 1997 between eToys and America
               Online, Inc. (amended January 1, 1998).
 
    10.7*    Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 23, 1997 among eToys
               and certain investors.
 
    10.8*    Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 4, 1998 among eToys and
               certain investors.
 
    10.9*    Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated June 4, 1998, among eToys
               and certain investors (superseded by Exhibit 10.24).
 
    10.10*   Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated June 4, 1998, among eToys and certain
               investors (superseded by Exhibit 10.25).
 
    10.11*   Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated June 4,
               1998, among eToys, Edward C. Lenk, Frank C. Han and certain investors
               (superseded by Exhibit 10.26).
 
    10.12*   Lease dated January 22, 1999 between eToys and Spieker Properties, L.P.
 
    10.13*   Standard Industrial Lease Agreement dated June 26, 1998 between eToys and Newcrow
               (amended October 15, 1998).
 
    10.14*   Form of Indemnification Agreement between eToys and each of its officers and
               directors.
 
    10.15*   1997 Stock Plan (superseded by Exhibit 10.27).
 
    10.16*   1999 Stock Plan (superseded by Exhibit 10.30).
 
    10.17*   1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (superseded by Exhibit 10.31).
 
    10.18*   1999 Directors' Stock Option Plan.
 
    10.19*   Offer Letter dated December 5, 1998 between eToys and John R. Hnanicek.
 
    10.20*   Offer Letter dated December 28, 1998 between eToys and Louis V. Zambello III.
 
    10.21*   Offer Letter dated January 12, 1999 between eToys and Steven J. Schoch.
 
    10.22*   Equipment Lease Line dated December 24, 1998 between eToys and Comdisco, Inc.
 
    10.23*   Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 24, 1999 among eToys and
               certain investors.
 
    10.24*   Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated March 24, 1999 among eToys
               and certain investors.
 
    10.25*   Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated March 24, 1999 among eToys and certain
               investors.
 
    10.26*   Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated March 24,
               1999 among eToys and certain investors.
 
    10.27*   1997 Stock Plan (as amended) (superseded by Exhibit 10.29).
 
    10.28*   Fulfillment Services Agreement by and between eToys and Fingerhut Business
               Services, Inc. dated as of April 21, 1999.
 
    10.29*   1997 Stock Plan (as amended).
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                      II-3
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER       DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
    10.30*   1999 Stock Plan (as amended).
 
    10.31*   1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended).
 
    10.32    Offer Letter dated May 13, 1999 between eToys and Janine Bousquette.
 
    10.33    Deed of Lease, dated as of May 10, 1999, between eToys and East Bowles, L.L.C.
 
    23.1     Consent of Accountants.
 
    23.2     Consent of Accountants.
 
    23.3     Consent of Attorneys (see Exhibit 5.1).
 
    24.1*    Power of Attorney.
 
    99.1*    Consent of Matthew N. Glickman.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
 * Previously filed by the registrant with the Commission.
 
 + Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this Exhibit.
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
    Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial
statements or notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa
Monica, State of California on May 19, 1999.
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                ETOYS INC.
 
                                By:              /s/ EDWARD C. LENK
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                   Edward C. Lenk
                                       PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND
                                                 UNCLE OF THE BOARD
</TABLE>
 
   
    PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS AMENDMENT
NO. 4 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                       TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
<C>                             <S>                         <C>
      /s/ EDWARD C. LENK        President, Chief Executive
- ------------------------------    Officer and Uncle of the     May 19, 1999
        Edward C. Lenk            Board
 
     /s/ STEVEN J. SCHOCH
- ------------------------------  Chief Financial Officer        May 19, 1999
       Steven J. Schoch
 
       PETER C.M. HART*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 19, 1999
       Peter C.M. Hart
 
          TONY HUNG*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 19, 1999
          Tony Hung
 
       MICHAEL MORITZ*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 19, 1999
        Michael Moritz
 
         DANIEL NOVA*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 19, 1999
         Daniel Nova
</TABLE>
    
 
*Power of Attorney
 
<TABLE>
<S>   <C>                        <C>                         <C>
By:     /s/ STEVEN J. SCHOCH
      -------------------------
          Steven J. Schoch
          ATTORNEY IN FACT
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                       BYLAWS
                                          
                                          
                                         OF
                                          
                                          
                                     ETOYS INC.
                                          
                                          
                  (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED ON MAY 3, 1999) 



<PAGE>


TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                      <C>
ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES 1
     1.1 Registered Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
     1.2 Other Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
     2.1 Place of Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
     2.2 Annual Meeting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
     2.3 Special Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
     2.4 Notice of Stockholder's Meeting; Affidavit of Notice. . . . . . . .3
     2.5 Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
     2.6 Quorum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
     2.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
     2.8 Conduct of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
     2.9 Voting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
     2.10 Waiver of Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
     2.11 Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting . . . . . . . . . . . .5
     2.12 Proxies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     3.1 Powers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     3.2 Number of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors . . . . . .6
     3.4 Resignation and Vacancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
     3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone. . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
     3.6 Regular Meetings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
     3.7 Special Meetings; Notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
     3.8 Quorum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
     3.9 Waiver of Notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
     3.10 Board Action by Written Consent without a Meeting. . . . . . . . .9
     3.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
     3.12 Approval of Loans to Officers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
     3.13 Removal of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
     3.14 Uncle of the Board of Directors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     4.1 Committees of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     4.2 Committee Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     4.3 Meetings and Action of Committees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
ARTICLE V - OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     5.1 Officers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     5.2 Appointment of Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     5.3 Subordinate Officers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     5.5 Vacancies in Offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     5.6 Chief Executive Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

</TABLE>

                                      -i-

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

    <S>                                                                   <C>
     5.7 President . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     5.8 Vice Presidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     5.9 Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     5.10 Chief Financial Officer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     5.11 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . . . . . . . . . 15
     5.12 Authority and Duties of Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15



ARTICLE VI - INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND
      OTHER AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     6.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     6.2 Indemnification of Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     6.3 Payment of Expenses in Advance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     6.4 Indemnity Not Exclusive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     6.5 Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     6.6 Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
ARTICLE VII - RECORDS AND REPORTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     7.1 Maintenance and Inspection of Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     7.2 Inspection by Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     7.3 Annual Statement to Stockholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ARTICLE VIII - GENERAL MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
     8.1 Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
     8.2 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments. . . . . . . . . 18
     8.3 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
     8.4 Special Designation on Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
     8.5 Lost Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
     8.6 Construction; Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
     8.7 Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
     8.8 Fiscal Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
     8.9 Seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
     8.10 Transfer of Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
     8.11 Stock Transfer Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
     8.12 Registered Stockholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

</TABLE>

                                      -ii-

<PAGE>

                                       BYLAWS
                                          
                                         OF
                                          
                                     ETOYS INC.
                                          
                                     ARTICLE I
                                          
                                 CORPORATE OFFICES

     1.1  REGISTERED OFFICE.

          The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of
Delaware is 15 East North Street, Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901.  The
name of its registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

     1.2  OTHER OFFICES.

          The Board of Directors may at any time establish other offices at any
place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.
                                          
                                     ARTICLE II
                                          
                             MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS 

     2.1  PLACE OF MEETINGS.

          Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside
the State of Delaware, designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of
any such designation, stockholders' meetings shall be held at the registered
office of the Corporation.

     2.2  ANNUAL MEETING.

     (a)  The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date
and at a time designated by the Board of Directors.  At the meeting, directors
shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

     (b)  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation and the proposal of business to be transacted by the stockholders
may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the
Corporation's notice with respect to such meeting, (ii) by or at the direction
of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was
a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this
Section 2.2, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with
the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.2.

     (c)  In addition to the requirements of Section 2.5, for nominations or
other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder
pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (b) of this Section 2.2, the stockholder
must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the
Corporation and such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action
under the General Corporation Law of  Delaware.  To be timely, a stockholder's
notice shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of
the Corporation not less than 20 days nor more than 90 days prior to the first
anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting of stockholders; provided,
however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30
days prior to or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the
stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 90th day
prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the
later of the 20th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the
day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. 
Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (i) as to each person whom the
stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all
information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in

<PAGE>

solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in
each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the "Exchange Act") (including such person's written consent to
being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if
elected); (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring
before the meeting, a brief description of such business, the reasons for
conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such
business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf
the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the
beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (A)
the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's
books, and of such beneficial owner and (B) the class and number of shares of
the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder
and such beneficial owner.

     (d)  Only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of
stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with
the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2.  The chairman of the meeting shall
determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be transacted by the
stockholders has been properly brought before the meeting and, if any proposed
nomination or business has not been properly brought before the meeting, the
chairman shall declare that such proposed business or nomination shall not be
presented for stockholder action at the meeting.

     (e)  For purposes of this Section 2.2, "public announcement" shall mean
disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated
Press or a comparable national news service.

     (f)  Nothing in this Section 2.2 shall be deemed to affect any rights of
stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy
statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

     2.3  SPECIAL MEETING.

          (a)  A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time
by the Board of Directors, or by the chairman of the board, or by the president.

          (b)  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may
be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be
elected pursuant to such notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the
Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a
stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in
Section 2.5, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with
the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.5.

     2.4  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER'S MEETINGS; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

          All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be in writing and shall
be sent or otherwise given in accordance with this Section 2.4 of these Bylaws
not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each
stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting (or such longer or shorter time as
is required by Section 2.5 of these Bylaws, if applicable).  The notice shall
specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special
meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

          Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given
when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the
stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.  An
affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of
the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud,
be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

<PAGE>

     2.5  ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES.

          Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures 
set forth in this Section 2.5 shall be eligible for election as directors. 
Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the 
Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction 
of the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the Corporation entitled 
to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the 
notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.5.  Such nominations, other 
than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be 
made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary of the 
Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to or 
mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not 
less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting; provided, 
however, that in the event that less than 60 days' notice or prior public 
disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, 
notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the 
close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such notice of 
the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. Such 
stockholder's notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the 
stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, 
(i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, 
(ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) the class 
and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by such 
person and (iv) any other information relating to such person that is 
required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of 
directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A 
under the Exchange Act (including, without limitation, such person's written 
consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as 
a director if elected); and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) 
the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of such 
stockholder and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which 
are beneficially owned by such stockholder.  At the request of the Board of 
Directors any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a 
director shall furnish to the secretary of the Corporation that information 
required to be set forth in a stockholder's notice of nomination which 
pertains to the nominee.  No person shall be eligible for election as a 
director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the 
procedures set forth in this Section 2.5.  The chairman of the meeting shall, 
if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination 
was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Bylaws, and 
if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting 
and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

     2.6  QUORUM.

     The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled
to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a
quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business
except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. 
If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the
stockholders, then either (a) the chairman of the meeting or (b) the
stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice
other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or
represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or
represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally noticed.

<PAGE>

     2.7  ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

          When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these
Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if
the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment
is taken.  At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business
that might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is
for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed
for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to
each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

     2.8  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

          The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order
of business and the procedure at the meeting, including the manner of voting and
the conduct of business.

     2.9  VOTING.

          (a)  The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders
shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these
Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General
Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors
and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

          (b)  Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of
capital stock held by such stockholder.

     2.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

          Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the
General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice,
whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to
notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice
of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express
purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any
business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting
of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so
required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

     2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING.

          In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled
to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment
thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any
change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful
action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall
not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor
more than 60 days prior to any other action. If the Board of Directors does not
so fix a record date:

          (a)  The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on
the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is
waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the
meeting is held.

           (b) The record date for determining stockholders for any other
purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of
Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

          A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.

<PAGE>

     2.12 PROXIES.

          Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may
authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by a written
proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the
Corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years
from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  A proxy shall be
deemed signed if the stockholder's name is placed on the proxy (whether by
manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the
stockholder or the stockholder's attorney-in-fact.  The revocability of a proxy
that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the
provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
                                          
                                    ARTICLE III
                                          
                                     DIRECTORS

     3.1  POWERS.

          Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware
and any limitations in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws relating
to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding
shares, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all
corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of
Directors.

     3.2  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

          The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors
shall be seven.

     3.3  ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

          Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, directors shall be
elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next
annual meeting.  Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for
directors may be prescribed.  Each director, including a director elected to
fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and
qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.  

          Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

     3.4  RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

          Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the
attention of the secretary of the Corporation.  When one or more directors so
resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the
directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power
to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such
resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen
shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.
A vacancy created by the 

<PAGE>

removal of a director by the vote of the stockholders or by court order may 
be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares 
represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present 
(which shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the quorum.  
Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of 
the stockholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

          Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these
Bylaws:

          (a)  Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the
stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a
majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a
sole remaining director.

          (b)  Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series
thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such
class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected
by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole
remaining director so elected.

          If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the
Corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any
stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder,
or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate
of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with
the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply
to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided
in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

          If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created
directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of
the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such
increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder
or stockholders holding at least 10% of the total number of the shares at the
time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an
election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships,
or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid,
which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General
Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

     3.5  PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

          The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both
regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

          Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by
the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors,
or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications
equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear
each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in
person at the meeting.

     3.6  REGULAR MEETINGS.

          Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice
at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the
Board of Directors.

     3.7  SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

          Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes
may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice
president, the secretary or any two directors.

<PAGE>

          Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered
personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail or
telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director's address
as it is shown on the records of the Corporation.  If the notice is mailed, it
shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time
of the holding of the meeting.  If the notice is delivered personally or by
telephone or by telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to
the telegraph company at least 48 hours before the time of the holding of the
meeting.  Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated
either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the
person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to
the director.  The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the
meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the
Corporation.

     3.8  QUORUM.

          At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the
authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at
which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as
may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of
Incorporation.  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of
Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time
to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum
is present.

          A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to
transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action
taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that
meeting.

     3.9  WAIVER OF NOTICE.

          Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the
General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice,
whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to
notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice
of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express
purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any
business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting
of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in
any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of
Incorporation or these Bylaws.

     3.10 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

          Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the
Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting
if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.  Written consents
representing actions taken by the board or committee may be executed by telex,
telecopy or other facsimile transmission, and such facsimile shall be valid and
binding to the same extent as if it were an original.

<PAGE>

     3.11 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

          Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the
compensation of directors.  No such compensation shall preclude any director
from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation
therefor.

     3.12 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS.

          The Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or
otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its
subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the
Corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such
loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the
Corporation.  The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without
interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of
Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of
stock of the Corporation.  Nothing in this Section 3.2 contained shall be deemed
to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation
at common law or under any statute.

     3.13 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

          Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the Certificate of
Incorporation or by these Bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors
may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the
shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided, however,
that if the stockholders of the Corporation are entitled to cumulative voting,
if less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no director may be
removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient
to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of
Directors.

<PAGE>

          No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the
effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director's term
of office.

     3.14 UNCLE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

          The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of
Directors, an Uncle of the Board of Directors who shall not be considered an
officer of the Corporation.
                                          
                                     ARTICLE IV
                                          
                                     COMMITTEES

     4.1  COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

          The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the
whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, with each committee
to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board of
Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any
committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of
the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee,
the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from
voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may
unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the
meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such
committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or
in the Bylaws of the Corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and
authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and
affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be
affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the
power or authority to (a) amend the Certificate of Incorporation (except that a
committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions
providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board of Directors
as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix
the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to
dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the
Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares
of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class
or classes of stock of the Corporation or fix the number of shares of any series
of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series),
(b) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of
the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (c) recommend to the stockholders the
sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation's
property and assets, (d) recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the
Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (e) amend the Bylaws of the
Corporation; and, unless the board resolution establishing the committee, the
Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such
committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize
the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger
pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

<PAGE>

     4.2  COMMITTEE MINUTES.

          Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report
the same to the Board of Directors when required.

     4.3  MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

          Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and
taken in accordance with, the provisions of Section 3.5 (place of meetings and
meetings by telephone), Section 3.6 (regular meetings), Section 3.7 (special
meetings and notice), Section 3.8 (quorum), Section 3.9 (waiver of notice), and
Section 3.10 (action without a meeting) of these Bylaws, with such changes in
the context of such provisions as are necessary to substitute the committee and
its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that
the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by
resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that
special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of
Directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given
to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the
committee.  The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any
committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.
                                          
                                     ARTICLE V
                                          
                                      OFFICERS

     5.1  OFFICERS.

          The officers of the Corporation shall be a chief executive officer, a
president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer.  The Corporation may also
have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, one or more vice presidents,
one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and any
such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 5.3 of these Bylaws.  Any number of offices may be held by the same
person.

     5.2  APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

          The officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be
appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these
Bylaws, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, subject to the rights, if
any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

     5.3  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

          The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive
officer or the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the
business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such
period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these
Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

<PAGE>

     5.4  REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

          Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of
employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an
affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or
special meeting of the Board of Directors or, except in the case of an officer
chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal
may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

          Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
attention of the secretary of the Corporation.  Any resignation shall take
effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified
in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance
of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation
is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any
contract to which the officer is a party.

     5.5  VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

          Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled
by the Board of Directors.

     5.6  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.

          Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the
Board of Directors to the uncle of the board, if any, the chief executive
officer of the Corporation shall, subject to the control of the Board of
Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and
the officers of the Corporation.  He or she shall preside at all meetings of the
stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of an uncle of the board, at
all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have the general powers and
duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of
a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed
by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

     5.7  PRESIDENT.

          Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the
Board of Directors to the uncle of the board (if any) or the chief executive
officer, the president shall have general supervision, direction, and control of
the business and other officers of the Corporation.  He or she shall have the
general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of
president of a corporation and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed
by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

     5.8  VICE PRESIDENTS.

          In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and
president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the
Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board
of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting
shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the

<PAGE>

president.  The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such
other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the
Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

     5.9  SECRETARY.

          The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal
executive office of the Corporation or such other place as the Board of
Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of
directors, committees of directors, and stockholders.  The minutes shall show
the time and place of each meeting, the names of those present at directors'
meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at
stockholders' meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

          The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal
executive office of the Corporation or at the office of the Corporation's
transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of
Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of
all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by
each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number
and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

          The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings
of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or
by these Bylaws.  He or she shall keep the seal of the Corporation, if one be
adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other
duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

     5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.

          The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be
kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the
properties and business transactions of the Corporation, including accounts of
its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital
retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable
times be open to inspection by any director.

          The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other
valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation with such
depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall
disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of
Directors, shall render to the president, the chief executive officer, or the
directors, upon request, an account of all his or her transactions as chief
financial officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall
have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the
Board of Directors or the Bylaws.

     5.11 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

          The uncle of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, 
any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant 
secretary of this Corporation, 

<PAGE>

or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the chief 
executive officer or the president or a vice president, is authorized to 
vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights 
incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations 
standing in the name of this Corporation.  The authority granted herein may 
be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized 
to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by the person having 
such authority.

     5.12 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

          In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the
Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in
the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time
to time by the Board of Directors or the stockholders.
                                          
                                     ARTICLE VI
                                          
        INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS 

     6.1  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

          The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner
permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its
directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,
fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in
connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person
is or was an agent of the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 6.1, a
"director" or "officer" of the Corporation includes any person (a) who is or was
a director or officer of the Corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the
request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was a director
or officer of a Corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the
Corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor
corporation.

     6.2  INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS.

          The Corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the
manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each
of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts
actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by
reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the Corporation.  For
purposes of this Section 6.2, an "employee" or "agent" of the Corporation (other
than a director or officer) includes any person (a) who is or was an employee or
agent of the Corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was an employee or agent of a
corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Corporation or of another
enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

     6.3  PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE.

          Expenses incurred in defending any action or proceeding for which
indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1 or for which indemnification
is permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 following authorization thereof by the
Board of Directors shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final
disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on
behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be
determined that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as
authorized in this Article VI.

<PAGE>

     6.4  INDEMNITY NOT EXCLUSIVE.

          The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be
entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to
action in another capacity while holding such office, to the extent that such
additional rights to indemnification are authorized in the Certificate of
Incorporation

     6.5  INSURANCE.

          The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation,
or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred
by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such,
whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her
against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.

     6.6  CONFLICTS.

          No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article VI,
except where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order,
judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any circumstance
where it appears:

          (a)  That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the Certificate
of Incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders or an agreement
in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the action asserted
in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were
paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

          (b)  That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly
imposed by a court in approving a settlement.
                                          
                                    ARTICLE VII
                                          
                                RECORDS AND REPORTS

     7.1  MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

          The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive offices or at
such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of
its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of
shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date,
accounting books, and other records.

          Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent,
shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the
right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the
Corporation's stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and
records and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  A proper purpose shall mean a
purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a stockholder.  In every
instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to
inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or
such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on
behalf of the stockholder.  The demand under oath shall be directed to the
Corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of
business.

<PAGE>

     7.2  INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.

          Any director shall have the right to examine the Corporation's stock
ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a
purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.  The Court of
Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a
director is entitled to the inspection sought.  The Court may summarily order
the Corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records,
the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. 
The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with
reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court
may deem just and proper.

     7.3  ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS.

          The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at
any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the
stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the
Corporation.
                                          
                                    ARTICLE VIII
                                          
                                  GENERAL MATTERS

     8.1  CHECKS.

          From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by
resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other
orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are
issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, and only the persons so
authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

     8.2  EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

          The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws,
may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any
contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the
Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. 
Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency
power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or
authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its
credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

     8.3  STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

          The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, 
provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by 
resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of 
its stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not 
apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is 
surrendered to the Corporation.  Notwithstanding the adoption of such a 
resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by 
certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be 
entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation 
by the chairman or vice-chairman of the Board of Directors, or the chief 
executive officer or the president or vice-president, and by the chief 
financial officer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant 
secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in 
certificate form.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a 
facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed 
or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to 
be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is 
issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or 
she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

<PAGE>

          The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as
partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be
paid therefor.  Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to
represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the
Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount
of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be
stated.  Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the
Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class,
but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid
thereon.

     8.4  SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

          If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock
or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the
preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights
of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or
summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall
issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that,
except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the
face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent
such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish
without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations,
the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special
rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

     8.5  LOST CERTIFICATES.

          Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares
shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is
surrendered to the Corporation and canceled at the same time.  The Corporation
may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of
any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or
destroyed certificate, or the owner's legal representative, to give the
Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made
against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such
certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

     8.6  CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

          Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules
of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall
govern the construction of these Bylaws.  Without limiting the generality of
this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number
includes the singular, and the term "person" includes both a corporation and a
natural person.

     8.7  DIVIDENDS.

          The directors of the Corporation, subject to any restrictions
contained in (a) the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (b) the Certificate
of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital
stock.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the
Corporation's capital stock.

          The directors of the Corporation may set apart out of any of the funds
of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper
purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be
limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the
Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

<PAGE>

     8.8  FISCAL YEAR.

          The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the
Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

     8.9  SEAL.

          The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which may be altered at
pleasure, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof, to be
impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

     8.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK.

          Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the
Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper
evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the
duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

     8.11 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

          The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any
agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of
the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation
of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not
prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

     8.12 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

          The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of
a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and
to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and
assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall
not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such
share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of
Delaware.
                                          
                                     ARTICLE IX
                                          
                                     AMENDMENTS

          The Bylaws of the Corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by
the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the Corporation may,
in its Certificate of Incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal
Bylaws upon the directors.  The fact that such power has been so conferred upon
the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their
power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.


<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 5.1

                                April 22, 1999

eToys Inc.
2850 Ocean Park Blvd., Suite 225
Santa Monica, CA 90405

     REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1 (FILE NO. 333-72469)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 
333-72469), as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 and by Amendment No. 2 
to Form S-1 (the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT") to be filed by you with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on April 22, 1999, in connection with the 
registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of you Common Stock 
(the "SHARES"). As your legal counsel in connection with this transaction, we 
have examined the proceedings taken and we are familiar with the proceedings 
proposed to be taken by you in connection with the sale and issuance of the 
Shares.

     It is our opinion that the Shares, when issued and sold in the manner 
described in the Registration Statement, will be legally and validly issued, 
fully paid and nonassessable. We express no opinion as to matters governed by 
any laws other than the laws of the State of California, the General 
Corporate Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the 
United States of America.

     We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration 
Statement and further consent to the use of our name wherever it appears in 
the Registration Statement and in any amendment to it.

                                       Sincerely,

                                       VENTURE LAW GROUP
                                       A Professional Corporation

                                       /s/ VENTURE LAW GROUP


<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.6

          ASTERISKS OR OTHER MARKS IN THIS EXHIBIT IDENTIFY WHERE 
       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED. THE REGISTRANT HAS 
       FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION THE OMITTED 
     CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WITH A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

                                                                 CONFIDENTIAL

                       INTERACTIVE MARKETING AGREEMENT

     This Interactive Marketing Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of 
October 1, 1997 (the "Effective Date"), is between America Online, Inc. 
("AOL"), a Delaware corporation, with offices at 22000 AOL Way, Dulles, 
Virginia 20166, and eToys Inc. ("eToys"), a private corporation, with offices 
at 1640 5th Street, Suite 124, Santa Monica, CA 90401. AOL and eToys may be 
referred to individually as a "Party" and collectively as "Parties."

                                 INTRODUCTION

     AOL and eToys each desires to enter into an interactive marketing 
relationship whereby AOL will promote an interactive site referred to (and 
further defined) herein as the Affiliated eToys Site. This relationship is 
further described below and is subject to the terms and conditions set forth 
in this Agreement. Defined terms used but not defined in the body of the 
Agreement will be as defined on Exhibit B attached hereto.

                                      TERMS

1.   PROMOTION, DISTRIBUTION AND MARKETING.

     1.1. AOL PROMOTION OF AFFILIATED eTOYS SITE.

          AOL will provide eToys with the promotions for the Affiliated eToys 
          Site described on Exhibit A (the "Promotions"). Screen shots 
          indicating the current design for the applicable screens within the 
          shopping channels on each of the AOL Service and AOL.com are 
          attached hereto. Subject to eToys's reasonable approval, AOL will 
          have the right to fulfill its promotional commitments with respect 
          to any of the foregoing by providing eToys comparable promotional 
          placements in alternative areas of the AOL Network. AOL reserves 
          the right to redesign or modify the organization, structure, "look 
          and feel," navigation and other elements of the AOL services at any 
          time. In the event such modifications materially and adversely 
          affect any specific Promotion, AOL will work with eToys to provide 
          eToys, as its sole remedy, a comparable promotional placement. In 
          the event that modifications materially and adversely affect the 
          aggregate promotional value to be received hereunder by eToys 
          (including, without limitation, the promotional value of the 
          placements reflected through the attached screen shots) and AOL and 
          eToys cannot reach agreement regarding substitute promotional 
          placements reasonably satisfactory to eToys (notwithstanding both 
          Parties' good faith efforts to reach agreement for a period of 
          thirty days), then eToys will be entitled to terminate this 
          Agreement with fifteen days prior written notice to AOL. In the 
          event of such an early termination, eToys will be responsible for 
          the pro-rata portion of the payments provided for herein. This 
          pro-rata portion will represent the average of the percentages of 
          value delivered with respect to each component of Promotions 
          described on Exhibit A. For the impressions-based Promotions, the 
          percentage of value will be determined with reference to the 
          percentage of impressions which were delivered prior to the 
          effectiveness of the termination. For the other Promotions, the 
          percentage of value will be determined with reference to the 
          percentage of days of the term of the agreement which precede the 
          effectiveness of such termination.

          With respect to the impressions targets specified on Exhibit A, 
          AOL will not be obligated to provide in excess of any of such 
          target amounts in any year. Any shortfall in impressions at the end 
          of a year will not be deemed a breach of the Agreement by AOL. In 
          the event there is a shortfall in impressions as of the end of 
          either year during the Initial Term (a "Shortfall"), AOL will 
          provide eToys with advertising placements in mutually

                                        1

<PAGE>

                                                                 CONFIDENTIAL


          agreed upon areas of the AOL Network which have a total value, 
          based on rates comparable to those set forth in Exhibit A, equal to 
          the value of the Shortfall (determined by multiplying the 
          percentage of impressions that were not delivered by the total 
          guaranteed payment provided for below) and which will be delivered 
          during the first four months following the end of the year in 
          question. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) in the event that the 
          aggregate shortfall at the end of either year exceeds [*], then 
          eToys will be entitled to incremental impressions (of comparable 
          value) during the subsequent year equal to [*] of the excess 
          shortfall; and (ii) in the event that the aggregate shortfall at 
          the end of the first year exceeds [*], then eToys will have the 
          right to terminate this Agreement with written notice delivered to 
          AOL by December 1, 1998 (or within five days of such later date as 
          such first year shortfall shall be identified), with such 
          termination to be effective as of December 31, 1998.

     1.2. CONTENT OF PROMOTIONS. The specific eToys Content (e.g., eToys's 
          logo) to be contained within the Promotions will be determined by 
          eToys, subject to AOL technical limitations and AOL's 
          then-applicable policies relating to advertising and promotions. 
          Except to the extent described herein, the specific form, 
          placement, duration and nature of the Promotions will be as 
          determined by AOL in its reasonable editorial discretion 
          (consistent with the editorial composition of the applicable 
          screens).

     1.3. eTOYS PROMOTION OF AFFILIATED eTOYS SITE AND AOL. As set forth in 
          fuller detail in Exhibit C, eToys will promote the availability of 
          the Affiliated eToys Site through the AOL Network.

2.   AFFILIATED eTOYS SITE.

     2.1. CONTENT. eToys will make available through the Affiliated eToys 
          Site a substantial offering of Toys, and may also include other 
          children's products (the "Other Products"); provided that: (i) such 
          Other Products will not be promoted through the Promotions; (ii) 
          eToys will not devote a linked page of the Affiliated eToys Site 
          (i.e., the page directly linked from a Promotion on the AOL Service 
          or AOL.com) wholly or primarily to the promotion of any Other 
          Products; (iii) the Affiliated eToys Site will remain principally 
          focused on the promotion and sale of Toys. eToys will review, 
          delete, edit, create, update and otherwise manage all Content 
          available on or through the Affiliated eToys Site in accordance 
          with the terms of this Agreement. eToys will ensure that the 
          Affiliated eToys Site does not in any respect promote, advertise, 
          market or distribute the products, services or content of any 
          Interactive Service through the linked pages of the Affiliated 
          eToys Site. The linked pages of the Affiliated eToys Site will not 
          contain advertisements, promotions, links, sponsorships or other 
          Content (i) relating to any Products other than Toys and Other 
          Products or (ii) otherwise in conflict with AOL's standard 
          advertising policies (except as expressly approved by writing by 
          AOL).

     2.2. PRODUCTION WORK. eToys will be responsible for all production work 
          associated with the Affiliated eToys Site, including all related 
          costs and expenses.

     2.3. TECHNOLOGY. eToys shall take reasonable steps necessary to conform 
          its promotion and sale of Products through the Affiliated eToys 
          Site to the then-existing technologies identified by AOL which are 
          optimized for the AOL Service. AOL reserves the right to review and 
          test the Affiliated eToys Site from time to time to determine whether
          the site is compatible with AOL's then-available client and host 
          software and the AOL Network.

     2.4. PRODUCT OFFERING. eToys will ensure that the Affiliated eToys Site 
          includes all of the Products and other Content (including, without 
          limitation, any features, offers, contests, functionality or 
          technology) that are then made available by or on behalf of eToys 
          through

                                          2

* CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED 
  SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

<PAGE>

                                                                 CONFIDENTIAL

          the "General eToys Site" (i.e., the publicly available site at 
          www.etoys.com to which an unregistered user would have access); 
          provided, however, that (a) such inclusion will not be required 
          where it is commercially or technically impractical to either Party 
          (i.e., inclusion would cause either Party to incur substantial 
          incremental costs); and (b) eToys will notify AOL of the material, 
          specific changes in scope, nature and/or offerings required by such 
          inclusion.

     2.5. PRICING AND TERMS. eToys will ensure that the prices (and any other 
          required consideration) for Products in the Affiliated eToys Site 
          do not exceed the prices for substantially similar Products 
          offered by or on behalf of eToys through the General eToys Site.

     2.6. SPECIAL OFFERS. eToys will promote through the Affiliated eToys 
          Site on a regular and consistent basis (at least four times per 
          year) special offers exclusively available to AOL Members to be 
          determined by eToys in its reasonable discretion (collectively, the 
          "Special Offers"). eToys will provide AOL with reasonable prior 
          notice of Special Offers so that AOL can market the availability of 
          such Special Offers in the manner AOL deems appropriate in its 
          editorial discretion, subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

     2.7. OPERATING STANDARDS. eToys will ensure that the Affiliated eToys 
          Site complies with the operating standards set forth in Exhibit D.

     2.8. TRAFFIC FLOW. eToys will take reasonable efforts to ensure that AOL 
          traffic is either kept within the Affiliated eToys Site or 
          channeled back into the AOL Network (with the exception of 
          advertising links sold and implemented pursuant to the Agreement). 
          The Parties will work together on mutually acceptable links back to 
          the AOL Service.

3.   AOL EXCLUSIVITY OBLIGATIONS. With respect to any eToys Competitor 
     marketing online a comprehensive selection of products for children 
     which are primarily Toys, on a retail basis (the "Exclusive Products"), 
     eToys will be the exclusive third party marketer of Toys to which AOL 
     sells an anchor tenant placement on the main screen of the shopping 
     channel of AOL.com ("the Exclusive Area") during the Initial Term. The 
     foregoing exclusivity will apply to each eToys Competitor (a) only to 
     the extent the eToys Competitor is or remains a provider of the 
     Exclusive Products or (b) if the eToys Competitor is not solely a 
     provider of the Exclusive Products (i.e., it is also engaged in other 
     activities), only to the marketing of the Exclusive Products by such 
     eToys Competitor through promotions in the Exclusive Area. 
     Notwithstanding anything to contrary in this Section 3, no provision of 
     this Agreement will limit AOL's ability (on or off the AOL Network) to 
     undertake activities or perform duties pursuant to existing arrangements 
     with third parties.

4.   PAYMENTS.

     4.1. PAYMENTS. eToys will pay AOL an amount of Three Million Dollars 
          (US$3,000,000), to be paid in: (i) thirteen monthly payments in 
          arrears (net 30) of Fifty Nine Thousand Six Hundred and Fifteen 
          Dollars and Thirty Eight Cents (US$59,615.38), beginning with a 
          December 1, 1997 invoice to be paid by December 31, 1997; (ii) 
          twelve monthly payments in arrears of Sixty Four Thousand Five 
          Hundred and Eighty Three Dollars and Thirty Three Cents 
          (US$64,583.33) (the "Fixed Year 2 Payment"), beginning with a 
          January 1, 1999 invoice to be paid by January 31, 1999; and (iii) 
          additional monthly payments for the remainder, with each monthly 
          payment reflecting the value (based on the "cpm"s set forth in 
          Exhibit A) of the impressions delivered during the prior month. In 
          any month, beginning January of 1999, the aggregate payment to AOL 
          will be no less than Eighty Five Thousand Dollars (US$85,000.00) 
          (the "Minimum Payment"); provided that, in the event that the 
          Minimum Payment exceeds the combination of the Fixed Year 2 Payment 
          and the payment to be made pursuant to subsection (iii) above (the 
          "Excess


                                            3

<PAGE>

                                                                 CONFIDENTIAL 

          Payment"), then such Excess Payment will be credited against future 
          payments to be made pursuant to subsection (iii) in connection with 
          subsequently delivered impressions. As indicated elsewhere herein, 
          this Agreement supersedes eToys prior agreements with AOL related 
          to advertising and placement in the AOL shopping channel (the 
          "Prior Agreements"). In that regard, (i) eToys has no further 
          payment obligations under the Prior Agreements (except to invoices 
          which have been received by eToys as of its execution of this 
          Agreement) and (ii) any impressions delivered to eToys beginning as 
          of the Effective Date will count towards the impressions 
          commitments contained herein.

     4.2. WIRED PAYMENTS; LATE PAYMENTS. All payments required under this 
          Section 4 will be paid in immediately available, non-refundable 
          funds either by way of check or as wired to AOL's account. All 
          amounts owed hereunder not paid when due and payable will bear 
          interest from the date such amounts are due and payable at the rate 
          of 10% per year.

5.  TERM; RENEWAL; TERMINATION.

     5.1  TERM. Unless earlier terminated as set forth herein, the initial 
          term of this Agreement will be from the Effective Date through 
          December 31, 1999 (the "Initial Term")

     5.2. TERMINATION FOR BREACH. Except as expressly provided elsewhere in 
          this Agreement, either Party may terminate this Agreement at any 
          time in the event of a material breach of the Agreement by the 
          other Party which remains uncured after thirty (30) days written 
          notice thereof to the other Party (or such shorter period as may be 
          specified elsewhere in this Agreement). NOtwithstanding the 
          foregoing, in the event of a material breach of a provision that 
          expressly requires action to be completed within an express period 
          shorter than 30 days, either Party may terminate this Agreement if 
          the breach remains uncured after written notice thereof to the 
          other Party.

     5.3  TERMINATION FOR BANKRUPTCY/INSOLVENCY. Either Party may terminate 
          this Agreement immediately following written notice to the other 
          Party if the other Party (i) ceases to do business in the normal 
          course, (ii) becomes or is declared insolvent or bankrupt, (iii) is 
          the subject of any proceeding related to its liquidation or 
          insolvency (whether voluntary or involuntary) which is not 
          dismissed within ninety (90) calendar days or (iv) makes an 
          assignment for the benefit of creditors.

6.   STANDARD TERMS. The Standard Online Commerce Terms & Conditions set forth 
     on Exhibit E attached hereto and Standard Legal Terms & Conditions set 
     forth on Exhibit F attached hereto are each hereby made a part of this 
     Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the 
Effective Date.

AMERICA ONLINE, INC.                   ETOYS INC.

By: /s/ David M. [ILLEGIBLE]          By: /s/ Toby Lenk
   ------------------------------         -------------------------------

Print Name: David M. [ILLEGIBLE]      Print Name:  /s/ Toby Lenk
           ----------------------                  ----------------------

Title:  Sr. V.P.                     Title:  CEO
      ---------------------------            ----------------------------

                                       4

<PAGE>

                                                               CONFIDENTIAL

                                  EXHIBIT A

                         PLACEMENT/PROMOTION PLAN

AOL SERVICE SHOPPING CHANNEL (through December 31, 1998)([*] per year*) eToys 
will receive two adjacent "tenant" slots within the following department 
screens within the AOL Service Shopping Channel Toys Department. Each tenant 
slot will include the following:

- -    One continuous (24/7) button with corporate brand or logo on the 
     department front screen (consistent in size and nature with other 
     "tenant" button appearing on such screen)
- -    Rotation with other tenants in the department on a continuous (24/7) 
     promotional banner on the department front screen
- -    Featured product with text promotion for [*] minimum on the relevant 
     department screen
- -    Rotation through the department screen in text-based programming promos 
     along with other merchants and channel initiatives
- -    Rotation through the shopping channel search screen advertising banners 
     along with all other anchors and tenants
- -    One keyword for trade name or trademark (subject to availability)
- -    Participation in the following programs at no additional charge (the 
     "Program Areas"):
     - Electronic Order Blank Area
     - Bargain Basement
     - Quick Gifts
     - Event and/or theme areas (e.g., Christmas Shop)

AOL.COM SHOPPING CHANNEL (Anchor Plus package)(through December 31, 1999)([*] 
per year*) eToys will receive: (i) one continuous (24/7) button "above the 
fold" with corporate brand or logo on the front screen of the AOL.com 
Shopping Channel (which will be one of nine buttons for anchor tenants on 
such screen); (ii) one "tenant" slot within the Toy department of such 
channel (including the same components as the tenant slots described above); 
and (iii) [*] impressions (per year) in banner advertising through 
AOL.com areas.

ADDITIONAL ADVERTISING (PER YEAR*)(through December 31, 1999, except as 
otherwise specified):
- -    [*] Impressions ([*] cpm) to eToys advertising banners appearing 
     on results pages from searches on AOL.com through AOLNetfind using the 
     search terms Toy, Toys Playskool, Hasbro, Barbie, Barbies, Brio, 
     Playmobil, Lego, Mattel, Tikes (subject to any third party intellectual 
     property rights in any such keywords).
- -    [*] Impressions to "run of service" banners appearing on AOL.com 
     between 11/15 and 12/28
- -    [*] Impressions ([*] cmp) to banners appearing within the 
     "Families" netChannel on AOL.com 
- -    [*] Impressions ([*] cpm) to banners generated through AOL's ad 
     server targeting AOL Members that are mothers with children ages 0-9 
     (using the information and ad serving technology available to AOL)
- -    One permanent button within the AOLNetFind portion of AOL.com in the 
     "Shortcuts" portion of the "Home & Family" category of "TimeSavers," to 
     which there will be at least [*] Impressions ([*] cpm)
- -    [*] Impressions ([*] cpm) to banners appearing in AOL Service 
     "Families" Channel and other holiday areas

Should eToys wish to increase or decrease its impression levels within any of 
the impressions-based, additional advertising categories described above (the 
"Impressions-based Ads"), AOL will work in good faith with eToys to 
accommodate any such requests, subject to availability and provided that 
eToys will continue to be required to pay AOL the full amounts specified 
under this Agreement and eToys will not, 

                                       5

* CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED 
  SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

<PAGE>

                                                               CONFIDENTIAL

through any adjustment, be entitled to value in excess of that allocable to 
the Impressions-based Ads (taking into account the relative values of the 
impressions involved in any such adjustments).

In delivering the impressions called for under the Impressions-based Ads, AOL 
will use all commercially reasonable efforts to deliver [*] of the annual 
impressions for the following categories during the fourth calendar quarter: 
AOL NetFind search terms, demographically targeted ads, AOL NetFind 
"Shortcuts." AOL.com "Families" channel and AOL Service "Families" 
Channel/holiday areas; provided that, in the event AOL believes that it will 
not be able to deliver the requisite impressions in any specific category, 
eToys will cooperate in good faith with AOL to designate comparable, 
substitute inventory for delivery of such Impressions during such period. The 
Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to spread the remaining 
Impressions on a relatively even basis during the remaining three quarters of 
each year (or on such other basis as the Parties may reasonably agree); 
provided that, in the event that the impressions are not spread on that basis 
due to eToys role in the process, then AOL shall not be responsible for any 
penalties or timing restrictions with respect to shortfalls of impressions 
which may otherwise be called for hereunder.

* For purposes of these promotions, the first year shall be deemed to end 
December 31, 1998

                                       6

* CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED 
  SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

<PAGE>

                                                                    CONFIDENTIAL
                                       
                                   EXHIBIT B

                                  DEFINITIONS


The following definitions will apply to this Agreement:

ADDITIONAL eTOYS CHANNEL. Any third-party distribution channel (e.g., an 
Interactive Service) through which the Affiliated eToys Site is made 
available.

AFFILIATED eTOYS SITE. The specific area to be promoted and distributed by 
AOL hereunder in which eToys can market and complete transactions regarding 
its Products.

AOL.COM. AOL's primary Internet-based Interactive Sie marketed under the 
"AOL.COM" brand, specifically excluding (a) the AOL Service, (b) any 
international versions of AOL.com, (c) "Driveway," "AOL Instant Messenger" 
or any similar product or service offered by or through such site or any 
other AOL Interactive Site, (d) "Digital Cities," "WorldPlay," "Entertainment 
Asylum," the "Hub," or any similar "sub-service" offered by or through such 
site or any other AOL Interactive Site and (e) any programming or content area 
offered by or through such site or any other AOL Interactive Site which is 
provided and operationally controlled by a third-party content provider and 
not by AOL (or any successor to or substitute for any of the foregoing 
properties in clauses (a) through (e)).

AOL LOOK AND FEEL. The elements of graphics, design, organization, 
presentation, layout, user interface, navigation and stylistic convention 
(including the digital implementations thereof) which are generally 
associated with Interactive Sites within the AOL Service or AOL.com.

AOL MEMBER. Any authorized user of the AOL Network, including any 
sub-accounts using the AOL Network under an authorized master account.

AOL NETWORK. (i) The AOL Service and (ii) any other product or service owned, 
operated, distributed or authorized to be distributed by or through AOL or 
its Affiliates worldwide through which such party elects to offer the 
Licensed Content.

AOL SERVICE. The U.S. version of the America Online-Registered TradeMark- 
brand service, specifically excluding (a) AOL.com or any other AOL 
Interactive Site, (b) the international versions of the AOL Service (e.g., 
AOL Japan), (c) "Driveway," "NetFind," AOL Instant Messenger" or any similar 
product or service offered by or through the U.S. version of the America 
Online-Registered TradeMark- brand service, (d) "Digital Cities," 
"WorldPlay," "Entertainment Asylum," the "Hub," or any similar "sub-service" 
offered by or through the U.S. version of the America Online-Registered 
Trademark- brand service and (e) any programming or content area offered by 
or through the U.S. version of the America Online-Registered TradeMark- brand 
service which is provided and operationally controlled by a third-party 
content provider and not by AOL (or any successor to or substitute for any of 
the foregoing properties in clauses (a) through (e)).

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Any information relating to or disclosed in the 
course of the Agreement, which is or should be reasonably understood to be 
confidential or proprietary to the disclosing Party, including, but not 
limited to, the material terms of this Agreement, information about AOL 
Members and eToys customers, technical processes and formulas, source codes, 
product designs, sales, cost and other unpublished financial information, 
product and business plans, projections, and marketing data. "Confidential 
Information" will not include information (a) already lawfully known to or 
independently developed by the receiving Party, (b) disclosed in published 
materials, (c) generally known to the public, or (d) lawfully obtained from 
any third party.

                                       7

<PAGE>

                                                                    CONFIDENTIAL

CONTENT. Information, materials, features, Products, advertisements, 
promotions, links, pointers and software, including any modifications, 
upgrades, updates, enhancements and related documentation.

eTOYS COMPETITORS. Third parties marketing online, now or in the future, a 
substantial selection of Toys to consumers on a retail basis (as the 
principal focus of their respective businesses), including, without 
limitation, ToysRUs, FAO Schwartz, Zany Brainy, Noodle Kidoodle, Red Rocket, 
Internet Baby, Holt Outlet and Toys.com, excluding the sites of any 
department store (or comparable aggregator of multiple product lines) in 
which the percentage of "SKUs" for Exclusive Products does not exceed [*].

IMPRESSION. Any access by a user to the file representing the page containing 
the applicable Promotion.

INTERACTIVE SERVICE. Any entity that offers online or Internet connectivity 
(or any successor form of connectivity), aggregates and/or distributes a 
broad selection of third-party Interactive Content, or provides interactive 
navigational services (including, without limitation, any online service 
providers, Internet service providers, @Home or other broadband providers, 
search or directory providers, "push" product providers such as the Pointcast 
Network or providers of interactive environments such as Microsoft's "Active 
Desktop").

INTERACTIVE SITE. Any interactive site or area (other than the Affiliated 
eToys Site) which is managed. maintained or owned by eToys or its agents, 
including, by way of example and without limitation, (i) an eToys site on the 
World Wide Web portion of the internet or (ii) a channel or area delivered 
through a "push" product such as the Pointcast Network or interactive 
environment such as Microsoft's proposed "Active Desktop."

LICENSED CONTENT.  All Content offered through the Affiliated eToys Site 
pursuant to this Agreement, including any modifications, upgrades, updates, 
enhancements, and related documentation.

PRODUCT.  Any product, good or service which eToys offers, sells or licenses 
to AOL Members through (i) the Affiliated eToys Site (including through any 
Interactive Site linked thereto) or (ii) an "offline" means (e.g., toll-free 
number) for receiving orders related to specific offers within the 
Affiliated eToys Site requiring purchasers to reference a specific 
promotional identifier or tracking code, including, without limitation, 
products sold through surcharged downloads (to the extent expressly 
permitted hereunder).

TOYS.  Childrens toy products.

                                       8

* CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED 
  SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

<PAGE>
                                                                    CONFIDENTIAL

                                   EXHIBIT C

                             eTOYS CROSS-PROMOTION

ONLINE

In each eToys Interactive Site, eToys will include:

- -

- -  A "Try AOL" feature where users can obtain promotional information about 
   AOL products and services and, at AOL's option, download or order AOL's 
   then-current version of client software for the AOL Service or software 
   for any other AOL products or services (e.g., AOL's Instant Messenger 
   service), which will appear continuously on the first page of the site(1); 
   and

- -  To the extent eToys offers or promotes any products or services similar to 
   AOL's "component" products and services (e.g., Netfind or other 
   search/directory service, NetMail or free/discount email service, Instant 
   Messenger, yellow/white pages, classifieds, etc.), prominent offers or 
   promotions related to such AOL-designated products or services.

- -  The foregoing obligations shall not apply to co-branded or private label 
   branded version of an eToys Interactive Site associated with a competitor 
   to AOL provided that the promotions are available through sites 
   representing at least [*] of the impressions to eToys Interactive Sites.

OFFLINE

In eToys' television, radio and print advertisements and in any publications, 
programs, features or other forms of media over which eToys exercises at 
least partial editorial control, eToys will make reasonable efforts to 
include on a periodic basis:

- -  Specific references or mentions (verbally where possible) of the 
   Affiliated eToys Site's availability through America Online-Registered 
   TradeMark- in connection with any reference to any eToys Interactive Site; 
   and 

- -  The specific instances in which such reference appear shall be as 
   determined by eToys in its reasonable editorial discretion.

Subject to the requirements of Section 1 of Exhibit F, eToys will be entitled 
   to issue a press release regarding this Agreement.


- ---------------------------
(1) AOL will pay eToys a standard bounty for each person who registers for 
the AOL Network using eToys' special identifier for this promotion and 
subsequently pays AOL monthly usage fees across at least three billing cycles 
for the use of the AOL Network (provided that, in the event that AOL and 
eToys are unable to mutually agree on such bounty, eToys will not be required 
to run the direct fulfillment promotions for which eToys would receive such 
bounty). Note that if this promotion is delivered through Microsoft's Active 
Desktop or any other "push" product (an "Operating System"), such feature 
will link users directly to AOL software within the Operating System or 
direct users without Internet access to an AOL application setup program 
within the Operating System (all subject to any standard policies of the 
Operating System).

                                       9

* CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED 
  SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

<PAGE>

                                                                 CONFIDENTIAL

                                EXHIBIT D

                           OPERATING STANDARDS

GENERAL.  The (i) pricing of Products, (ii) scope and selection of Products, 
(iii) quality of Products, (iv) customer service and fulfillment associated 
with the marketing and sale of Products and (v) ease of use of the Affiliated 
eToys Site will, in the aggregate, be reasonably competitive with that which 
is offered by any eToys Competitors.

HOSTING; CAPACITY.  eToys will provide all computer servers, routers, 
switches and associated hardware in an amount reasonably necessary to meet 
anticipated traffic demands, adequate power supply (including generator 
back-up) and HVAC, adequate insurance, adequate service contracts and all 
necessary equipment racks, floor space, network cabling, and power 
distribution to support the Affiliated eToys Site (collectively, "Hosting 
Infrastructure"). In the event eToys fails to satisfy this requirement AOL 
will have the right (in addition to any other remedies available to AOL 
hereunder) to regulate the promotions it provides to eToys hereunder to the 
extent necessary to minimize user delays until such time as eToys corrects 
its infrastructure deficiencies.

SPEED; ACCESSIBILITY.  eToys will ensure that the performance and 
availability of the Affiliated eToys Site (a) is monitored on a continuous, 
24/7 basis and (b) remains competitive in all material respects with the 
performance and availability of other similar sites based on similar form 
technology. eToys will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that: 
(a) the functionality and features within the Affiliated eToys Site are 
optimized for the AOL client software then in use by AOL Members; and (b) the 
Affiliated eToys Site is designed and populated in a manner that minimizes 
delays when AOL Members and AOL Users attempt to access such site.

USER INTERFACE.  eToys will maintain a graphical user interface within the 
Affiliated eToys Site that is competitive in all material respects with 
interfaces of other similar sites based on similar form technology. AOL 
reserves the right to conduct focus group testing to assess eToys' 
competitiveness in this regard.

MONITORING.  AOL Network Operations Center (NOC) will work with a 
eToys-designated technical contact in the event of any performance 
malfunction or other emergency related to the Affiliated eToys Site and will 
either assist or work in parallel with eToys' contact using eToys tools and 
procedures, as applicable. The Parties will develop a process to monitor 
performance and member behavior with respect to access, capacity, security 
and related issues both during normal operations and during special 
promotions/events.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS.  The Parties agree to explore encryption methodology to 
secure data communications between the Parties' data centers. The network 
between the Parties will be configured such that no single component failure 
will significantly impact AOL Users. The network will be sized such that no 
single line runs at more than 70% average utilization for a five minute peak 
in a daily period.

SECURITY REVIEW.  eToys and AOL will work together to perform an initial 
security review of, and to perform tests of, the eToys system, network, and 
service security in order to evaluate the security risks and provide 
recommendations to eToys, including periodic follow-up reviews as reasonably 
required by eToys or AOL.

TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE.  eToys will perform the following technical 
obligations (and any reasonable updates thereto from time to time by AOL): 

1.   eToys will design the Affiliated eToys Site to support the Windows 
version of the Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0 browser, and make commercially 
reasonable effects to support all other AOL browsers listed at: 
http://webmaster.info.aol.com/BrowTable.html.

                                      10 


<PAGE>

                                                                 CONFIDENTIAL

2.   eToys will configure the server from which it serves the site to 
examine the HTTP User-Agent field in order to identify the AOL Member-Agents 
listed at: http://webmaster.info.aol.com/Brow2Text.html (the "AOL 
Member-Agents"). 

3.   eToys will design its site to support HTTP 1.0 or later protocol as 
defined in RFC 1945 (available at http://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1945.text) 
and to adhere to AOL's parameters for refreshing cached information listed at 
http://webmaster.info.aol.com/CacheText.html. 

eToys will provide continuous navigational ability for AOL Users to return to 
an agreed-upon point on the AOL Network (for which AOL will supply the proper 
address) from the Affiliated eToys Site.

                                      11

<PAGE>

                                                                 CONFIDENTIAL

                                   EXHIBIT E

                  STANDARD ONLINE COMMERCE TERMS & CONDITIONS

1.   AOL NETWORK DISTRIBUTION.  eToys will not authorize or permit any third 
party to distribute or promote the Affiliated eToys Site through the AOL 
Network absent AOL's prior written approval. AOL shall be entitled to require 
reasonable changes to the Content (including, without limitations features 
and functionality) within any linked pages of the Affiliated eToys Site to 
the extent AOL reasonably believes that such Content will adversely affect 
AOL's operation of the AOL Network.

2.   PROVISION OF OTHER CONTENT.  In the event that AOL notifies eToys that 
(i) as reasonably determined by AOL, any Content within the Affiliated eToys 
Site violates AOL's then-standard Terms of Service (as set forth on the 
America Online-Registered Trademark- brand service), the terms of this 
agreement or any other standard, written AOL policy or (ii) AOL reasonably 
objects to the inclusion of any Content within the Affiliated eToys Site 
(other than any specific items of Content which may be expressly identified 
in this Agreement), then eToys shall take commercially reasonable steps to 
block access by AOL Members to such Content using eToys's then-available 
technology. In the event that eToys cannot, through its commercially 
reasonable efforts, block access by AOL Members to the Content in question, 
then eToys shall provide AOL prompt written notice of such fact. AOL may 
then, at its option, restrict access from the AOL Network to the Content in 
question using technology available to AOL. eToys will cooperate with AOL's 
reasonable requests to the extent AOL elects to implement any such access 
restrictions.

3.   CONTESTS.  eToys will take all steps necessary to ensure that any 
contest, sweepstakes or similar promotion conducted or promoted through the 
Affiliated eToys Site (a "Contest") complies with all applicable federal, 
state and local laws and requisitions.

4.   DISCLAIMERS.  Upon AOL's request, eToys agrees to include within the 
Rainman Screens a product disclaimer (the specific form and substance to be 
mutually agreed upon by the Parties) indicating that transactions are solely 
between eToys and AOL Users purchasing products from eToys.

5.   OWNERSHIP.  eToys acknowledges and agrees that AOL will own all right, 
title and interest in and to the elements of graphics, design, organization, 
presentation, layout, user interface, navigation and stylistic convention 
(including the digital implementations thereof) (collectively the "Look and 
Feel") which are generally associated with online areas contained within the 
AOL Network (the AOL Look and Feel, as previously defined), subject to eToys' 
ownership rights in any eToys trademarks or copyrighted material within the 
Affiliated eToys Site. AOL acknowledges and agrees that eToys will own all 
right, title and interest in and to the Look and Feel which is generally 
associated with the Affiliated eToys Site, subject to AOL's ownership rights 
in any AOL trademarks or copyrighted material and the AOL Look and Feel.

6.

7.   MANAGEMENT OF THE AFFILIATED eTOYS SITE.  eToys will manage, review, 
delete, edit, create, update and otherwise manage all Products available on 
or through the Affiliated eToys Site, in a timely and professional manner and 
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. eToys will ensure that each 
Affiliated eToys Site is current, accurate and well-organized at all times. 
eToys warrants that the Affiliated eToys Site, including all Products and 
Contents available therein: (i) will not infringe on or violate any 
copyright, trademark, U.S. patent or any other third party right, including 
without limitation, any music performance or other music-related rights; and 
(ii) will not contain any Product which violates any applicable law or 
regulation, including those relating to contests, sweepstakes or similar 
promotions. AOL will have no obligations with respect to the Products 
available on or through the Affiliated eToys Site, including, but not limited 
to, any duty to review or monitor any such Products.

8.   DUTY TO INFORM.  eToys will promptly inform AOL of any information 
related to the eToys Service or Affiliated eToys Site which could reasonably 
lead to a claim, demand, or liability of or against AOL and/or its affiliates 
by any third party.

9.   CUSTOMER SERVICE.  It is the sole responsibility of eToys to provide 
customer service to persons or entities purchasing Products through the AOL 
Network ("Customers"). eToys will bear full responsibility for all customer 
service, including without limitation, order processing, billing, 
fulfillment, shipment, collection and other customer service associated with 
any Products offered, sold or licensed through the Affiliated eToys Site, and 
AOL will have no obligations whatsoever with respect thereto. eToys will 
receive all emails from Customers via a computer available to eToys' customer 
service staff and generally respond to such emails within one business day of 
receipt. eToys will receive all orders electronically and generally process 
all orders within one business day of receipt, provided Products ordered are 
not advance order

                                      12

<PAGE>

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

items. eToys will ensure that all orders of Products are received, processed, 
fulfilled and delivered on a timely and professional basis. eToys will offer 
AOL Users who purchase Products through such Affiliated eToys Site a money 
back satisfaction guarantee. eToys will bear all responsibility for compliance 
with federal, state and local laws in the event that Products are out of 
stock or are no longer available at the time an order is received. eToys will 
also comply with the requirements of any federal, state or local consumer 
protection or disclosure law. Payment for Products will be collected by eToys 
directly from customers. eToys' order fulfillment operation will be subject 
to AOL's reasonable review.

10.  PRODUCTION WORK.  In the event that eToys requests AOL's production 
assistance in connection with any matter, eToys will work with AOL to develop 
a detailed production plan for the requested production assistance (the 
"Production Plan"). Following receipt of the final Production Plan, AOL will 
notify eToys of (i) AOL's availability to perform the requested production 
work, (ii) the proposed fee or fee structure for the requested production and 
maintenance work and (iii) the estimated development schedule for such work. 
To the extent the Parties reach agreement regarding implementation of 
agreed-upon Production Plan, such agreement will be reflected in a separate 
work order signed by the Parties. To the extent eToys elects to retain a 
third party provider to perform any such production work, work produced by 
such third party provider must generally conform to AOL's production 
Standards & Practices (a copy of which will be supplied by AOL to eToys upon 
request). The specific production resources which AOL allocates to any 
production work to be performed on behalf of eToys will be as determined by 
AOL in its sole discretion.

11.  MERCHANT CERTIFICATION PROGRAM.  eToys will participate in any generally 
applicable "Certified Merchant" program operated by AOL or its authorized 
agents or contractors. Such program may require merchant participants on an 
ongoing basis to meet certain reasonable standards relating to provision of 
electronic commerce through the AOL Network and may also require the payment 
of certain reasonable certification fees to the applicable entity operating 
the program.


                                      13

<PAGE>

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                  EXHIBIT F

                      STANDARD LEGAL TERMS & CONDITIONS

1.  PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS/PRESS RELEASES.  Each Party will submit to the other 
Party, for its prior written approval, which will not be unreasonably 
withheld or delayed, any marketing, advertising, press releases, and all 
other promotional materials related to the Affiliated eToys Site and/or 
referencing the other Party and/or its trade names, trademarks, and service 
marks (the "Materials"); provided, however, that either Party's use of screen 
shots of the Affiliated eToys Site for promotional purposes will not require 
the approval of the other Party so long as the AOL Network is clearly 
identified as the source of such screen shots. Each Party will solicit and 
reasonably consider the views of the other Party in designing and 
implementing such Materials. Once approved, the Materials may be used by a 
Party and its affiliates for the purpose of promoting the Affiliated eToys 
Site and the content contained therein and reused for such purpose until such 
approval is withdrawn with reasonable prior notice. In the event such 
approval is withdrawn, existing inventories of Materials may be depleted. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may issue press releases and 
other disclosures as required by law or as reasonably advised by legal 
counsel without the consent of the other Party and in such event, prompt 
notice thereof will be provided to the other Party.

2.  LICENSE.  eToys hereby grants AOL a non-exclusive worldwide license to 
market, license, distribute, reproduce, display, perform, transmit and 
promote the Affiliated eToys Site and the Products contained therein (or any 
portion thereof) through such areas or features of the AOL Network as AOL 
deems appropriate. AOL Users will have the right to access and use the 
Affiliate eToys Site.

3.  TRADEMARK LICENSE.  In designing and implementing the Materials and 
subject to the other provisions contained herein, eToys will be entitled to 
use the following trade names, trademarks, and service marks of AOL: the 
"America Online-Registered Trademark-" brand service, "AOL" service/software 
and AOL's triangle logo; and AOL and its Affiliates will be entitled to use 
the trade names, trademarks, and service marks of eToys (collectively, 
together with the AOL marks listed above, the "Marks"); provided that each 
Party: (i) does not create a unitary composite mark involving a Mark of the 
other Party without the prior written approval of such other Party; and (ii) 
displays symbols and notices clearly and sufficiently indicating the 
trademark status and ownership of the other Party's Marks in accordance with 
applicable trademark law and practice.

4.  OWNERSHIP OF TRADEMARKS.  Each Party acknowledges the ownership of the 
other Party in the Marks of the other Party and agrees that all use of the 
other Party's Marks will inure to the benefit, and be on behalf, of the other 
Party. Each Party acknowledges that its utilization of the other Party's 
Marks will not create in it, nor will it represent it has, any right, title, 
or interest in or to such Marks other than the licenses expressly granted 
herein. Each Party agrees not to do anything contesting or impairing the 
trademark rights of the other Party.

5.  QUALITY STANDARDS.  Each Party agrees that the nature and quality of its 
products and services supplied in connection with the other Party's Marks 
will conform to quality standards set by the other Party. Each Party agrees 
to supply the other Party, upon request, with a reasonable number of samples 
of any Materials publicly disseminated by such Party which utilize the other 
Party's Marks. Each Party will comply with all applicable laws, regulations, 
and customs and obtain any required government approvals pertaining to use of 
the other Party's marks.

6.  INFRINGEMENT PROCEEDINGS.  Each Party agrees to promptly notify the other 
Party of any unauthorized use of the other Party's Marks of which it has 
actual knowledge. Each Party will have the sole right and discretion to bring 
proceedings alleging infringement of its Marks or unfair competition related 
thereto; provided, however, that each Party agrees to provide the other Party 
with its reasonable cooperation and assistance with respect to any such 
infringement proceedings.

7.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each Party represents and warrants to 
the other Party that: (i) such Party has the full corporate right, power and 
authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform the acts required of it 
hereunder; (ii) the execution of this Agreement by such Party, and the 
performance by such Party of its obligations and duties hereunder, do not and 
will not violate any agreement to which such Party is a party or by which it 
is otherwise bound; (iii) when executed and delivered by such Party, this 
Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such 
Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms; and (iv) 
such Party acknowledges that the other Party makes no representations, 
warranties or agreements related to the subject matter hereof that are not 
expressly provided for in this Agreement.

8.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each Party acknowledges that Confidential Information 
may be disclosed to the other Party during the course of this Agreement. 
Each Party agrees that it will take reasonable steps, at least substantially 
equivalent to the steps it takes to protect its own proprietary information, 
during the term of this Agreement, and for a


                                      14

<PAGE>

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

period of three years following expiration or termination of this Agreement, 
to prevent the duplication or disclosure of Confidential Information of the 
other Party, other than by or to its employees or agents who must have access 
to such Confidential Information to perform such Party's obligations 
hereunder, who will each agree to comply with this section.  Notwithstanding 
the foregoing, either Party may issue a press release or other disclosure 
containing Confidential Information without the consent of the other Party, 
to the extent such disclosure is required by law, rule, regulation or 
government or court order. In such event, the disclosing Party will provide 
at least five (5) business days prior written notice of such proposed 
disclosure to the other Party. Further, in the event such disclosure is 
required of either Party under the laws, rules or regulations of the 
Securities and Exchange Commission or any other applicable governing body, 
such Party will (i) redact mutually agreed-upon portions of this Agreement to 
the fullest extent permitted under applicable laws, rules and regulations and 
(ii) submit a request to such governing body that such portions and other 
provisions of this Agreement receive confidential treatment under the laws, 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise 
be held in the strictest confidence to the fullest extent permitted under the 
laws, rules or regulations of any other applicable governing body.

9.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; DISCLAIMER INDEMNIFICATION. 

9.1.  LIABILITY.  UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE 
OTHER PARTY FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY 
DAMAGES (EVEN IF THAT PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH 
DAMAGES), ARISING FROM BREACH OF THE AGREEMENT, THE SALE OF PRODUCTS, THE USE 
OR INABILITY TO USE THE AOL NETWORK, THE AOL SERVICE, AOL.COM OR THE 
AFFILIATED eToys SITE, OR ARISING FROM ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, 
SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF REVENUE OR ANTICIPATED PROFITS OR LOST 
BUSINESS (COLLECTIVELY, "DISCLAIMED DAMAGES"); PROVIDED THAT EACH PARTY WILL 
REMAIN LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY TO THE EXTENT ANY DISCLAIMED DAMAGES ARE 
CLAIMED BY A THIRD PARTY AND ARE SUBJECT TO INDEMNIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 9.3 OF THIS EXHIBIT F. NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY 
FOR MORE THAN $1,000,000; PROVIDED THAT EACH PARTY WILL REMAIN LIABLE FOR THE 
AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF ANY PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS OWED TO THE OTHER PARTY PURSUANT 
TO SECTION 4 OF THE AGREEMENT.

9.2.  NO ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES.  EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS 
AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY SPECIFICALLY 
DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING 
THE AOL NETWORK, THE AOL SERVICE, AOL.COM OR THE AFFILIATED eToys SITE, 
INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR 
PURPOSE AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR COURSE OF 
PERFORMANCE. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, AOL 
SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING THE PROFITABILITY OF THE 
AFFILIATED ETOYS SITE.

9.3.  INDEMNITY.  Either Party will defend, indemnify, save and hold harmless 
the other Party and the officers, directors, agents, affiliates, 
distributors, franchisees and employees of the other Party from any and all 
third party claims, demands, liabilities, costs or expenses, including 
reasonable attorneys' fees ("Liabilities"), resulting from the indemnifying 
Party's material breach of any duty, representation, or warranty of this 
Agreement, except where Liabilities result from the gross negligence or 
knowing and willful misconduct of the other Party.

9.4.  CLAIMS.  Each Party agrees to (i) promptly notify the other Party in 
writing of any indemnifiable claim and give the other Party the opportunity 
to defend or negotiate a settlement of any such claim at such other Party's 
expense, and (ii) cooperate fully with the other Party, at that other Party's 
expense, in defending or settling such claim. AOL reserves the right, at its 
own expense, to assume the exclusive defense and control of any matter 
otherwise subject to indemnification by eToys hereunder, and in such event, 
eToys will have no further obligation to provide indemnification for such 
matter hereunder.

9.5.  ACKNOWLEDGMENT.  AOL and eToys each acknowledges that the provisions of 
this Agreement were negotiated to reflect an informed, voluntary allocation 
between them of all risks (both known and unknown) associated with the 
transactions contemplated hereunder. The limitations and disclaimers related 
to warranties and liability contained in this Agreement are intended to limit 
the circumstances and extent of liability. The provisions of this Section 6 
will be enforceable independent of and severable from any other enforceable 
or unenforceable provision of this Agreement.

10.  SOLICITATION OF AOL USERS.  During the term of this Agreement, and for 
the two-year period following the expiration or termination of this 
Agreement, neither eToys nor its agents will use the AOL Network to (i) 
solicit, or


                                      15

<PAGE>

                                                                 CONFIDENTIAL

participate in the solicitation of AOL Users when that solicitation is for the 
benefit of any entity (including eToys) which could reasonably be construed 
to be or become in competition with AOL or (ii) promote any services which 
could reasonably be construed to be in competition with AOL, including, but 
not limited to, services available through the Internet. In addition, eToys 
may not send AOL Users e-mail communications promoting eToys' Products 
through the AOL Network without a "Prior Business Relationship." For purposes 
of this Agreement, a "Prior Business Relationship" will mean that the AOL 
User has either (i) engaged in a transaction with eToys through the AOL 
Network or (ii) voluntarily provided information to eToys through a contest, 
registration, or other communication, which included notice to the AOL User 
that the information provided by the AOL User could result in an e-mail being 
sent to that AOL User by eToys or its agents. A Prior Business Relationship 
does not exist by virtue of an AOL User's visit to an Affiliated eToys Site 
(absent the elements above). More generally, eToys will be subject to any 
standard policies regarding e-mail distribution through the AOL Network which 
AOL may implement.

11. COLLECTION OF USER INFORMATION. eToys is prohibited from collecting AOL 
Member screennames from public or private areas of the AOL Network, except as 
specifically provided below. eToys will ensure that any survey, questionnaire 
or other means of collecting AOL Member screennames or AOL User email 
addresses, names, addresses or other identifying information ("User 
Information"), including, without limitation, requests directed to specific 
AOL Member screennames and automated methods of collecting screennames (an 
"Information Request") comoties with (i) all applicable laws and regulations 
and (ii) any privacy policies which have been issued by AOL in writing during 
the Term (the "AOL Privacy Policies"). Each Information Request will clearly 
and conspicuously specify to the AOL Users at issue the purpose for which 
User Information collected through the Information Request will be used (the 
"Specified Purpose").

12. USE OF USER INFORMATION. eToys will restrict use of the User Information 
collected through an Information Request to the Specified Purpose. In no 
event will eToys (i) provide User Information to any third party (except to 
the extent specifically (a) permitted under the AOL Privacy Policies or (b) 
authorized by the members in question), (ii) rent, sell or barter User 
Information, (iii) identify, promote or otherwise disclose such User 
Information in a manner that identifies AOL Users as end-users of the AOL 
Service, AOL.com or the AOL Network or (iv) otherwise use any User 
Information in contravention of Section 10 above. Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, in the case of AOL Users who purchase Products from eToys, eToys 
will be entitled to use User Information from such AOL Users as part of 
eToy's aggregate list of Customers; provided that eToys's use does not in any 
way identify, promote or otherwise disclose such User Information in a manner 
that identifies AOL Users as end-users of the AOL Service. AOL.com or the AOL 
Network. In addition, eToys will not use any User Information for any purpose 
(including any Specified Purpose) not directly related to the business purpose 
of the Affiliated eToys Site.

13. EXCUSE. Neither Party will be liable for, or be considered in breach of 
or default under this Agreement on account of, any delay or failure to 
perform as required by this Agreement as a result  of any causes or 
conditions which are beyond such Party's reasonable control and which such 
Party is unable to overcome by the exercise of reasonable diligence.

14. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS. The Parties to this Agreement are independent 
contractors. Neither Party is an agent, representative or partner of the 
other Party. Neither Party will have any right, power or authority to enter 
into any agreement for or on behalf of, or incur any obligation or 
liability of, or to otherwise bind, the other Party. This Agreement will not 
be interpreted or construed to create an association, agency, joint venture 
or partnership between the Parties or to impose any liability attributable 
to such a relationship upon either Party.

15. NOTICE. Any notice, approval, request, authorization, direction or other 
communication under this Agreement will be given in writing and will be 
deemed to have been delivered and given for all purposes on the delivery date 
if delivered by electronic mail on the AOL Network or (i) on the delivery 
date if delivered personally to the Party to whom the same is directed; (ii) 
one business day after deposit with a commercial overnight carrier, with 
written verification of receipt, or (iii) five business days after the 
mailing date, whether or not actually received, if sent by U.S. mail, return 
receipt requested, postage and charges prepaid, or any other means of rapid 
mail delivery for which a receipt is available, to the person(s) specified 
below at the address of the Party set forth in the first paragraph of this 
Agreement.

16. NO WAIVER. The failure of either Party to insist upon or enforce strict 
performance by the other Party of any provision of this Agreement or to 
exercise any right under this Agreement will not be construed as a waiver or 
relinquishment to any extent of such Party's right to assert or rely upon any 
such provision or right in that or any other instance; rather, the same will 
be and remain in full force and effect.

17. RETURN OF INFORMATION. Upon the expiration or termination of this 
Agreement, each Party will, upon the written request of the other Party, 
return or destroy (at the option of the Party receiving the request) all 
confidential information, documents, manuals and other materials specified 
the other Party.


                                      16


<PAGE>
                                                                 CONFIDENTIAL


18. SURVIVAL. Sections 9 through 12 of this Exhibit F, will survive the 
completion, expiration, termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and 
supersedes any and all prior agreements of the Parties with respect to the 
transactions set forth herein. Neither Party will be bound by, and each Party 
specifically objects to, any term, condition or other provision which is 
different from or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement (whether or 
not it would materially alter this Agreement) and which is proffered by the 
other Party in any correspondence or other document, unless the Party to be 
bound thereby specifically agrees to such provision in writing.

20. AMENDMENT. No change, amendment or modification of any provision of this 
Agreement will be valid unless set forth in a written instrument signed by 
the Party subject to enforcement of such amendment, and in the case of AOL, 
by an executive of at least the same standing to the executive who signed the 
Agreement.

21. FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each Party will take such action (including, but not 
limited to, the execution, acknowledgment and delivery of documents) as may 
reasonably be requested by any other Party of the implementation or 
continuing performance of this Agreement.

22. ASSIGNMENT. eToys will not assign this Agreement or any right, interest 
or benefit under this Agreement without the prior written consent of AOL. 
Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be fully binding upon, inure to 
the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties hereto and their respective 
successors and assigns.

23. CONSTRUCTION; SEVERABILITY. In the event that any provision of this 
Agreement conflicts with the law under which this Agreement is to be 
construed or if any such provision is held invalid by a court with 
jurisdiction over the Parties to this Agreement, (i) such provision will be 
deemed to be restated to reflect as nearly as possible the original 
intentions of the Parties in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) the 
remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement 
will remain in full force and effect.

24. REMEDIES. Except where otherwise specified, the rights and remedies 
granted to a Party under this Agreement are cumulative and in addition to, 
and not in lieu of, any other rights or remedies which the Party may possess 
at law or in equity; provided that, in connection with any dispute hereunder, 
eToys will be not entitled to offset any amounts that it claims to be due and 
payable from AOL against amounts otherwise payable by eToys to AOL.

25. APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION. This Agreement will be interpreted, 
construed and enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of the 
Commonwealth of Virginia except for its conflicts of laws principles. Each 
Party irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the 
Commonwealth of Virginia and the federal courts situated in the Commonwealth 
of Virginia. In connection with any action to enforce the provisions of this 
Agreement, to recover damages or other relief for breach or default under 
this Agreement, or otherwise arising under or by reason of this Agreement.

26. EXPORT CONTROLS. Both Parties will adhere to all applicable laws, 
regulations and rules relating to the export of technical data and will not 
export or re-export any technical data, any products received from the other 
Party or the direct product of such technical data to any proscribed country 
listed in such applicable laws, regulations and rules unless properly 
authorized.

27. HEADINGS. The captions and headings used in this Agreement are inserted 
for convenience only and will not affect the meaning or interpretation of 
this Agreement.

28. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of 
which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute 
one and the same document.


                                      17

<PAGE>

                ADDENDUM TO INTERACTIVE MARKETING AGREEMENT


     This Addendum, dated January 1, 1998 (the "Revised Effective Date"), is 
to that certain Interactive Marketing Agreement dated October 1, 1997 by and 
between America Online, Inc. ("AOL"), and eToys Inc. ("eToys") (the 
"Agreement"). Defined terms that are used but not defined herein shall be as 
defined in the Agreement.

The parties wish to amend the Agreement as follows:

1.   PARAGRAPH 4.1, PAYMENTS.  This clause shall be deleted in its entirety, 
     and replaced with the following: 

     "PAYMENTS.  eToys will pay AOL an amount of Three Million One Hundred 
     Thousand Dollars (US$3,100,000), to be paid as follows: (i) one monthly 
     payment of Fifty Nine Thousand Six Hundred and Fifteen Dollars and 
     Thirty Eight Cents (US$59,615.38) for the December 1, 1997 invoice to be 
     paid by December 31, 1997; (ii) twelve monthly payments in arrears (net 
     30) of Sixty Three Thousand Seven Hundred Eighty Two Dollars and Five 
     Cents (US$63,782.05), beginning with a January 1, 1998 invoice to be paid 
     by January 31, 1998; (iii) twelve monthly payments in arrears of Sixty 
     Eight Thousand Seven Hundred and Fifty Dollars (US$68,750) (the "Fixed 
     Year 2 Payment"), beginning with a January 1, 1999 invoice to be paid by 
     January 31, 1999; and (iv) additional monthly payments for the 
     remainder, with each monthly payment reflecting the value (based on the 
     "cpm's" set forth in Exhibit A) of the impressions delivered during the 
     prior month. In any month, beginning January of 1999, the aggregate 
     payment to AOL will be no less than Eighty Nine Thousand Two Hundred 
     Dollars (US$89,200.00) (the "Minimum Payment"); provided that, in the 
     event that the Minimum Payment exceeds the combination of the Fixed 
     Year 2 Payment and the payment to be made pursuant to subsection (iii) 
     above (the "Excess Payment"), then such Excess Payment will be credited 
     against future payments to be made pursuant to subsection (iv) in 
     connection with subsequently delivered impressions. As indicated 
     elsewhere herein, this Agreement supersedes eToys' prior agreements with 
     AOL related to advertising and placement in the AOL shopping channel 
     (the "Prior Agreements"). In that regard, (i) eToys has no further 
     payment obligations under the Prior Agreements (except with respect to 
     invoices which have been received by eToys as of its execution of this 
     Agreement) and (ii) any impressions delivered to eToys beginning as of 
     the Effective Date will count towards the impressions commitments 
     contained herein."

2.   EXHIBIT A, PLACEMENT/PROMOTION PLAN.  The paragraph titled: 'AOL Service 
     Shopping Channel' shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the 
     following:

     "AOL SERVICE SHOPPING CHANNEL (through December 31, 1999) ([*] per 
     year*) eToys will receive one anchor slot within the following 
     department screens within the AOL Service Shopping Channel Toys 
     Department. The anchor slot will include the following:

     - One continuous (24/7) button with corporate brand or logo on the 
       department front screen (consistent in size and nature with the other 
       "anchor" buttons appearing on such screen)

     - One continuous (24/7) two-line text field to promote individual 
       product offerings

     - Featured product with text promotion for [*] minimum on the relevant 
       department screen

     - Rotation through the department screen in text-based programming 
       promos along with other merchants and channel initiatives

     - Rotation through the shopping channel search screen advertising 
       banners along with all other anchors and tenants


* CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED 
  SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.


<PAGE>

     - One keyword for trade name or trademark (subject to availability)

     - Participation in the following programs at no additional charge (the 
       "Program Areas")

       - Electronic Order Blank Area

       - Bargain Basement

       - Quick Gifts

       - Event and/or theme areas (e.g., Christmas Shop)

3.   ORDER OF PRECEDENCE; STANDARD TERMS.  This Addendum is supplementary to 
     and modifies the Agreement. This Addendum supersedes provisions in the 
     Agreement only to the extent that the terms of this Addendum expressly 
     conflict with the provisions of the Agreement or such provisions are 
     otherwise expressly invalidated by reference herein.

4.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Addendum may be executed in counterparts, each of 
     which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall 
     constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum as of the 
date first written above.


AMERICA ONLINE, INC.                        eTOYS INC.

By: /s/ illegible                           By: /s/ Philip Polishook  2/16/98
   ---------------------------
Name: illegible                             Name: Philip Polishook
     -------------------------
Title:                                      Title: Vice President Marketing
      ------------------------




<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.32

May 13, 1999

Janine Bousquette
420 East 54th Street
Apt. 33G
New York, NY 10022
Home phone: (212) 752-5780
Office phone: (914) 253-3536

Dear Janine:

I am pleased to extend to you an offer of employment with eToys Inc. (the 
"Company") as a Senior Vice President of Marketing. You will report to the 
Company's Chief Executive Officer.  You will be encouraged to participate in 
meetings of the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") at the discretion 
of the Company's Chief Executive Officer. Your employment will be under the 
following terms: 

   -- Your bi-weekly salary will be $5,769.23 and it will be paid 
      in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures.

   -- In addition, you will receive a signing bonus of $75,000 which will 
      be paid to you upon your request.  You will vest with respect to any 
      paid signing bonus in 12 equal monthly installments for each of the 12 
      months during which you continue to be employed by the Company 
      following the commencement of your employment.  If the Company 
      terminates your employment with cause (see definition of "cause" 
      below) prior to the end of this 12 month period, or if you end your 
      employment with the Company, you will be obligated to refund to the 
      Company the unvested portion of any paid signing bonus.  If the 
      Company terminates your employment without cause within the first 
      12 months of your employment, you will receive a severance payment of 
      $100,000.  Your cash compensation will be reviewed annually by the 
      Board of Directors. 

   -- Your start date will be May 17th, 1999. 

   -- You will be an exempt employee.

      -- We will recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company that, 
      at the earliest Board meeting, you be granted an incentive stock 
      option to purchase 160,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company 
      with an exercise price of the fair market value of the Common 
      Stock of the Company on the date of grant of the option. The 
      option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extent 
      permitted by applicable tax law and will be subject to the terms 
      and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company's 
      1999 Stock Plan, as described in that Plan and the applicable 
      stock option agreement (including customary transfer and "lock-up" 
      restrictions).  The 

                                 Page 1

<PAGE>

      option will be immediately exercisable, but the purchased shares will 
      be subject to repurchase by the Company at the exercise price in the 
      event that your employment terminates before you vest in the shares.  
      You will vest in 1/4th of the option shares after twelve months of 
      employment, and the balance will vest in monthly installments of 
      1/48th of the option shares over the next 36 months of employment, 
      as described in the applicable stock option agreement.  If you are 
      terminated by the Company without Cause within the first 6 months 
      of employment, you will vest a number of shares equivalent to 
      1/8th of the option shares.  If you are terminated by the Company 
      without Cause within the first 7-12 months of employment, you will 
      vest a number of shares equivalent to 1/48th of the option shares 
      for each month of employment.  If there is a change of control of the 
      Company during the eighteen month period immediately following the date 
      of the commencement of your employment with the Company, you will vest 
      in an additional number of unvested option shares equal to the number 
      in which you would have vested if your employment had continued through 
      the expiration of such eighteen month period.

      "Cause" means (a) willful and repeated failure to comply with the lawful 
      directions of the Board, (b) gross negligence or willful misconduct in 
      the performance of your duties to the Company, (c) commission of any 
      act of fraud against, or the misappropriation of material property 
      belonging to, the Company or (d) conviction of a crime that is 
      materially injurious to the business or reputation of the Company, 
      in each case as determined in good faith by the Board.

   -- The Company will pay for all of your out-of-pocket expenses associated 
      with your move to the greater Los Angeles area.
 
   -- You will be eligible to receive certain employee medical and dental 
      benefits beginning on your start date.  

   -- You will begin to accrue up to ten (10) vacation days per year in 
      accordance with Company policies and procedures.

   -- You will be eligible for up to five (5) sick days per year effective on 
      your start date. 

   -- You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no 
      specified period and constitutes at-will employment.  As a result, you 
      are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason.  
      Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship 
      with you at any time, with or without cause.

   -- For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to 
      provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and 
      eligibility for employment in the United States.  Such documentation 
      must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of 
      hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our 
employment relationship, you and the Company agree that all such disputes 
shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the 
American Arbitration Association in Santa Monica, California.  HOWEVER, we 
agree that this arbitration provision shall not apply to any disputes or 
claims relating to or arising out of the misuse or misappropriation of the 
Company's trade secrets or proprietary information.

                                   Page 2

<PAGE>

This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, 
signed by the Company and by you.

We look forward to working with you.

                                   Sincerely,

                                   eToys, Inc.  

                                   /s/ Edward Lenk
                                   --------------------------------------
                                   Edward Lenk
                                   Chief Executive Officer

I hereby accept employment with eToys Inc. on the terms set forth in this 
offer letter.  I acknowledge that this letter, along with the agreement 
relating to proprietary rights between myself and the Company, set forth the 
terms of my employment with the eToys Inc. and supersede any prior 
representations or agreements, whether written or oral.  I acknowledge that 
no promises, representations or commitments have been made to me concerning 
my employment with eToys Inc. other than those set forth in this offer letter.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO THIS 13TH DAY OF MAY 1999:


    /s/ Janine Bousquette
- --------------------------------
      Janine Bousquette


                                   Page 3


<PAGE>

                                   DEED OF LEASE


          THIS DEED OF LEASE made and entered into as of the 10th day of May,
1999, by and between EAST BOWLES, L.L.C., a Virginia limited liability company,
party of the first part and Lessor herein, and ETOYS INC., a Delaware
corporation, party of the second part and Lessee herein;
                                          
                                W I T N E S S E T H:

          WHEREAS, Lessor is the owner of a certain lot or parcel of land off
U.S. Route 29 in Pittsylvania County, Virginia, containing approximately 53.088
acres, more or less (the "Land"), as shown on the attached Exhibit A, being a
Plat of Survey for Lessor, prepared by William E. Mitchell Assoc., and dated
August 26, 1996 and revised April 27, 1999 ("Survey"), on which is located
certain improvements containing a total of 438,500 square feet of floor area
(the "Building") (the Land and Building together hereinafter referred to as the
"Premises"); and

          WHEREAS, the Lessee desires to lease the Premises from Lessor and
Lessor desires to lease the Premises to Lessee on the terms and conditions set
forth hereinafter; and

          WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee desire to set forth the terms and
conditions of such lease herein;

          NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants,
promises and agreements herein contained, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.  DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

          Section 1.1.  DEFINITIONS.  In addition to other terms defined
elsewhere in this Lease, the following terms shall have the following meanings
in this Lease unless the context requires otherwise:

          "LEASE" shall mean this agreement including any amendments, exhibits
and schedules attached hereto and made a part hereof;

          "BUILDING" shall mean the existing warehouse/office facility
containing approximately 438,500 square feet located on the Land, as shown on
attached Exhibit "A"; 

          "LAND" shall mean the real estate containing 41 acres, more or less,
as shown on the Plat of Survey attached hereto as Exhibit A; and

          "PREMISES" or "DEMISED PREMISES" or similar phrases shall mean the
Land and Building as set forth herein; and

                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                    Page 1 of 30

<PAGE>

          Section 1.2.  RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.  The following rules shall apply
to the construction of this Lease unless the context otherwise requires:

               A)   Singular words shall connote the plural number as well as
the singular and vice versa.

               B)   All references herein to particular articles or sections are
references to articles or sections of this Lease.

               C)   The headings herein are solely for convenience of reference
and shall not constitute a part of this Lease nor shall they affect its meaning,
construction or effect.

                             ARTICLE II.  REPRESENTATIONS

          Section 2.1.  REPRESENTATIONS OF LESSOR.  The Lessor makes the
following representations and warranties to Lessee:  Lessor is duly organized as
a Virginia limited liability company under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Virginia and has the power and authority to enter into the transactions
contemplated by this Lease, including without limitation, the purchase options,
and to carry out its obligations hereunder and by proper action has duly
authorized the execution and delivery of, and the performance under, this Lease.
Lessor further represents, warrants and covenants to Lessee that (a) the Land
and the Additional Land (as hereinafter defined) is presently properly
subdivided in conformity with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of
record, building codes, regulations and ordinances applicable to the Premises
("Laws") and zoned so as to permit access to the occupancy and operation of the
demised Premises and the Additional Land for Lessee's intended use as a
warehouse/office/distribution facility; (b) there are no title matters and no
rights of any third parties which will or may prevent, hinder or restrict
Lessee's intended uses or occupancy of the demised Premises and/or the
Additional Land and Lessor owns fee simple title to the Premises and Additional
Land free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, except those items disclosed
in that certain Commitment for Title Insurance and endorsement thereto issued by
Stewart Title Guaranty Company under Commitment Number DST-190199 ("Permitted
Encumbrances"), and has not entered into any other leases, options, unrecorded
contracts to acquire or lease or any similar or related agreements or
instruments related to the Premises and/or Additional Land; (c) Lessor shall not
take any future actions or omissions with respect to the Premises or Additional
Land, including without limitation, any actions which affect title and/or zoning
of the Premises or Additional Land which will interfere with, prohibit, restrict
or adversely affect Lessee's permitted use of or access to the Premises or
Additional Land; (d) there are no judicial, quasi-judicial, administrative or
other orders, injunctions, moratoria, or pending or threatened proceedings
against Lessor or the Land or Additional Land which preclude or interfere with
or would preclude or interfere with, the occupancy and use of the demised
Premises or Additional Land for Lessee's intended uses; (e) Lessor has received
no written notice of violation of any federal, state, county or municipal or
other governmental agency, law, ordinance, regulation, or a rule or requirement
relating to the Premises or Additional Land and that the Premises and Additional
Land comply with all applicable Laws; (f) water, electrical and telephone
utilities have been stubbed to the Building and Additional Land; (g) to
Landlord's knowledge, there are no events or circumstances existing, threatened
or planned which would prohibit or materially interfere with Lessee's intended
use, occupancy and development of the Premises and/or Additional Land as a


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                    Page 2 of 30

<PAGE>

warehouse/office distribution center; (h) the Premises and the Additional Land
are separate legal parcels, properly subdivided under applicable laws; and (i)
no Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) have been used, discharged,
dumped, spilled or stored on or about the Land or Additional Land and Lessor has
received no notice and has no knowledge of any such condition on the Land,
Additional Land or in the Building; Lessor hereby agrees that if any claim is
ever made against Lessee relating to Hazardous Materials at or around the
Premises or Additional Land, whether or not such Hazardous Materials are present
as of the date hereof or are hereafter discovered on the Premises or Additional
Land (unless introduced by Lessee or Lessee's employees, servants, agents,
contractors, assignees, licensees, invitees or successors), all costs of
removal, disposal and remediation incurred by, all liability imposed upon and
all damages suffered by Lessee directly or indirectly arising out of the same
shall be borne by Lessor, and Lessor agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and
hold Lessee harmless from and against all such costs, losses, liabilities and
damages, including, without limitation, all third-party claims (including sums
paid in settlement thereof, with or without legal proceedings) for personal
injury or property damage and other claims, actions, administrative proceedings,
judgments, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, losses, attorneys' fees and
expenses (through all levels of proceedings), consultants and experts fees and
all costs incurred in enforcing this indemnity.  The foregoing indemnification
of Lessee by Lessor includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection
with any necessary investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial,
removal or restoration work required by any federal, state or local governmental
agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in the
soil or ground water or, under or about the Premises and/or Additional Land,
except to the extent caused by actions of Lessee or its employees, servants,
agents, contractors, assignees, licensees, invitees or successors.  Without
limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material on or about
the Premises  or Additional Land not caused by Lessee or its employees,
servants, agents, contractors, assignees, licensees, invitees or successors
results in the contamination of the Premises or Additional Land or any part
thereof or causes the Premises or Additional Land to be in violation of any
Laws, Lessor shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense as are
necessary to return the Premises and Additional Land to the condition they were
in before the introduction of any such Hazardous Material.  In taking any such
actions, Lessor shall use best efforts to minimize any interference with
Lessee's use of and access to the Premises and Additional Land and shall
reasonably schedule such actions with Lessee.  The representations, warranties
and indemnities contained in this Section 2.1 shall survive the termination or
expiration of this Lease and any purchase of the Premises and/or Additional Land
by Lessee or any person or entity who takes an assignment of such rights
pursuant to Article XX, below.

          Section 2.2.  REPRESENTATIONS OF LESSEE.  The Lessee makes the
following representations and warranties to Lessor:  Lessee is a corporation
duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full
power and authority to enter into this Lease and the transactions contemplated
hereby and to perform its obligations hereunder and by proper action has duly
authorized the execution and delivery of and the performance under this Lease.  

                                ARTICLE III.  PREMISES

          Section 3.1.  PREMISES.  Lessor hereby agrees to lease to Lessee and
Lessee hereby agrees to hire from Lessor the Premises, all of which have been
inspected and accepted in their 


                                    DEED OF LEASE
                                     Page 3 of 30

<PAGE>

present condition, with the sole exception of those specific items described in
Article VII hereinafter, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

                          ARTICLE IV.  COMMENCEMENT OF TERM

          Section 4.1.  INITIAL TERM.  To have and hold the same unto Lessee for
the initial term of approximately five (5) years and one-half (1/2) month,
commencing on the later of (i) July 15, 1999 or (ii) the date Lessor (or Lessee,
as the case may be, as more particularly set forth below) completes the Lessor's
Work pursuant to Sections 7.1 and, if applicable, 7.2 (A) below (hereinafter the
"Commencement Date"), on the covenants, conditions and agreements hereinbefore
and hereinafter stated, said initial term ending at 11:59 p.m. on July 31, 2004.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Lessor does not deliver the Premises
to Lessee as required by this Lease on or prior to August 15, 1999, Lessee may,
at its option, (i) terminate this Lease at any time prior to such delivery of
the Premises to Lessee or (ii) take possession of the Premises and complete the
Lessor's Work pursuant to Sections 7.1 and, if applicable, 7.2(A) below (in
which event Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any amounts incurred by Lessee in
completing Lessor's Work within thirty (30) days of Lessee's demand therefor in
accordance with Section 7.6 below).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and
after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, provided that Lessee and
its agents do not unreasonably interfere with Lessor's Work, subject to the
terms and provisions of the Lease, including without limitation, the insurance
and indemnity requirements, but with no obligation to pay any annual rent or any
other charges hereunder, Lessee and Lessee's architects, contractors,
subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers shall have access to the
Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the purpose of installing Lessee's
personal property, inventory, equipment, furniture and fixtures (including
Lessee's data and telephone equipment) in the Premises.

          Section 4.2.  EXTENSION TERMS.  Provided that Lessee is not then in
default under Section 15.1 beyond all applicable notice and cure periods set
forth therein, Lessee shall have the option to extend or renew this Lease on the
same terms and conditions set forth herein (with the exception of annual rent as
set forth in Section 5.2 below) for two (2) additional five-year terms.  Such
options may be exercised by Lessee giving written notice to Lessor of its intent
to renew at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the term then in
effect.

                                   ARTICLE V.  RENT

          Section 5.1.  RENT PAYMENTS DURING INITIAL TERM.  During the initial
term of this Lease beginning on the Commencement Date, Lessee covenants and
agrees to pay to the Lessor annual rent, subject to adjustments as set forth
elsewhere in this Lease, of Two and 95/100ths Dollars (U.S. $2.95) per square
foot of the floor area contained in the leased portion of the Building, the
parties hereby agreeing that for purposes of this Lease, said Building contains
438,500 square feet of floor area.  Accordingly, the annual rent payable by
Lessee during the initial term shall be One Million Two Hundred Ninety-Three
Thousand Five Hundred Seventy-Five Dollars (U.S. $1,293,575.00), payable in
monthly installments of $107,797.91 each.  All annual rent under this Lease
shall be payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of
each month during the initial term of this Lease at the offices of Lessor or
such place as Lessor may designate by notice to Lessee, without any offset or
deduction, except as expressly set forth elsewhere in this Lease.  Lessee agrees
to pay such rent in lawful money of the United 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                    Page 4 of 30

<PAGE>

States of America which is legal tender for the payment of public and private
debts.  Inasmuch as the Commencement Date is scheduled to begin on a date other
than the first day of a calendar month, Lessee shall on the Commencement Date
pay Lessor an amount equal to such proportion of an equal monthly installment as
the number of days from the Commencement Date to the end of the calendar month
in which the Commencement Date occurs bears to the total number of days in such
calendar month, and such payment shall represent the pro rata rent from the
Commencement Date to the end of such calendar month.  Likewise, any other
payments for partial months shall be prorated based on the actual days in such
calendar month.

          Section 5.2.  RENT PAYMENTS DURING RENEWAL TERM.  On the first (1st)
day of each of the renewal or extension terms referred to in Section 4.2 above,
the annual rent payable under Section 5.1 during the previous five-year period
(the "Base Rent") shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the "Base Month"
specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics
of the U.S. Department of Labor for CPI U (All Urban Consumers) for Washington,
D.C. - MD - VA., All Items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as "C.P.I." 
The annual rent payable for the renewal or extension term shall be calculated as
follows:  the Base Rent shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which
shall be the C.P.I. of the calendar month two (2) months prior to the first
(1st) day of the applicable renewal or extension term, and the denominator of
which shall be the C.P.I. of the calendar month which is two (2) months prior to
the first month of the term of this Lease or the first month of the first option
term (with respect to the exercise of the second option term) ("Base Month"). 
The sum so calculated shall constitute the new annual rent hereunder, but in no
event shall any such new annual rent be less than the annual rent payable
immediately preceding the date for rent adjustment.  In the event the
compilation and/or publication of the C.P.I. shall be transferred to any other
governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the
index most nearly the same as the C.P.I. shall be used to make such calculation.
 In the event that Lessor and Lessee cannot agree on such alternative index,
then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration
Association in accordance with the then rules of said association and the
decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties.  The cost of said
Arbitrators shall be paid equally by Lessor and Lessee.

          Section 5.3.  LATE CHARGE.  In addition to the rent specified
hereinabove, a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the then-current amount
of the monthly rent installments shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee
as additional rent if the full amount of any such monthly rental payment is not
received by Lessor on or before the fifth (5th) day following written notice
that such amount was past due, time being of the essence.  

          Section 5.4.  HOLDOVER RENT AND CONTINUED OCCUPANCY.  In the event
that the Lessee shall continue to occupy the Premises after the expiration of
the initial term or any applicable renewal terms, the annual rent required to be
paid during any such holdover tenancy shall increase to one hundred twenty-five
percent (125%) of the amount of annual rent to be paid during the previous term.
Any such holdover tenancy may be terminated by either party on thirty (30) days
written notice.

          Section 5.5.  SECURITY DEPOSIT.  Within ten (10) days following the
mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, Lessee shall provide to Lessor a
security deposit in an original amount equal to $431,191.64; provided, however,
in the event that Lessee becomes a 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                    Page 5 of 30

<PAGE>

publicly traded company with a market capitalization of at least $1,000,000,000,
Lessor shall release an amount equal to $323,393.73 to Lessee within thirty (30)
days following Lessee's written request therefor, and the security deposit shall
thereafter be in an amount equal to $107,797.91; provided, further, however, in
the event that at the time Lessee becomes a publicly traded company with a
market capitalization of at least $1,000,000,000, Lessee has posted a letter of
credit with Lessor in lieu of a security deposit as hereinafter provided, Lessor
agrees to accept a substitute letter of credit in the amount of $107,797.91 in
place of the existing letter of credit upon Lessee's request.  For purposes
herein, "market capitalization" shall mean the number of outstanding shares of
Lessee multiplied by the public trading value.  Such security deposit shall be
in the form of cash or, at Lessee's option, from time to time, an unconditional
letter of credit issued by a banking institution insured by the FDIC in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor.  Lessee shall also retain from time
to time the right to cancel the letter of credit at any time provided Lessee
concurrently replaces such letter of credit being cancelled with a substitute
letter of credit issued by a banking institution insured by the FDIC in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor or cash in an amount equal to the
then applicable security deposit.  Any portion of any letter of credit which is
drawn upon by Lessor in accordance with the provisions hereof, but is not used
or applied in accordance with the terms of this Lease shall be held as the
security deposit hereunder.  Such security deposit shall be held by Lessor
during the term of this Lease and any renewals and extensions hereof to secure
the faithful and timely performance of Lessee's obligations hereunder.  If
Lessee defaults in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder beyond
all applicable notice and cure periods, including, but not limited to, the
payment of rent, the Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any part of such
security deposit for the payment of any unpaid rent or for any other amount
which the Lessor may be required to spend by reason of the Lessee's default,
including any damages or deficiency in the reletting of the Premises, regardless
of whether the accrual of such damages or deficiency occurs before or after an
eviction or a summary reentry or other reentry by the Lessor. In the event of
any use or application of such security deposit by Lessor, Lessee agrees to
replace such amount so used or applied within thirty (30) days following receipt
of Lessor's written request.  Any remaining balance of such security deposit
shall be returned by Lessor to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the
termination of this Lease.  Lessor and Lessee agree that any cash security
deposit shall be deemed to be non-interest bearing.

                                   ARTICLE VI.  USE

          Section 6.1.  USE OF THE PREMISES.  Lessee shall use and occupy the
Premises for the operation of a warehouse/distribution facility and general
offices related thereto and for any other lawful purpose.  Subject to the other
terms and conditions of this Lease, including without limitation, Articles II
and VII, Lessee shall not suffer or permit the Premises or any part thereof to
be used in any manner, or anything to be done therein, or suffer or permit
anything to be brought into or kept in the Premises which would in any way (i)
violate any Laws; (ii) cause structural injury to the Building or other
improvements or any part thereof; (iii) damage the heating, air-conditioning,
ventilating, plumbing or other mechanical or electrical systems of the Building
or other improvements; (iv) constitute a public or private nuisance; (v) alter
the appearance of the exterior of the Building or other improvements or conduct
any structural alterations on the interior of the Building without the prior
written consent of Lessor in accordance with Article XVIII; or (vi) do anything
or permit anything to be done on the Premises that would violate any of those
certain Federal, state and local laws, regulations and guidelines


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                    Page 6 of 30

<PAGE>

now in effect, and any additional laws, regulations and guidelines which may
hereafter be enacted, relating to or affecting Hazardous Materials (as
hereinafter defined) or the handling, storage or disposal thereof.  Any
violation of any of the foregoing covenants which shall not be cured within
fifteen (15) days after receipt by Lessee of written notification thereof (or
such longer period as may be necessary if such default cannot reasonably be
cured within fifteen (15) days, so long as Lessee shall have commenced to cure
the same within said fifteen (15)-day period and thereafter shall diligently
pursue such cure) shall be an event of default under this Lease.

                    ARTICLE VII.  REPAIRS/IMPROVEMENTS/MAINTENANCE

          Section 7.1.  REQUIRED REPAIRS AND IMPROVEMENTS BY LESSOR PRIOR TO
COMMENCEMENT DATE.  Lessee has inspected the Premises and accepts same in their
current condition and state of repair, except the Lessor agrees only to
install/perform the following repairs and/or improvements to the Building in a
good and workmanlike manner and free of material defects prior to the
Commencement Date:

               A)   At the Commencement Date, all loading dock equipment,
including doors, bumpers, seals, lights and levelers, shall be in a good and
operable condition and in compliance with all applicable Laws;

               B)   At the Commencement Date, the interior floor of the Building
shall be cleaned and in good condition;

               C)   At the Commencement Date, dedicated electrical service in
the Building shall be 3,000 amps of three-phase;

               D)   At the Commencement Date, the Building shall be in
compliance with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act and any
and all local and state codifications thereof;

               E)   At the Commencement Date, all Building systems and
equipment, with the exception of those installed by Lessee, shall meet all
current applicable Laws, without regard to grandfathering or waivers, and shall
be in good working condition and order;

               F)   At the Commencement Date, the roof of the Building shall be
in good repair and shall have an estimated useful life of greater than fifteen
(15) years;

               G)   At the Commencement Date, all paved car and truck areas
shall be in good repair and shall have an estimated useful life of at least
fifteen (15) years; and

               H)   At the Commencement Date, the Building shall have a
structurally sound shell and be leak-free.

               If Lessee discovers that the Premises do not comply with Lessor's
obligations under this Section 7.1, Lessee shall provide Lessor with written
notice thereof within thirty (30) days following the Commencement Date and
Lessor shall be responsible for promptly complying with such obligations at
Lessor's sole cost and expense.


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                    Page 7 of 30

<PAGE>

          Section 7.2.  OPTIONAL IMPROVEMENTS.  If requested by Lessee in
writing within six (6) months following the Commencement Date (with the
exception of sub-paragraph A below, which must be requested within thirty (30)
days following the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease and installed
prior to the Commencement Date), Lessor agrees to install any or all of the
following, all of which shall be installed in a good and workmanlike manner on a
time schedule, in a manner and at a cost mutually agreed upon by Lessor and
Lessee:

               A)   If requested by Lessee within thirty (30) days following the
mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, the interior concrete floor of the
Building shall be sealed (term = 5-year amortization); 

               B)   Install asphalt paving on the Land to provide 250 additional
parking spaces (term = 10-year amortization); and/or

               C)   Install gravel paving on the Land to provide 250 additional
parking spaces (term = 5-year amortization).

                In the event that Lessee exercises the option to require Lessor
to install any one or more of the items set forth in this Section 7.2 (A)-(C),
the cost of such items shall be determined through competitive bidding, with
Lessee having the right to determine the successful bid.  At Lessee's option,
Lessee shall either pay for the cost of installation of such optional item(s) or
Lessor shall pay for the cost of the installation of such optional item(s) and
such cost, together with interest thereon at the annual rate of nine percent
(9%), shall be amortized over the indicated term for each such item and Lessee
shall reimburse Lessor for such costs occurring during the initial term or any
renewals of the Lease by adding them to the monthly rent payments payable by
Lessee to Lessor.  

               Lessor's obligations pursuant to Section 7.1 and the optional
improvement which Lessee elects to have Lessor perform pursuant to Section 7.2
(A) shall be referred to herein as the "Lessor's Work."

          Section 7.3.  LESSOR MAINTENANCE.  Lessor shall, at Lessor's own
expense, repair and maintain in good working order and condition and replace, if
the same is not susceptible of being repaired, in a good and workmanlike manner
only the roof, roof structure, exterior walls, flooring system, floor slab,
foundation, paved car and truck areas, Building systems and equipment (with the
exception of those installed by Lessee) to the extent costing in excess of
$5,000.00 per occurrence and having a useful life in excess of five (5) years
(see Section 7.5 below), load bearing walls and all other structural portions of
the Premises, except damages occasioned by the negligence or willful misconduct
of Lessee or its employees, servants, agents, contractors, assignees, licensees,
invitees or successors, or the failure of Lessee to perform commercially
reasonable maintenance required by this Lease, such repairs, maintenance and
replacements to be performed within a commercially reasonable time after receipt
of actual knowledge of the need therefor.  In addition, Lessor shall be
responsible for making, at its own expense, any and all maintenance, repairs and
replacements to the Premises (including all equipment, machinery and systems
thereof) to the extent that the need therefor results from the acts, negligence,
omission or willful misconduct of Lessor or its employees, servants, agents,
contractors, assignees, licensees, invitees or successors.


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                    Page 8 of 30

<PAGE>

          Section 7.4.  LESSEE MAINTENANCE.  Except for costs and obligations
otherwise set forth in this Lease, Lessee shall within a commercially reasonable
time, at its own expense, repair, replace and maintain the entire Premises in
the condition it is in on the Commencement Date and suffer no damage or injury
to it save ordinary wear and tear, damage by fire or other casualty or by the
condemnation of the Building or any part thereof, Alterations approved or
permitted under this Lease, or Lessor's failure to properly and timely maintain,
repair or replace those portions of the Building for which Lessor is responsible
under this Lease. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, including without
limitation, Lessor's obligations under Article II, Section 7.1, above, and
Section 7.5, below, Lessee shall, at its own expense, be responsible to maintain
and repair the non-structural interior and exterior portions of the Premises,
including, but not limited to, all landscaping and yard areas, electrical
fixtures and systems, HVAC fixtures and systems, lighting fixtures and systems,
plumbing fixtures and systems, trade fixtures, paving and walkways (including
snow and ice removal), fire protection and sprinkler systems and security
devices, if any, and any and all other equipment, systems and fixtures of every
kind, nature or description.  Lessee at its own expense shall cause such
regular, periodic inspections as may be reasonably required by Lessor to be
performed on the sprinkler system and any fire control system serving or located
in or on the Premises in accordance with the reasonable requirements of Lessor's
property and casualty insurance carrier and submit copies of same to Lessor
immediately upon request. 

          Section 7.5.  SHARED MAJOR MAINTENANCE COSTS.  Other provisions of the
Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event any existing HVAC,
sprinkler, plumbing or electrical systems or any other Premises facilities,
systems or equipment, with the exception of those installed in the Premises by
Lessee, require any repair, replacement and/or maintenance costing in excess of
$5,000.00 per occurrence where the useful life of such repair, replacement
and/or maintenance is in excess of five (5) years, the cost thereof (in excess
of the first $5,000.00 which must be paid by Lessee) shall be initially paid by
Lessor; however, such cost together with interest at the annual rate of nine
percent (9%) shall be amortized over the expected useful life thereof and the
Lessee shall repay the monthly amortized payments occurring during the initial
term or any renewals of this Lease as additional rent.  The foregoing shall not
apply in the event that such failure was caused by negligence or willful
misconduct of Lessee or its employees, servants, agents, contractors, assignees,
licensees, invitees or successors, or as a result of the failure of the Lessee
to perform commercially reasonable  maintenance as required by this Lease.

          Section 7.6.  FAILURE TO MAKE MAINTENANCE REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS. 
Should Lessor or Lessee fail to perform its obligations under this Lease, the
other party may, at its option, effect such maintenance, replacements or
repairs, provided that such curing party shall have given the nonperforming
party thirty (30) days prior written notice, except in the case of emergencies
(in which event only such notice as may be reasonable under the circumstances
shall be required).  The nonperforming party shall reimburse the other party on
demand for the reasonable and actual amount so expended (as evidenced by
detailed invoice), plus interest at the rate of 9% per annum if reimbursement
shall not be made within thirty (30) days after demand therefor; provided,
however, if Lessee performs such maintenance, replacements or repairs which were
Lessor's obligations under this Lease and Lessor fails to reimburse Lessee
within sixty (60) days after demand therefor, Lessee may offset such amounts
owed Lessee, plus interest, from rent.


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                    Page 9 of 30

<PAGE>

          Section 7.7.  QUALITY OF MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS. 
Lessor and Lessee shall perform all maintenance, repairs and replacements
substantially consistent with the quality of labor and materials used originally
in constructing the Building, in accordance with all applicable Laws and in
accordance with standards comparable to other improvements similar to the
Building located in Pittsylvania County, Virginia.

          Section 7.8. ABATEMENT EVENT.  In the event that Lessee is prevented
from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result
of any occurrence outside the reasonable control of Lessee (an "Abatement
Event"), then rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, for such time
that Lessee continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the
Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the
portion of the Premises that Lessee is prevented from using, and does not use,
bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the
event that Lessee is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the
Premises and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow
Lessee to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Lessee does not
conduct its business from such remaining portion, then rent shall be abated for
such time as Lessee continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use,
the entire Premises; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary
set forth in this Section 7.8, Lessee's rent shall only be abated to the extent
the occurrence is covered by rent loss insurance carried or required to be
carried in connection with this Lease.

                                 ARTICLE VIII.  TAXES

          Section 8.1.  PAYMENT OF REAL ESTATE TAXES.  During the term of this
Lease and any renewals and extensions hereof, Lessor shall deliver all tax bills
to Lessee immediately upon receipt thereof.  Following receipt of any such
bills, Lessee shall pay such general real estate taxes and assessments and other
ad valorem taxes, rates and levies assessed against the Land and/or the Building
by any governmental agency or authority and all charges specifically imposed in
lieu thereof (collectively, "real property taxes") at least ten (10) days prior
to the delinquency date of the applicable installment.  Upon written request
from Lessor, Lessee shall promptly furnish Lessor with satisfactory evidence
that such taxes have been paid.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, Lessor shall pay at its sole cost and expense, any current or
pending special assessments. The responsibility for the payment of real property
taxes shall be prorated to the Commencement Date of this Lease.  If any such
real property taxes cover any period of time after the expiration or earlier
termination of the term of this Lease, Lessee's share of real property taxes
shall be equitably prorated to cover only the period of time during the term of
the Lease and Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any overpayment after such
proration within thirty (30) days from making request therefor.  Lessee may, at
its sole option, pursue claims for reductions in real property taxes, in the
name of Lessor, if necessary, and Lessor agrees to reasonably cooperate with
Lessee in furtherance thereof.  Any tax refunds and/or savings achieved by
Lessee or Lessor due to such tax challenge or otherwise shall be the sole
property of Lessee. There shall be included within the definition of "real
property taxes" with respect to any calendar year only the amount currently
payable on bonds and assessments (which shall be paid in the maximum number of
installments), including interest for such tax calendar year or the current
annual installment for such calendar year.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Lease, real property taxes shall not include (i) any
excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes,
inheritance and 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 10 of 30

<PAGE>

succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes
to the extent applicable to Lessor's general or net income (as opposed to rents
or receipts), (ii) penalties incurred as a result of Lessor's negligence,
inability or unwillingness to timely deliver tax bills to Lessee, or (iii) any
other taxes or assessments charged or levied against Lessor which are not
directly incurred as a result of the operation of the Premises.

          Section 8.2.  PAYMENT OF OTHER TAXES.  Lessee shall be responsible to
pay and shall pay when they are due all taxes or assessments on all personal
property at any time located in or on the Premises, including, but limited to,
all machinery and tool taxes, and all other taxes assessed against Lessee.

                                ARTICLE IX.  UTILITIES

          Section 9.1.  PAYMENT OF UTILITY EXPENSES.  Lessee shall bear the cost
of any and all utilities used by Lessee on the Premises and shall pay the same
when due. 

                                ARTICLE X.  INSURANCE

          Section 10.1.  INSURANCE BY LESSEE.  Lessee, at Lessee's own cost and
expense, shall carry at all times during the term of this Lease and any renewals
and extensions hereof:  (a) a special perils insurance policy covering loss and
damage to the Building (specifically including earthquake coverage but excluding
flood coverage), naming Lessor and Lessor's mortgagee(s) as additional insureds,
as their interests may appear, and in the amount of at least the full
replacement cost of the Building, with a deductible not to exceed $5,000.00, and
(b) a policy of commercial general liability insurance in reference to the
Premises naming Lessor and Lessor's mortgagee(s) as additional insureds and
protecting and indemnifying Lessee, Lessor, Lessor's mortgagee(s) and their
assigns against any and all claims for injury and/or damage to persons or
property or for the loss of life or of property in an amount of not less than
$5,000,000 in respect to bodily injury or death to any one person and not less
than $5,000,000 in respect to any one occurrence or accident and not less than
$1,000,000 for property damage, and (c) rent loss insurance naming Lessor and
Lessor's mortgagee(s) as additional insureds, as their interests may appear, in
an amount sufficient to cover one year's rent, including all additional rent,
due under this Lease. Prior to the earlier of (i) Lessee's entry onto the
Premises or (ii) the Commencement Date, Lessee shall furnish Lessor with a
certificate issued by the insurer evidencing the aforesaid coverages. 

          Section 10.2.  FORMS OF INSURANCE.  All policies of insurance
described in this Article X shall be provided by good and solvent insurance
carriers licensed to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia, may not expire
or be cancelled or reduced below the coverage required hereunder without at
least thirty (30) days' prior written notice to Lessor and Lessee and shall
contain a waiver of subrogation pursuant to Section 10.3. Any insurance coverage
described in this Article X may be effected by a blanket or umbrella policy or
policies of insurance or under so-called "all risk" or "multi-peril" insurance
policies, provided that the Premises and Lessee's liability under this Lease
shall be at least the equivalent of separate policies in the amounts herein
required.  No less than annually, Lessee shall cause to be issued to Lessor a
certificate of insurance reasonably acceptable to Lessor and evidencing
compliance with the requirements of this Article X.


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 11 of 30

<PAGE>

          Section 10.3.  WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.  Lessor and Lessee agree that,
in the event the demised Premises, or any part thereof, are damaged or destroyed
by fire or other casualty that is covered by insurance of the Lessee, or the
sublessees, assignees or transferees of Lessee, the rights of recovery of any
party against the other or against the employees, agents or licensees of any
part, with respect to such damage or destruction and with respect to any loss
resulting therefrom, including the interruption of the business of any of the
parties, are hereby waived to the extent of the coverage of said insurance or
any other insurance carried by either party.  Lessor and Lessee further agree
that all policies of fire, extended coverage, business interruption and other
insurance covering the demised Premises or the contents therein shall provide
that the insurance shall not be impaired if the insureds have waived their right
of recovery from any person or persons prior to the date and time of loss or
damage.  Any additional premiums for such clause or endorsement shall be paid by
the Lessee.

                    ARTICLE XI.  DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

          Section 11.1. DEFINITIONS.  "PREMISES PARTIAL DAMAGE" shall mean
damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises which can reasonably
be repaired in six (6) months or less from the date of the damage or
destruction.  "PREMISES TOTAL DESTRUCTION" shall mean damage or destruction to
the Premises which cannot reasonably be repaired in six (6) months or less from
the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor and Lessee shall have a mutually
acceptable contractor notify Lessor and Lessee in writing within thirty (30)
days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage
is Partial or Total.  "INSURED LOSS" shall mean damage or destruction to
improvements on the Premises which was caused by an event required to be covered
by the insurance described in Article X of this Lease, irrespective of any
deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.  "REPLACEMENT COST" shall mean
the cost to repair or rebuild the Building at the time of the occurrence to its
condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris
removal and upgrading required by the operation of applicable Laws, and without
deduction for depreciation.

          Section 11.2. PARTIAL DAMAGE - INSURED LOSS.  If a Premises Partial
Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense,
repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue
in full force and effect.  Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake
shall be subject to Section 11.3, notwithstanding that there may be some
insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance maintained by
Lessor and/or Lessee shall be made available for the repairs if made by either
party.

          Section 11.3. PARTIAL DAMAGE - UNINSURED LOSS.  If a Premises Partial
Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, and the Replacement Cost exceeds
$250,000.00, Lessor may either:  (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably
possible at Lessor's expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full
force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to
Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the
occurrence of such damage.  Such termination shall be effective one hundred
twenty (120) days following the date of such notice.  In the event Lessor elects
to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after
receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's
commitment to pay for the repair of such damage in excess of $250,000.00 without
reimbursement from Lessor.  Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or
satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days after making such
commitment.  In such event this 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 12 of 30

<PAGE>

Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make
such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds or
assurances are available.  If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this
Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.  If
the Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs and the
Replacement Cost is less than or equal to $250,000.00 (as reasonably determined
by a mutually agreeable contractor), Lessor shall repair such damage at Lessor's
cost as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force
and effect.

          Section 11.4. TOTAL DESTRUCTION.  Notwithstanding any other provision
hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate one
hundred fifty (150) days following such Destruction.  

          Section 11.5. DAMAGE NEAR END OF TERM.  If at any time during the last
twelve (12) months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair
exceeds three (3) months annual rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor or
Lessee may terminate this Lease effective ninety (90) days following the date of
occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to the other
within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option
to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this
Lease by exercising either such option.  If Lessee fails to exercise such
option, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination
notice and Lessee's option shall be extinguished.

          Section 11.6. ABATEMENT OF RENT; LESSEE'S REMEDIES.

                    (a)  ABATEMENT.  In the event of Premises Partial Damage or
Premises Total Destruction, the rent payable by Lessee for the period required
for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage, plus a reasonable
period of time for Lessee to install its systems, furniture, fixtures and
equipment in the Building, shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which
Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired, to the extent that such rent is
recoverable under the rent loss insurance required pursuant to Section 10.1 or
otherwise carried by Lessor.  All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be
performed by Lessee (to the extent feasible in view of the situation).

                    (b)  REMEDIES.  If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or
restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way,
such repair or restoration within sixty (60) days after such obligation shall
accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or
restoration, (i) terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Lessor or
(ii) complete such repairs and restoration itself (in which event Lessor shall
reimburse Lessee for any amounts incurred by Lessee in completing such repairs
and restoration within thirty (30) days of Lessee's demand therefor in
accordance with Section 7.6 above, except to the extent such costs are to be
borne by Lessee pursuant to this Article XI, and shall assign any insurance
proceeds to Lessee for such purpose).  "Commence" shall mean the beginning of
the actual work on the Premises.

          Section 11.7. OUTSIDE DATE FOR COMPLETION.   Notwithstanding the terms
of this Article XI, following any event of damage or destruction and in the
event Lessor is obligated or elects to repair the damage or destruction, if the
repairs are not substantially completed (for 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 13 of 30

<PAGE>

occupancy) within such one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of damage or
destruction, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease until such time
as the repairs are complete, by notice to Lessor (the "Damage Termination
Notice"), effective as of a date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice (the
"Damage Termination Date"). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
in this Lease, in the event of any damage or destruction to Lessee's trade
fixtures (including all racking and related fixtures), equipment or Lessee's
personal property, all insurance proceeds related thereto shall be paid to
Lessee and Lessee may use such proceeds as Lessee sees fit, in Lessee's sole
discretion, and Lessee has no obligation to rebuild or replace any trade
fixtures, equipment or Lessee's personal property in the Premises.

                         ARTICLE XII.  ASSIGNMENT; SUBLETTING

          Section 12.1.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.  Subject to Section 12.2
below, Lessee shall not assign or sublease the Premises or any portion thereof
without the prior written consent of Lessor, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or conditioned and shall be granted or denied within ten
(10) business days.  Lessee acknowledges that Lessor has obtained or may obtain
financing which may require assignment of this Lease, from time to time, as
additional security, and Lessee hereby expressly consents to such assignments
and shall execute any commercially reasonable document required by Lessor in
connection therewith. 

          Section 12.2. AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Article XII, neither (i) an assignment or subletting of all or
a portion of the Premises (A) to an entity which is controlled by, controls or
is under common control with Lessee (or a valid assignee of this Lease), (B) to
an entity which is funded by Lessee in connection with Lessee's business in the
"e-commerce," or "retailing" industry or (C) to a purchaser of all or
substantially all of the assets of Lessee or of an entity which is controlled
by, controls or is under common control with Lessee (or a valid assignee of this
Lease), (ii) a transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, in connection with
the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Lessee or of an entity
which is controlled by, controls or is under common control with Lessee (or a
valid assignee of this Lease), nor (iii) the temporary use or occupancy of
portions of the Premises by a party or parties in connection with the
transaction of business with Lessee or with an entity which is controlled by,
controls or is under common control with Lessee (or with a valid assignee of
this Lease), shall be subject to the Lessor's consent or the payment of a
Transfer Premium (as defined below) (such entities, purchasers, and parties
shall be referred to herein collectively or individually as an "Affiliate");
provided, however, no sublease or assignment to an Affiliate shall release the
Lessee named herein from any liability under this Lease.  Lessee shall
immediately notify Lessor of any such assignment, purchase, transfer, sublease,
action, or use.  For purposes of this Lease, "control" shall mean the
possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management and policies of a person or entity, or majority ownership of any
sort, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise.  

          Section 12.3.  TRANSFER PREMIUM.  If Lessor consents to a sublease or
assignment, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable,
Lessee shall pay to Lessor fifty percent (50%) of any "Transfer Premium," as
that term is defined below, received by Lessee from such sublessee or assignee. 
"Transfer Premium" shall mean all rent, additional rent and other rental monies
payable by such sublessee or assignee in excess of the rent payable by Lessee


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 14 of 30

<PAGE>

under this Lease, on a per square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is
transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Lessee for (i)
any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises or improvement or
decorating allowances or other "out-of-pocket" monetary concessions, in
connection with the sublease or assignment, (ii) any brokerage commissions in
connection with the sublease or assignment, (iii) reasonable legal fees incurred
in connection with the sublease or assignment, and (iv) the unamortized costs of
tenant improvements installed by Lessee (which shall be equitably prorated if
the subject space does not consist of the entire Premises) and any Alterations
in the subject space (collectively, the "Subleasing Costs").  Lessee shall
provide Lessor with a calculation of the Transfer Premium, together with all
applicable back-up reasonably required by Lessor.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Lessee may convey, in connection with the sublease or assignment, but
pursuant to a separate legally binding agreement, the Lessee's assets, business
and trade fixtures, inventory, equipment or furniture or other Lessee's property
to the extent paid for by Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to retain any and
all consideration received in connection with such conveyance.  

          Section 12.4. SUBORDINATION.  Lessee's rights under this Lease are
subject and subordinate to the terms and conditions of Lessor's deed of trust as
executed with Lessor's lending institution and is further subject to the
security interest of that lending institution; provided, however,
notwithstanding any provisions of this Lease to the contrary, as a condition
precedent to Lessee's obligation to be bound by the provisions of this Section
12.4, Lessor shall deliver to Lessee with regard to any and all present and
future mortgages, ground leases, deeds of trust, liens or other encumbrances
against the Premises or any part thereof, non-disturbance agreements in form and
substance satisfactory to Lessee.  If said non-disturbance agreements are not
delivered to Lessee on or before sixty (60) days after the date this Lease has
been executed by the parties with respect to all existing mortgages, ground
leases, deeds of trust, liens or other encumbrances, then one-half (1/2) of
Lessee's payment of annual rent shall be abated until Lessee receives all such
non-disturbance agreements and Lessee shall have the right to terminate this
Lease without any liability or obligation whatsoever.  Upon Lessor's request,
subject to the provisions of this Section 12.4, Lessee shall agree to
subordinate this Lease in writing to any mortgage or trust deeds which may
hereafter be placed on the demised Premises and to any and all advances to be
made thereunder, and to the interest thereon, and all renewals, replacements and
extensions thereof, and shall execute any and all further instruments necessary
to that purpose and in form and substance satisfactory to Lessee, provided such
mortgagee named in such mortgage or trust deeds shall agree in writing to
recognize this Lease, all of the terms and provisions hereof (including, but not
limited to, all extensions and purchase options) and all of Lessee's rights and
remedies under this Lease (including, but not limited to, Lessee's rights of
self-help and/or setoff and other remedies for any default, obligation, act or
omission of Lessor or any prior lessor and Lessee's rights to terminate this
Lease, all as provided in this Lease, all of which rights may not be limited or
impaired in any manner) in the event of foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof if
Lessee is not in default hereunder following receipt of written notice of such
default and the expiration of any applicable cure period. 

          Section 12.5. PROHIBITED TRANSFERS.  Lessor shall not sell, assign or
transfer, directly or indirectly, any right, title or interest in or to the
Premises or Additional Land to Toys R Us or Amazon.com or any entity which is
controlled by, controls or is under common control with either of them, or any
successor to or assignee of any of the foregoing.


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 15 of 30

<PAGE>

          Section 12.6. NO SECURITY INTEREST.  Lessor shall not possess any
interest in and to Lessee's personal property, furniture (whether bolted or
otherwise), furnishings, inventory, business machines and equipment, trade and
business fixtures, including without limitation, any racks or similar trade
fixtures whether or not bolted or affixed to the Premises, signs, communications
equipment, moveable partitions, security equipment, networking equipment and
viewing screens, telecommunications equipment, the uninterrupted power supply
machinery and equipment and other articles of personal property owned by Lessee
or installed or placed by Lessee at its expense in the Premises (collectively,
"Lessee's Property") and Lessor hereby waives any such rights provided by law or
in equity.  Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary,
Lessor hereby waives any right of distraint and any statutory or other lien
which Lessor may have upon Lessee's trade fixtures and equipment or other
personal property in the demised Premises, including, without limitation, the
rights granted to landlords pursuant to Sections 55-227, 55-230 and 55-233 of
the Code of Virginia.  All Alterations and all improvements, walls, lighting,
sprinklers and electrical wiring which may be installed or placed in or about
the Premises, but excluding Lessee's Property installed in, on or about the
Premises, from time to time, shall be and become the property of Lessor.  Lessee
may remove any of Lessee's Property at any time, provided, in each instance,
Lessee repairs any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal. 
Lessee shall have no obligation to remove any Alteration upon the expiration or
early termination of the Lease term, but Lessee shall broom clean the Premises
concurrently with Lessee's vacation thereof.  Lessee shall have the right, but
not the obligation, to finance the purchase of and grant security interests in
and otherwise encumber Lessee's Property, and Lessor shall, promptly upon
request, execute a waiver and consent form required by any lender of Lessee
granting such lender the right, upon reasonable notice, to enter the Premises to
take possession of and remove Lessee's Property notwithstanding any alleged
breach by Lessee of the terms of this Lease.

                     ARTICLE XIII.  NO LIABILITY ON LESSOR'S PART

          Section 13.1.  LESSOR LIABILITY.  Except as specified in this Lease,
Lessor and its agents shall not be liable for (i) any damage to property of
Lessee or of others entrusted to employees of the Lessee, nor for the loss of or
damage to any property of Lessee by theft or otherwise unless caused by the
willful act or negligence of Lessor, its agents, contractors, servants or
employees; (ii) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire,
explosion, system failure, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water,
rain, snow or leaks from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances,
or plumbing works or from the street, or subsurface or from any other place or
by dampness or any other cause of whatsoever nature unless caused by the willful
act or negligence of Lessor, its agents, contractors, servants or employees; or
(iii) any damage caused by any other tenants or adjoined property owners or
caused by operations in construction of any public or quasi-public work. 
Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Lessor shall be liable for
such damages and injuries to Lessee or its employees, licensees, agents,
tenants, invitees, successors or permitted assigns and their respective
properties from failure of Lessor to maintain, repair or replace, with
commercially reasonable promptness after receipt of actual knowledge thereof,
those items which Lessor is required to maintain, repair or replace.  Upon
receiving actual knowledge that maintenance, repairs or replacements are
required, Lessor shall have a commercially reasonable time to repair or replace
the same and it shall not be liable for any damages sustained by Lessee during
such commercially reasonable repair or replacement period.  If Lessor shall fail
to perform such 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 16 of 30

<PAGE>

maintenance, repair or replacement within a commercially reasonable time after
receipt of actual knowledge thereof, then Lessor shall be responsible for such
damages and injuries sustained by Lessee or its employees, licensees, agents,
tenants, invitees, successors or permitted assigns and their respective
properties upon Lessor's failure to maintain, repair and replace the Premises or
required portions thereof.  For purposes of this Section 13.1, "commercially
reasonable" shall mean that Lessor must commence performance of the maintenance,
repair and/or replacement within thirty (30) days (less in the event of an
emergency) and diligently prosecute the same to completion.  In no event,
however, shall Lessor be held responsible for any indirect or consequential
damages to Lessee, such as loss of profits, customers, goodwill, etc.

                              ARTICLE XIV.  CONDEMNATION

          Section 14.1.  CONDEMNATION OF ALL OR A MATERIAL PART OF THE PREMISES.
In the event that all or a material part of the Building or the Land shall be
condemned or taken in any manner or conveyed in lieu thereof (collectively, a
"taking) for any public or quasi-public use after the Commencement Date, this
Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date of the vesting of title, and all
rent and other sums payable by Lessee under this Lease shall be apportioned and
paid through and including the date of the taking.  A material part of the
Building or the Land shall be deemed to have been taken if the Building and/or
the Land which remains after the taking shall be unsuitable for the continued
feasible and economic operation of the Premises by Lessee for the same purposes
as used by Lessee immediately prior to such taking as reasonably determined by
Lessee.  In the event of any taking prior to the Commencement Date, Lessee shall
have the right to terminate this Lease without any penalty or liability
whatsoever or may agree to continue this Lease in full force and effect, in
which event the provisions of the first sentence of Section 14.2 of this Lease
shall apply.

          Section 14.2.  CONDEMNATION OF LESS THAN A MATERIAL PART OF THE
PREMISES.  In the event of a taking of less than a material part of the Premises
after the Commencement Date, all rent and other charges shall be reduced fairly
and equitably in accordance with the portion taken, effective as of the date of
taking, and Lessor shall restore all parking and driveway areas so taken and
shall make all necessary restorations to the Premises at Lessor's cost and
expense such that the portions of the Premises not taken shall constitute a
complete architectural unit and shall serve the same function as immediately
prior to such taking.  If less than a material taking shall occur within the
last year of the term of this Lease, Lessee may terminate this Lease without
penalty or liability.

          Section 14.3.  LESSEE'S RIGHTS UPON CONDEMNATION.   For any taking,
whether or not this Lease is terminated, Lessee shall be entitled to
compensation from the condemning authority for its unamortized leasehold
improvements, relocation, loss of business, goodwill and storage expenses and
any other items to which Lessee is entitled under applicable law, including
without limitation, fifty percent (50%) of the leasehold bonus value.


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 17 of 30

<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE XV.  DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

          Section 15.1.  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES. 

               A)   (i) If Lessee defaults (a) in fulfilling any of the
covenants of this Lease, requiring the payment of rent, additional rent or other
payments due under this Lease, or (b) in strictly complying with any of the
other terms, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or (ii) if Lessee makes a
general assignment for the benefit of creditors, is adjudged a bankrupt or files
a petition for reorganization or arrangement, or if there has been an attachment
or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's assets, then, in the
case of nonpayment of rent or other charges which continues for five (5) days
after Lessee receives from Lessor written notice specifying such default, or if
Lessee defaults in any one or more of the events referred to in (b) or (ii)
above, then upon Lessee's receipt from Lessor of a written notice specifying the
nature of said default and upon Lessee's failure to cure such default within
thirty (30) days after receipt of Lessor's notice thereof, if required (or if
said default or omission complained of shall be of such a nature that the same
cannot be completely cured or remedied within said thirty (30) day period, and
if Lessee shall not have diligently commenced curing such default with such
thirty (30) day period, and shall not thereafter with reasonable diligence and
in good faith proceed to remedy or cure such default within a commercially
reasonable amount of time), then Lessor may serve a written five (5) business
day notice of cancellation of this Lease upon Lessee and upon the expiration of
said five (5) business days, this Lease and the term hereunder shall end and
expire as fully and completely as if the date of expiration of such five (5)
business day period were the day herein definitely fixed for the end and
expiration of this Lease and the term thereof and Lessee shall then quit and
surrender the demised Premises to Lessor but Lessee shall remain liable as
hereinafter provided. 

               B)   Upon any default by Lessee which is not cured within any
applicable cure period following receipt of notice thereof, if required, then
and upon a termination of this Lease as provided in Section 15.1(A) above,
Lessor may without further notice re-enter the demised Premises and dispossess
Lessee with process of law by summary proceedings or otherwise, and the legal
representatives of Lessee or other occupant of the demised Premises and remove
their effects and hold the Premises as if this Lease had not been made, but
Lessee shall remain liable hereunder as hereinafter provided and Lessee hereby
waives the service of notice of intention to re-enter or institute legal
proceedings to that end. 

          Section 15.2.  RENT DEFICIENCY.  In case of any termination of this
Lease, (a) the rent and additional rent shall become due thereupon and be paid
up to the time of such termination; and (b) all damages, liabilities, costs and
expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs),
together with interest thereon at the prime rate charged by the largest state
chartered bank in Virginia plus two percent (2%) per annum but not to exceed the
maximum rate allowed by law ("Interest Rate") until paid, directly incurred by
Lessor as a result of such default less that which Lessee proves could
reasonably be avoided.  In no event under this Lease, however, shall Lessee be
liable for any indirect or consequential damages to Lessor, such as loss of
profits, customers, goodwill, etc. Lessor shall be under a duty to exercise
diligence in an effort to mitigate its damages.  In the event of a breach by
Lessee of any of the covenants or provisions hereof and Lessee's failure to
remedy the same within any applicable cure period following receipt of written
notice, Lessor shall have the right of injunction and the 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 18 of 30

<PAGE>

right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if re-entry, summary
proceedings and other remedies were not herein provided for.  Mention in this
Lease of any particular remedy shall not preclude Lessor from any other remedy,
in law or in equity, the foregoing remedies and rights of Lessor being
cumulative.  Lessee hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption
granted by or under any present or future laws in the event of Lessee being
evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or in the event of Lessor obtaining
possession of the demised Premises, by reason of the violation by Lessee of any
of the covenants and conditions of this Lease or otherwise. 

          Section 15.3.  DEFAULT BY LESSOR.  Should Lessor default in any of
Lessor's obligations under this Lease after thirty (30) days written notice from
Lessee specifying the nature of such default, including, but not limited to,
Lessor's duty to pay debt service payments or in its obligation to repair,
maintain and/or replace portions of the Premises, upon Lessor's failure to cure
such default within thirty (30) days after receipt of Lessee's notice thereof
(or if said default or omission complained of shall be of such a nature that the
same cannot be completely cured or remedied within said thirty (30) day period,
and if Lessee shall not have diligently commenced curing such default with such
thirty (30) day period, and shall not thereafter with reasonable diligence and
in good faith proceed to remedy or cure such default within a commercially
reasonable amount of time), Lessee shall have and enjoy (but shall have no
obligation), in addition to any other rights and remedies under this Lease or
under common law, in equity or by statute (all of which shall be cumulative and
no action by Lessee shall be deemed an election of remedies or a cure of
Lessor's default): (i) the rights to divert and offset from rent and other
payments hereunder due to Lessor, as provided in this Lease, or (ii) the right
to terminate this Lease and shall be entitled to receive from Lessor all
damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to,
reasonable attorneys' fees and costs), together with interest thereon at the
Interest Rate until paid, directly incurred by Lessee as a result of such
default less that which Lessor proves could reasonably be avoided.  In no event,
however, shall Lessor be liable for any indirect or consequential damages to
Lessee, such as loss of profits, customers, goodwill, etc.  Lessee shall be
under a duty to exercise diligence in any effort to mitigate its damages.
Mention in this Lease of any particular remedy shall not preclude Lessee from
any other remedy allowed at law or in equity, the foregoing remedies and rights
of Lessee being cumulative.

                      ARTICLE XVI.  COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

          Section 16.1.  QUIET ENJOYMENT.  Lessor warrants and represents that
it has full authority to execute this Lease for the term aforesaid and covenants
that upon Lessee's paying the rent and performing the covenants to be observed
and performed on Lessee's part prior to the expiration of any applicable cure
period, Lessee may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the demised
premises, subject, nevertheless, to the other terms and conditions of this
Lease. 

                                ARTICLE XVII.  NOTICES

          Section 17.1.  NOTICE TO LESSOR.  Any notice required or permitted to
be given to Lessor shall be in writing and be deemed to have been properly given
upon mailing the same by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested,
or Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier, with postage prepaid or
by facsimile transmission to Lessor, c/o Stanley W. 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 19 of 30

<PAGE>

Bowles Corporation, Post Office Box 4706, Martinsville, Virginia 24115-4706,
Attention:  President, facsimile no. (540) 632-7624, and to John L. Gregory,
III, Young, Haskins, Mann, Gregory & Smith, 400 Starling Avenue, Martinsville,
Virginia 24114-0072, facsimile no. (540) 638-1214.  Lessor reserves the right to
designate another representative for the purpose of receiving notices required
or permitted to be made hereunder provided the designation is made in writing
and delivered to Lessee. 

          Section 17.2.  NOTICE TO LESSEE.  Any notice required or permitted to
be given to Lessee shall be in writing and be deemed to have been properly given
upon mailing the same by certified or registered return receipt requested, or
Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier, with postage prepaid or by
facsimile transmission to eToys Inc. c/o 9141 U.S. Highway 29, Blairs, Virginia
24527, facsimile no.   [TO BE PROVIDED AFTER OCCUPANCY]   , Attention:  Property
Manager and 3100 Ocean Park Boulevard, Santa Monica, California, facsimile
no.(310) 664-8101, Attn:  General Counsel.  Lessee reserves the right to
designate another representative for the purpose of receiving notices required
or permitted to be made hereunder provided the designation is made in writing
and delivered to Lessor. 

          Section 17.3. DATE OF NOTICE.  Any notice sent by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of
delivery shown on the receipt card.  Notices delivered by Federal Express or
overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given
twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same to Federal Express or courier.
Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed
delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt, provided a copy is also
delivered via delivery or mail.  If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or
legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

                             ARTICLE XVIII.  ALTERATIONS

          Section 18.1.  ALTERATIONS; IMPROVEMENTS. Lessee may make any
improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises (collectively,
the "Alterations") without first procuring the prior written consent of Lessor
in the event such Alterations do not alter the Building's exterior appearance,
or materially affect the Building systems and equipment or the Building
structure or add or modify any new systems or equipment to the Building
(collectively, the "Adverse Effects"), provided Lessee shall provide Lessor
prior notice thereof.  Lessee shall obtain the prior written consent of Lessor
to any Alterations having Adverse Effects, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or conditioned and shall be approved or denied within ten
(10) days of receipt of Lessee's request for approval.  Any request shall be
deemed approved if such notice of consent or denial is not received by Lessee
within such ten (10) day period.  Lessee's request for Lessor's approval shall
be in writing describing the proposed alterations in reasonable detail and
Lessor's response to Lessee shall be in writing.  All such alterations and
improvements to the Premises made by Lessee shall become the property of Lessor
upon termination of occupancy. 

                         ARTICLE XIX.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

          Section 19.1.  HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.  Lessee shall not cause or permit
any Hazardous Material to be brought on or kept or used in or about the Premises
by Lessee, its 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 20 of 30

<PAGE>

agents, employees, contractors or invitees at any time unless (a) Lessee shall
have first obtained Lessor's consent thereto, which consent Lessor shall not
unreasonably withhold, condition or delay, and (b) the Hazardous Material will
be used, kept, stored and disposed of in a manner that complies with all Laws
regulating any such Hazardous Materials so brought on or used or kept in or
about the Premises.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary
and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of
Lessee's permitted use hereunder so long as such use is in compliance with Laws
and does not expose the Premises to any meaningful risk of contamination or
damage.

               If Lessee breaches the obligation stated above in this Section
19.1 and the presence of Hazardous Materials brought by Lessee or its agents or
invitees on or about the Premises results in contamination of the Premises or
surrounding areas, Lessee shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Lessor
completely harmless from any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties,
fines, costs, liabilities or losses (including, without limitation, diminution
in value of the Premises or the Building thereon, damages for the loss or
restriction on the use of rentable or usable space or of any immunity of the
Premises, damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the
Premises, and reasonable sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys' fees,
consultant fees, and expert fees) that arise during or after the term of this
Lease as a result of that contamination.  This indemnification of Lessor by
Lessee includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any
investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal or
restoration work required by any federal, state or local governmental agency or
political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in the soil or
ground water on, under or about the Premises caused by Lessee's action.  Without
limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material on or about
the Premises caused by Lessee results in the contamination of the Premises or
surrounding area or causes the Premises or surrounding area to be in violation
of any Laws, Lessee shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense as are
reasonably necessary to return the Premises and surrounding area to
substantially the condition existing before the introduction of any such
Hazardous Material, provided, that Lessor's approval of those actions shall
first be obtained, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned or delayed so long as those actions would not potentially have any
material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises or surrounding
area.

               As used herein, the term "Hazardous Materials" shall mean and
include any hazardous or toxic materials, substances, or wastes, including (i)
any material, substances or wastes that are toxic, ignitable, corrosive or
reactive and that are regulated by any local governmental authority, any agency
of the Commonwealth of Virginia, or any agency of the United States government;
(ii) asbestos; (iii) petroleum and petroleum-based products; (iv) urea
formaldehyde foam insulation; (v) polychlorinated biphenyls ("PCBs"); (vi) freon
and other chlorofluorocarbons; (vii) those designated as hazardous substances
pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,
42 USCS Sections 6901, et seq., and (viii) those designated as hazardous
substances pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Recovery Act, 42 USCS Sections 9601, et seq.

               Lessor and Lessee shall promptly notify the other of and shall
promptly provide the other with true, correct, complete and legible copies of
all of the following environmental items relating to the leased premises that
may be filed or prepared by or on behalf of, or delivered to or served on,
Lessee or Lessee or their respective agents:  reports filed 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 21 of 30

<PAGE>

pursuant to any self-reporting requirements, reports filed pursuant to any
applicable Laws or this Lease, all permit applications, permits, monitoring
reports, workplace exposure, and community exposure warnings or notices, and all
other reports, disclosures, plans, manifests or documents (even those that may
be characterized as confidential) relating to water discharges, air pollution,
waste generation or disposal, underground storage tanks or Hazardous Materials.

               The provisions of this Section, including, without limitation,
the indemnification provisions set forth herein, shall survive and not be merged
into any termination of this Lease.

                           ARTICLE XX.  OPTION TO PURCHASE

          Section 20.1.  OPTION TO PURCHASE LAND AND IMPROVEMENTS.  Provided
that Lessee is not then in monetary default under Section 15.1 beyond all
applicable notice and cure periods set forth herein, at any time during the
initial term hereof, Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to purchase all
of Lessor's right, title and interest in and to the Land and Building from
Lessor for the fixed price of Ten Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars (U.S.
$10,500,000.00), plus the unpaid balance of amortized expenditures of Lessor for
additional improvements pursuant to Section 7.2 above.  If Lessee desires to
exercise the option to purchase, Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing not less
than three (3) months prior to the expiration of the initial term hereof.  In
the event the Lessee exercises the option to purchase the Premises, then Lessee
shall tender the entire purchase price in cash or other immediately available
funds to Lessor within sixty (60) days thereafter, subject to the terms of this
Article XX.  Lessee shall have the right to assign the foregoing purchase option
to any person or entity, in Lessee's sole discretion, provided that notice of
such assignment shall be promptly given to Lessor.

          Section 20.2.  RIGHT TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL LAND.  Provided that
Lessee is not then in monetary default under Section 15.1 beyond all applicable
notice and cure periods set forth herein, during the first two (2) years of the
term of the Lease following the Commencement Date ("Option Period"), Lessor
hereby grants to Lessee the option to purchase all or any portion of Lessor's
right, title and interest in and to all of the land adjoining the Premises as
depicted on Exhibit "A" and labeled "Additional Land" ("Additional Land").  In
the event Lessee elects to purchase any portion of the Additional Land, Lessee
must elect to purchase at least 100 acres of the Additional Land; provided,
however, if Lessee elects to purchase any portion of the Additional Land
(subject to the 100 acre minimum), Lessor may elect to cause Lessee to purchase
additional acres, the amount and location of which are at Lessor's discretion,
up to the entire parcel of Additional Land. The purchase price to be paid by
Lessee per acre purchased shall be an amount equal to (A) the product of (i) the
number of acres which Lessee elected to purchase and (ii) $10,000.00 divided by
(B) the total number of acres being purchased by Lessee (including the acres
which Lessor requires Lessee to purchase).  If Lessee desires to exercise such
option, Lessee  shall so notify Lessor in writing not less than one (1) month
prior to the expiration of the Option Period.  In the event the Lessee exercises
the option to purchase all of the Additional Land, Lessee shall tender the
entire purchase price in cash or other immediately available funds within sixty
(60) days thereafter, subject to the terms of this Article XX. Lessee shall have
the right to assign the foregoing purchase option to any person or entity, in
Lessee's sole discretion, provided that notice of such assignment shall be
promptly given to Lessor.


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 22 of 30

<PAGE>

          Section 20.3. CLOSING.  Within sixty (60) calendar days after the
exercise of any purchase option, Closing shall occur at the offices of Lessee's
attorney in Pittsylvania County, Virginia, or at such other place to which the
parties may agree (the "Closing Date").  The parties shall enter into a
commercially reasonable purchase agreement within thirty (30) days following the
exercise of any purchase option, which agreement shall contain commercially
reasonable terms based on normal custom in Pittsylvania County, Virginia,
including without limitation, (i) proration of closing costs, fees and taxes,
(ii) representations and warranties (including without limitation, a restatement
of the representations and warranties contained in Article II of this Lease
modified as necessary to effect a purchase rather than a lease), which
representations and warranties shall survive the closing of such purchases,
(iii) Lessor's conveyance of good and marketable title to Lessee subject only to
"Permitted Exceptions," as such term is defined below and (iv) an
indemnification provision whereby Lessor indemnifies Lessee with respect to any
breach of the representations and warranties included herein or in the purchase
agreement.

               The transaction shall be consummated in the following manner:

               (i)     Lessor shall deposit with the closing attorney a duly
          executed and acknowledged General Warranty Deed conveying the Premises
          and/or Additional Land, as applicable, to Lessee in the form attached
          hereto as Exhibit "C." Lessee shall be responsible for obtaining and
          paying for such additional surveys or examination of title as Lessee
          may deem necessary.

               (ii)    Lessee shall deposit with the closing attorney the
          portion of the purchase price to be paid pursuant to Sections 20.1
          and/or 20.2, above, in cash.

               (iii)   At Closing, the executed deed shall be delivered to
          Lessee and the cash deposited by Lessee shall be delivered to Lessor
          after deduction of such recording costs of the deed as are customary
          for grantors or sellers to pay under Virginia law, brokerage
          commissions and Lessor's share of prorations.  Closing shall be deemed
          to have occurred when the General Warranty Deed is recorded.  The
          closing shall not occur unless and until the title company is in a
          position to issue the title insurance policy described in Section 20.4
          below, showing title to the Premises and/or Additional Land, as
          applicable, vested of record in Lessee (or its assignee or nominee),
          subject only to Permitted Exceptions.  Lessor, at its sole cost and
          expense, shall cause any parcels being purchased by Lessee hereunder
          to be separate legal parcels properly subdivided under applicable
          laws.

               (iv)    Real estate taxes shall be prorated between the parties
          as of the Closing Date.

          Section 20.4. TITLE.  In the event Lessee, or its assignee, exercises
the right to purchase the Premises and/or the Additional Land, fee simple
marketable title thereto shall be conveyed to Lessee or its assignee or nominee
subject only to then current real estate taxes and assessments constituting
liens not then due or payable, the exceptions attached hereto as Exhibit "D"
and/or matters disclosed on the Survey, including any easements, detention areas
and the proposed sewer easement, but specifically excluding any monetary liens
or encumbrances 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 23 of 30

<PAGE>

("Permitted Exceptions").  Lessee's leasehold title policy issued in connection
with this Lease shall insure that the purchase options contained herein are
valid options vested in Lessee and that as of the closing, fee simple marketable
title to the Premises and/or Additional Land shall be vested of record in Lessee
or its assignee or nominee, subject only to Permitted Exceptions.

          Section 20.5. CONDITION OF PREMISES AND ADDITIONAL LAND.  Until the
expiration of Lessee's purchase options set forth in Sections 20.1 and 20.2, as
applicable, Lessor shall take no actions which affect the Premises or the
Additional Land, as applicable, without the prior written approval of Lessee,
which shall not be unreasonably withheld, including without limitation, Lessor
shall not enter into any lease or occupancy agreement, construct any
improvements, grant any easements or similar rights, apply for any entitlements,
transfer or agree to transfer any right, title or interest in or to the Premises
and/or Additional Land to any party (except that Lessor may transfer or agree to
transfer the Premises and/or Additional Land subject to this Lease and the
options granted herein) or take any other action which could affect Lessee's
purchase, use or development of the Premises and Additional Land.

          Section 20.6. RIGHT TO ENTER.  Lessor shall deliver all written
information with respect to the Premises and/or Additional Land, as applicable,
which is in Lessor's possession within ten (10) days following Lessee's exercise
of any purchase option in order to assist Lessee in conducting its due diligence
on the Premises and/or Additional Land.  Lessee and its designated agents and
independent contractors shall have forty-five (45) days from the exercise of any
purchase option to enter upon the Premises and/or Additional Land, as
applicable, to conduct any and all due diligence with respect to the Premises
and/or Additional Land, as applicable, as Lessee desires in connection with
Lessee's planned development thereof, in its sole discretion, including without
limitation, Phase II environmental inspections, engineering studies and borings
and soils testing.  If Lessee does not cancel its exercise of the applicable
purchase options within forty-five (45) days from the exercise thereof, Lessee
shall have committed, subject to the terms of this Article XX, to purchase the
Premises and/or Additional Land, as applicable, by that date which is sixty (60)
days from the date of Lessee's exercise.  Lessee agrees to repair any damage it
or its agents or independent contractors cause to the Premises or Additional
Land and further agrees to indemnify and hold Lessor harmless from any and all
costs, expenses, losses, attorneys' fees, and liabilities, including but not
limited to, claims of mechanics' liens, incurred or sustained by Lessor as a
result of any acts of Lessee, its agents or independent contractors pursuant to
this Section 20.6.  Lessee further agrees that in the event Lessee fails to
exercise its purchase options, copies of any and all soils test, engineering
studies, environmental reports, and any other documentation developed, prepared
or submitted for the purpose of obtaining rezoning or development of the
Premises or Additional Land tentative subdivision maps, tentative parcel maps or
other development approvals, shall be delivered to Lessor at no expense to
Lessor.  Lessee further agrees to submit all development proposals to Lessor and
obtain Lessor's written approval of such proposals prior to presenting same to
any governmental agency, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
Lessor agrees to assist Lessee in any reasonable manner to obtain any necessary
rezoning, maps or other necessary permits for Lessee's proposed development as
long as such assistance is in no way at any cost or expense to Lessor (or is
reimbursed by Lessee to Lessor) and in no way commits or binds the Premises or
Additional Land, as applicable, to a change in the use or zoning of the Premises
or Additional Land, as applicable, prior to the Closing Date.


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 24 of 30

<PAGE>

          Section 20.7. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.  Except for any damage or
destruction attributable to the activities of Lessee or Lessee's agents,
employees or contractors, in the event that prior to the Closing Date, the
Premises or Additional Land, as applicable, or any improvements thereon are
destroyed or materially damaged, Lessor shall bear the risk of loss therefor,
and Lessee may elect to cancel the purchase or may purchase the Premises or
Additional Land, as applicable, at the purchase price set forth herein less the
amount by which such damage or destruction has decreased the fair market value
of the Premises or Additional Land, as applicable.

          Section 20.8. CONDEMNATION.  If, before the Closing Date, either
Lessor or Lessee receives notice of any condemnation or eminent domain
proceeding, the party receiving the notice shall promptly notify the other party
of that fact.  Lessee may elect either to proceed with the purchase contemplated
by the purchase option or to terminate the option within fifteen (15) days after
the date the notice is received.  If Lessee proceeds with the purchase in
accordance with all the terms of the option, all condemnation proceeds shall be
paid to Lessee (or assigned to Lessee if not then yet collected).

          Section 20.9.  POSSESSION.  Possession of the Premises and/or
Additional Land, as applicable, shall be delivered to Lessee upon the Closing
Date.

                              ARTICLE XXI. MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 21.1.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Lease constitutes the entire
understanding between the parties and shall be conclusively deemed to supersede
all prior written or verbal communications between the parties.  This Lease may
not be modified or terminated unless in writing, signed by the parties to this
Lease.

          Section 21.2.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Lease is to be governed, construed
and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, United
States of America, which shall be deemed to have personal jurisdiction over the
parties. 

          Section 21.3.  AUTHORITY.  The individuals signing this Lease on
behalf of the Lessor and the Lessee, respectively, expressly warrant and
represent personally that he has full power and authority so to act on behalf of
his principal.

          Section 21.4.  ATTORNEYS' FEES.  In the event either party shall be
required to commence or defend any action or proceeding against the other party
by reason of any breach or claimed breach of any provision of this Lease, to
commence or defend any action or proceeding in any way connected with this Lease
or to seek a judicial declaration of rights under this Lease, the party
prevailing in such action or proceeding shall be entitled to recover from or to
be reimbursed by the other party for the prevailing party's reasonable and
actual attorneys' fees and costs through all levels of proceedings.

          Section 21.5.  BINDING EFFECT.  This Lease shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, personal
representatives, successors and permitted assigns, except as expressly set forth
hereinabove.


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 25 of 30

<PAGE>

          Section 21.6.  PARTIAL INVALIDITY.  If any provisions of this Lease or
the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be deemed invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease and its application to other persons
or circumstances shall not be affected by such partial invalidity but shall be
enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law as though such invalid or
unenforceable provisions was never a part hereof.

          Section 21.7.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Lease may be executed in one or
more identical counterparts, and as so executed by all parties hereto shall
constitute a single instrument for purposes o the effectiveness of this Lease.

          Section 21.8.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.  At any time and from time to
time and without charge, within fifteen (15) days after request therefor, Lessor
and Lessee shall certify to the other and its designees, in writing, certain
commercially reasonable matters relating to the status of this Lease.  Any such
certificate may be relied upon by Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, and any
person or entity to whom the same may be exhibited or delivered, and the
contents of such certificate shall be binding on the party making the
certifications contained therein.

          Section 21.9.  ARBITRATION.  The parties agree that any dispute
arising out of this Lease shall be submitted to binding arbitration before a
single arbitrator in Charlottesville, Virginia, under the auspices of the
American Arbitration Association. The prevailing party in such proceeding shall
be entitled to recover the costs of such proceedings, including reasonable
attorneys' fees, as determined by the arbitrator.  

          Section 21.10. TIME OF ESSENCE.  Time is of the essence with respect
to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the parties
under this Lease.

          Section 21.11. MEMORANDUM OF LEASE.  Upon written request by Lessee,
concurrently with the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall execute and notarize
a short form Memorandum of Lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "B",
which may be recorded by Lessee at its sole expense.

          Section 21.12. SIGNS.  Lessee may place any sign upon the Premises so
long as such signs comply with all applicable Laws.

          Section 21.13. PARKING.  Lessee shall have the right to use all
parking areas within the Premises during the term of the Lease at no cost to
Lessee, except as herein provided.

          Section 21.14. CONFIDENTIALITY.  Except as may be required by subpoena
or other legal requirement or for the purposes of or except as may be reasonably
required in connection with the sale, re-leasing, financing or refinancing of
the Premises, all information learned by or disclosed to Lessor with respect to
Lessee's business (including without limitation, a copy of this Lease and the
terms hereof and payments due hereunder) or information disclosed or discovered
during an entry by Lessor into the Premises, shall be kept strictly confidential
by Lessor, Lessor's legal representatives, successors, assigns, employees,
servants and agents and shall not be used (except for Lessor's confidential
internal purposes) or disclosed to others by Lessor, or Lessor's servants,
agents, employees, legal representatives, successors or assigns, without the
express prior written consent of Lessee, which Lessee may withhold in its sole
and absolute 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 26 of 30

<PAGE>

discretion.  Any and all information conveyed to the media and/or the business
community, whether in the form of informal or formal discussion, press releases,
direct mail or other broadly distributed announcements regarding discussions,
negotiations, lease signing, occupancy by Lessee or such subsequent agreements
between Lessee and Lessor concerning this Lease shall be conveyed exclusively by
Lessee (this includes any and all contact with print or broadcast reports, as
well as paid advertising).

          Section 21.15. SECURITY.  Lessee shall have the right to install its
own security/alarm system and/or have its own security personnel in the
Premises, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, without obtaining the Lessor's
prior written consent.

          Section 21.16. STANDARD FOR CONDUCT AND CONSENT.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, regardless of any reference to
the words "sole" or "absolute" (but except for matters which will have an
adverse effect on the (i) structural integrity of the Building, (ii) the
Building's plumbing, heating, life safety, ventilating, air conditioning,
mechanical or electrical systems ("Building Systems"), or (iii) the exterior
appearance of the Building (whereupon in each such case Lessor's duty is to act
in good faith and in compliance with the Lease), any time the consent of Lessor
or Lessee is required, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned or delayed.  Whenever the Lease grants Lessor or Lessee the right to
take action, exercise discretion, or make allocations or other determinations,
Lessor and Lessee shall act reasonably and in good faith.  When Lessee is
required to pay to Lessor any "costs" or "expenses" under the Lease, such amount
shall be the actual cost or expense paid or incurred by Lessor without mark-up
by or profit to Lessor. In the event that either party disagrees with any
determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons
for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in
writing and in reasonable detail within ten (10) business days following such
request.

          Section 21.17. PERFORMANCE UNDER PROTEST.  If at any time a dispute
shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one party to the
other under the provisions hereof, the party against whom the obligation to pay
the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment "under protest" and
such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall
survive the right on the part of said party to institute suit for recovery of
such sum.  If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the
part of said party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said party shall be
entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required
to pay plus interest at the Interest Rate.  Neither party which fails to pay
"under protest" waives its right to later object to such payment.

          Section 21.18. TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT.  At any time during the
term of the Lease, Lessee may install, with the prior written consent of Lessor,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, at Lessee's sole cost and
expense, any telecommunication equipment upon the roof of the Building or on the
Premises in compliance with all applicable Laws, without the payment of any
additional rent.

          Section 21.19. ENTRY BY LESSOR.  Lessor reserves the right for itself
and its agents, employees, servants, architects, engineers and contractors at
all reasonable times and upon one (1) business days' notice (except in the case
of emergencies) to the Lessee to enter the Premises to (i) show the Premises to
prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants (to prospective tenants, 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 27 of 30

<PAGE>

only during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease term); (ii) post notices of
non-responsibility; or (iii) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the
Building in accordance with Lessor's obligations as set forth in this Lease. 
All of Lessor's entries shall be scheduled with Lessee and performed, as
applicable, so as to minimize interference with Lessee's use of the Premises,
and, at Lessee's option, in each case, only upon being accompanied by an
employee of Lessee and/or execution of Lessee's standard non-disclosure
agreement as Lessor hereby acknowledges the extremely confidential nature of
Lessee's business.

          Section 21.20. ABOVE-GROUND STORAGE TANK(S).  Lessee shall have the
right to install on the Premises, at locations reasonably approved by Lessor,
one or more above-ground storage tank(s) to supply fuel to a back-up generator.
Lessee's rights under this Section 21.20 shall be subject to the following terms
and provisions:  (a) Lessor shall have the right to reasonably approve the size,
exact location, manner of installation and other specifications of the
above-ground storage tank(s); (b) the exercise of Lessee's rights under this
Section 21.20 shall be subject to Lessee's compliance with all applicable Laws
and acquisition of all approvals and permits required from applicable
governmental authorities; (c) the installation, maintenance, monitoring and
removal of the above-ground storage tank(s) shall be at Lessee's sole cost and
expense; (d) Lessee shall comply with all applicable Laws pertaining to the
operation, maintenance and monitoring of above-ground storage tanks, along with
any additional requirements imposed by Lessor in connection therewith, and shall
provide Lessor with evidence of such compliance in such form and at such times
as Lessor requires; (e) Lessee shall maintain and repair the above-ground
storage tank(s) in a first-class, safe condition, and shall be responsible for
all reporting, monitoring, clean-up and remediation activities and costs
pertaining to the storage tank(s) and materials stored therein or released
therefrom; and (f) Lessee shall furnish Lessor with copies of all approvals,
permits, notices and communications received from governmental authorities
concerning the above-ground storage tank(s).  Lessee shall have no right to
install any underground storage tanks on the Premises.

          Section 21.21.  PLANS AND DRAWINGS. Prior to the execution and
delivery of this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to Lessee copies of (i) scalable
building and site plans of the Premises, preferably AutoCAD compatible (ii)
building profiles, and (iii) any and all existing hazardous materials reports,
wetland reports or audits of either, to the extent in Lessor's possession or
readily available to Lessor.

          Section 21.22.  LEASING COMMISSIONS. Lessor and Lessee each represent
that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the
negotiation, execution, or delivery of this Lease, except for Binswanger
Southern (N.C.), Inc. ("Binswanger"), and Cresa Partners, LLC ("Cresa").  
Lessor shall pay to Cresa a commission equal to two and one half percent (2.5%)
of the rent to be paid during the first five (5) years of the term of the Lease
which is understood to be $2.95 per square foot per annum.  Cresa's commission
shall be payable over a six (6) month term in equal monthly installments of
Twenty Six Thousand Nine Hundred Forty Nine Dollars ($26,949.00) each commencing
on the first day of the month following the Commencement Date.   In addition,
Lessor shall pay to Cresa two and a half percent (2.5%) of rents resulting from
any renewal, extension or expansion of the Lease, payable over a six (6) month
term in equal monthly installments at the commencement thereof. Binswanger shall
be paid by Lessor a commission equal to three and a half percent (3.5%) of  rent
as collected by Lessor during the term of the Lease and any extension, renewal
or expansion thereof. If Lessee 


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 28 of 30

<PAGE>

exercises its option pursuant to Article XX to purchase the Premises or
Additional Land or any part thereof, or any greater piece of property which is
partially comprised of the Premises, or property adjacent to the Premises owned
by Lessor or its successors and assigns, Cresa shall be paid by Lessor a sales
commission equal to two and one half percent (2.5%) of the purchase price, less
any prepaid but unearned lease commissions, and Binswanger shall be paid by
Lessor a sales commission as provided in its listing agreement with Lessor dated
July 28, 1998, less the aforesaid sales commission to Cresa and less any prepaid
but unearned lease commissions.  Lessor shall pay the brokerage commissions
owing to Cresa pursuant to this Lease and Cresa shall be a third party
beneficiary hereof.  To the extent that Lessor fails to pay Cresa the
commissions in accordance with this Lease, Cresa may send written notice to
Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within
thirty (30) days after said notice, Lessee shall be entitled to offset such
amount(s) owed to Cresa from Lessor against Lessee's next rental obligations
which may become due under this Lease.  Any amount(s) offset from Lessee's
rental obligations hereunder shall no longer be owed from Lessor to Cresa.  The
terms of this Section 21.22 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination
of the term of this Lease.  Any commissions owing to Cresa and Binswanger in
connection with a sale of the Premises, the Additional Land or any property
adjacent thereto or any portion thereof, shall be deducted from the purchase
price and paid at the closing.

          WITNESS the following signatures and seals the day and year first
above written:

                    LESSOR:

                    EAST BOWLES, L.L.C., a Virginia limited liability company

                    Stanley W. Bowles Corporation, Manager

                    BY: /s/ Barry A. Bowles
                       -----------------------------------------

                         Its President

                    LESSEE:

                    eTOYS INC., a Delaware corporation

                    BY:  /s/ Stephen Paul
                       -----------------------------------------

                         Its:  Vice President
                              ----------------------------------


                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 29 of 30

<PAGE>

COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA
CITY OF MARTINSVILLE, TO-WIT:


          The foregoing was acknowledged before me, this 12th day of May, 
1999, by Barry A. Bowles, President of Stanley W. Bowles Corporation, the 
Manager of East Bowles, L.L.C., a Virginia limited liability company.

               My commission expires:             December 31, 2002
                                     ------------------------------------------
          
          
                              
                                                 /s/ Sandra J. Martin
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                    NOTARY PUBLIC
          
          

STATE OF CALIFORNIA
CITY/COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, TO-WIT:
          


          On this 10th day of May, 1999, before me Joel Moline personally 
appeared Stephen Paul, personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of 
satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to 
the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the 
same in his/her/their authorized capacities, and that by his/her/their 
signatures on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of 
which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

               My commission expires:             November 29, 2001
                                      -----------------------------------------
                              
                                                    /s/ Joel Moline
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                     NOTARY PUBLIC



                                   DEED OF LEASE
                                   Page 30 of 30

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT "A"
                                          
                                      THE LAND




















                                         -1-

<PAGE>

                                          
                                    EXHIBIT "B"

                             MEMORANDUM OF DEED OF LEASE

                         AND OPTION TO PURCHASE REAL ESTATE


     THIS MEMORANDUM OF DEED OF LEASE AND OPTION TO PURCHASE REAL ESTATE
("Memorandum") made this 10th day of May, 1999 by and between EAST BOWLES,
L.L.C., a Virginia limited liability company ("Lessor") and ETOYS INC., a
Delaware corporation ("Lessee").

                                      WITNESSETH

     WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee have entered into a certain Deed of Lease dated
May 10, 1999 (the "Lease") demising certain land and improvements more
particularly described therein (the "Premises"); and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Lease, Lessor granted to Lessee an option (the
"Option") to purchase (i) the Premises, and (ii) certain land adjoining the
Premises (the "Additional Land") more particularly described therein; and

     WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee desire by this Memorandum to provide notice of
the Lease and the Option granted to Lessee under the Lease to purchase the
Premises and the Additional Land.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and for good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged,
Lessor and Lessee do hereby publish and declare as follows:
     

     1.   LEASE

          1.        Name and Address of Lessor:
               
                    East Bowles, L.L.C.
                    c/o Stanley W. Bowles Corporation
                    Post Office Box 4706
                    Martinsville, Virginia    24115


                                         -1-


<PAGE>

          2.   Name and Address of Lessee:
                    
                    eToys Inc.
                    3100 Ocean Park Boulevard
                    Santa Monica, California 90405


          3.   Date of Lease:  May 10, 1999
     

          4.   Description of Leased Premises:

               Approximately 53.088 acres of land, more or less,  in
               Pittsylvania County, Virginia, as shown on Exhibit "A" attached
               hereto as the "Leased Premises" and made a part hereof and more
               particularly described in Exhibit "B" attached hereto and made a
               part hereof, together with improvements thereon containing a
               total of 438,500 square feet of floor area.

          5.   Term of Lease - Extension Terms: 
           
     
               The initial term of the Lease shall be five (5)  years,
               commencing on the later of (i) July 15, 1999 or (ii) the date the
               Lessor (or Lessee, as the case may be, as more particularly set
               forth in the Lease) completes the "Lessor's Work" pursuant to
               Sections 7.1 and, if applicable, 7.2(A) of the Lease (the
               "Commencement Date") and terminating on July 31, 2004.  Lessee is
               granted the option to extend or renew the Lease for two (2)
               additional five-year terms.
     
     2.   OPTION TO PURCHASE THE PREMISES

          1.   Name and Address of Grantor:

                    East Bowles, L.L.C.
                    c/o Stanley W. Bowles Corporation
                    Post Office Box 4706
                    Martinsville, Virginia   24115
                    
          2.   Name and Address of Optionee:
          
                    eToys Inc.
                    3100 Ocean Park Boulevard
                    Santa Monica, California  90405
                    
          3.   Date of Option:   May 10, 1999


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

          4.   Description of Optioned Premises:

               Approximately 53.088 acres of land, more or less, in Pittsylvania
               County, Virginia, as shown on Exhibit "A" attached hereto as the
               "Leased Premises" and made a part hereof and more particularly
               described in Exhibit "B" attached hereto and made a part hereof,
               together with improvements thereon containing a total of 438,500
               square feet of floor area.
     
          
          5.   Option Price:  

               Ten Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($10,500,000.00), plus
               unpaid balance of amortized expenditures of Lessor as described
               in Section 7.2 of the Lease.
     

          6.   Term of Option:   

               The term of the Option shall be five (5) years,  commencing on
               the Commencement Date and terminating on July 31, 2004.
     
     
     3.   OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL LAND
     
          1.   Name and Address of Grantor:       
          
                    East Bowles, L.L.C.
                    c/o Stanley W. Bowles Corporation
                    Post Office Box 4706
                    Martinsville, Virginia   24115
          
          2.   Name and Address of Optionee:
          
                    eToys Inc.
                    3100 Ocean Park Boulevard
                    Santa Monica, California 90405
          
          3.   Date of Option:  May 10, 1999
          
          4.   Description of Optioned Premises:

               Approximately 161.925 acres of land, more or less, in
               Pittsylvania County, Virginia, as shown on Exhibit "A" attached
               hereto as the "Additional Land" and made a part hereof and more
               particularly described in Exhibit "C" attached hereto and made a
               part hereof..


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

          5.   Option Price:   

               An amount equal to (A) the product of (i) the number of acres
               which Lessee elects to purchase pursuant to Section 20.2 of the
               Lease and (ii) $10,000.00 divided by (B) the total number of
               acres being purchased by Lessee (including the acres which Lessor
               requires Lessee to purchase pursuant to Section 20.2 of the
               Lease).
               
          6.   Term of Option:    
          
               The term of the Option shall be two (2) years, commencing on the
               Commencement Date and terminating July 31, 2001.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have caused these presents to be
signed and acknowledged as their acts and deeds as of the day and year first
above written.

                         LESSOR:
                         
                         
                         EAST BOWLES, L.L.C., 
                         a Virginia limited liability company

                         By: STANLEY W. BOWLES CORPORATION, Manager
          

                         By:
                            -----------------------------------------------

                               Stanley W. Bowles, President
          

                         LESSEE:
                         
                         
                         eTOYS INC., 
                         a Delaware corporation
          

                         By:
                            -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:

                              Title:


                                     -4-

<PAGE>

STATE OF            )
                    ) ss.
COUNTY OF           )

     I, the undersigned, a notary public in and for the jurisdiction aforesaid,
do hereby certify that Stanley W. Bowles, whose name is signed to the foregoing
instrument as President of Stanley W. Bowles Corporation, the Manager of East
Bowles, L.L.C., personally appeared and acknowledged the same before me in my
jurisdiction aforesaid in his capacity as such.


     Given under my hand and seal this ____ day of ________________, 1999.
                         



                                   ---------------------------------

                                             Notary Public


 My Commission Expires:
          


STATE OF            )
                    ) ss:
COUNTY OF           ) 


     I, the undersigned, a notary public in and for the jurisdiction aforesaid,
do hereby certify that _____________________________, whose name is signed to
the foregoing instrument as _________________ of eToys Inc., personally appeared
and acknowledged the same before me in my jurisdiction aforesaid on behalf of
said corporation.


     Given under my hand and seal this ____ day of ________________, 1999.
                         

                                   ---------------------------------
                                             Notary Public

My Commission Expires:

<PAGE>

                                          
                                    EXHIBIT "A"
                                          
                                          
                                 [INSERT MAP HERE]




<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT "B"
                                          
                                  LEASED PREMISES
                                          
                                (LEGAL DESCRIPTION)

LEASEHOLD PROPERTY (WITH OPTION TO PURCHASE)

PARCEL NO. 1:

Situate in Blairs Magisterial District, Pittsylvania County, Virginia:

     TRACT 1, containing 53.088 acres, located on State Road No. 1123 (Bowles
Drive) as shown on Plat of Survey For Bowles Tight Squeeze Project, dated August
26, 1996, last revised April 27, 1999, made by William E. Mitchell (the "Plat");
and being in fact, a part of the same property conveyed to East Bowles, L.L.C.,
a Virginia limited liability company, from William H. Rogers, Jr. and Judith R.
Rogers, husband and wife, be deed dated October 16, 1996, recorded in the
Clerk's Office of the Circuit Court of Pittsylvania County, Virginia in Deed
Book 1057, at page 548.  Together with a non-exclusive permanent easement and
right-of-way for ingress and egress over, upon and across a certain strip of
land 60 feet in width and 526.99 feet in length running from the western margin
of U.S. Highway 29 to the eastern margin of Tract 1 and labeled "60' ACCESS
EASEMENT" on the Plat.

<PAGE>

                                          
                                    EXHIBIT "C"
                                          
                                 OPTIONED PREMISES
                                          
                                (LEGAL DESCRIPTION)

OPTION PROPERTY (OPTION TO PURCHASE)

PARCEL NO. 2:

Situate in Blairs Magisterial District, Pittsylvania County, Virginia:

     ALL that certain tract of land containing 161.925 acres, located on State
Road No. 1123 (Bowles Drive) as shown on the Plat; and being in fact, a part of
the same property conveyed to East Bowles, L.L.C., a Virginia limited liability
company, from William H. Rogers, Jr. and Judith R. Rogers, husband and wife, be
deed dated October 16, 1996, recorded in the Clerk's Office of the Circuit Court
of Pittsylvania County, Virginia in Deed Book 1057, at page 548.

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT "C"
                                          
                               GENERAL WARRANTY DEED


ETOYS INC.,
- -----------
A DELAWARE CORPORATION


FROM:   DEED


EAST BOWLES, L.L.C.,
- --------------------
A VIRGINIA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY


     THIS DEED, made and executed as of the ___ day of ___________, _____, by
and between EAST BOWLES, L.L.C., a Virginia limited liability company, grantor
and party of the first part, and ETOYS INC., a Delaware corporation, grantee and
party of the second part:

     WITNESSETH:  That for and in consideration of the sum of Ten Dollars
($10.00) cash in hand paid by the party of the second part to the party of the
first part and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of all of which are hereby acknowledged, the said party of the first
part does hereby bargain, sell, grant and convey, in fee simple, with general
warranty of title, unto the party of the second part, the following, to-wit:

     All of that certain tract or parcel of real estate, together with the
improvements thereon and appurtenances thereunto belonging, situated in Blairs
Magisterial District of Pittsylvania County, Virginia, containing _______ acres,
plus or minus, and being known and designated as ____________ according to Plat
of Survey for Bowles Tight Squeeze Project, dated August 26, 1996, revised
November 26, 1997 and April 27, 1999 prepared by William E. Mitchell Associates,
Registered Land Surveyor, said Plat recorded in the Clerk's Office of the
Circuit Court of Pittsylvania County, Virginia, in Plat Book ____, page ____;
and 

<PAGE>

     BEING a portion of the same property acquired by East Bowles, L.L.C., a
Virginia limited liability company, from William H. Rogers, Jr. and Judith R.
Rogers, husband and wife, by Deed dated October 16, 1996, of record in the
aforesaid Clerk's Office in Deed Book 1057, page 548.

     The property herein described is being conveyed subject to __________
_________________________________________________________ [Permitted
Exceptions].  Specific reference is hereby made to the aforesaid deed and plat
for a more particular description of the property herein conveyed. 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these presents to be
duly executed the day and year first above written.


          GRANTOR:


          EAST BOWLES, L.L.C., a Virginia limited liability company
     

          BY:  Stanley W. Bowles Corporation, a Virginia corporation, 
               Manager of East Bowles, L.L.C.

     

               BY:
                  ------------------------------------------------
                  President




- ------------------------------------
Secretary

<PAGE>


 STATE OF VIRGINIA, AT LARGE,


CITY OF MARTINSVILLE, TO-WIT:


     The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this ____ day of
_______, _____, by ____________________________, and
_____________________________, the President and Secretary, respectively, of
Stanley W. Bowles Corporation, a Virginia corporation, the Manager of East
Bowles, L.L.C., a Virginia limited liability company, Grantor herein.

     My Commission expires: _____________________________ 




                              ----------------------------------------
                              Notary Public

<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT "D"

                                 PERMITTED EXCEPTIONS


1.   Lien for taxes not yet due and payable.

2.   Easements and/or rights-of-way to Virginia Electric and Power Company
     recorded in Deed Book 1064, at Page 788 and in Deed Book 623, at Page 175.

3.   Easement granted to The Chesapeake and Potomac Telephone Company of
     Virginia recorded in Deed Book  631, at Page 769.

4.   Rights of others thereto entitled in and to the continued uninterrupted
     flow of any branches, streams or creeks.

5.   Items disclosed by plat of survey by William E. Mitchell, RLS, dated August
     26, 1996 and preliminary plat revised April 27, 1999 ("Plat"), including:  

     (a) thirty (30) foot utility easement crossing the southern portion of the
     Premises; 

     (b) the proposed twenty (20) foot utility easement crossing the Additional
     Land; 

     (c) old communication line (now abandoned) located on Additional Land;

     (d) forty (40) foot easement running along a portion of the eastern
          boundary line of the Additional Land; and 

     (e) existing detention pond (and the use thereof for the benefit of the
          Premises) located on the Additional Land shown on the Plat.

6.   Title to any portion of the Premises or Additional Land running within the
     bounds of any public road or highway.


<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
    We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated May 3, 1999, in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration
Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-72469) and related Prospectus of eToys Inc. for the
registration of 8,320,000 shares of its common stock.
    
 
   
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
    
 
   
Los Angeles, California
May 18, 1999
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
    We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated April 30, 1999 with respect to the financial
statements of BabyCenter, Inc., in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement
(Form S-1 No. 333-72469) and related Prospectus of eToys Inc. for the
registration of 8,320,000 shares of its common stock.
    
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
   
Palo Alto, California
May 18, 1999
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission